Tamil Nadu Combined Development and Building Rules, 2019
PART –I Preliminary
Rule - 1. Short title, extent and commencement.
(1)
These rules may be called the Tamil Nadu
Combined Development and Building Rules, 2019.
(2)
This Rules shall come into force from the
date of publication in the Tamil Nadu Government Gazette.
Rule - 2. Definitions.
In these Rules, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context,—
(1)
“Access” means way to a plot or a building;
(2)
“Accessory Use” means any use of the premises
subordinate to the principal use and customarily incidental to the principal
use;
(3)
“Act” means the Tamil Nadu Town and Country
Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 35 of 1972), the Chennai City Municipal
Corporation Act, 1919 (Tamil Nadu Act IV of 1919), the Tamil Nadu District
Municipalities Act, 1920 (Tamil Nadu Act V of 1920), the Madurai City Municipal
Corporation Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 15 of 1971), the Coimbatore City
Municipal Corporation Act, 1981 (Tamil Nadu Act 25 of 1981), the
Tiruchirappalli City Municipal Corporation Act, 1994 (Tamil Nadu Act 27 of
1994), the Tirunelveli City Municipal Corporation Act, 1994 (Tamil Nadu Act 28
of 1994), the Salem City Municipal Corporation Act, 1994 (Tamil Nadu Act 29 of
1994), the Tiruppur City Municipal Corporation Act, 2008 (Tamil Nadu Act 7 of
2008), the Erode City Municipal Corporation Act, 2008 (Tamil Nadu Act 8 of
2008), the Vellore City Municipal Corporation Act, 2008 (Tamil Nadu Act 26 of
2008), the Thoothukudi City Municipal Corporation Act, 2008 (Tamil Nadu Act 27
of 2008), the Thanjavur City Municipal Corporation Act, 2013 (Tamil Nadu Act 24
of 2013), or the Dindigul City Municipal Corporation Act, 2013 (Tamil Nadu Act
25 of 2013) and the Tamil Nadu Panchayats Act, 1994 (Tamil Nadu Act 21 of
1994);
(4)
“Addition and/or Alteration” means a change
from one occupancy to another, or a structural change including an addition to
the area or change in height or the removal of part of building, or any change
to the structure, such as the construction or removal or cutting into of any
wall or part of a wall, partition, column, beam, joist, floor including a
mezzanine floor or other support, or a change to or closing of any required
means of access ingress or egress or a change to fixtures or equipment" as
provided in these Rules;
(5)
“Advertising Sign” means any surface or
structure with characters, letters or illustrations applied thereto and
displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoors for the purpose of advertising or
giving information or to attract the public to any place, person, public
performance, article, or merchandise, and which surface or structure is
attached to, forms part of, or is connected with any building, or is fixed to a
tree or to the ground or to any pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed in
space, or in or over any water body included in the jurisdiction of the
competent authority;
(6)
“Air-conditioning” means the process of treating
air so as to control simultaneously its temperature, humidity, purity, distribution
and air movement and pressure to meet the requirements of the conditioned
space;
(7)
“Amenities” shall have the same meaning as
defined in Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 35 of
1972);
(8)
“Application” means an application made in
such form as may be specified by the authority from time to time;
(9)
“Approved” means approved orsanctioned by the
Authority under these Rules.
(10)
“Area” In relation to a building means the
superficies of a horizontal section thereof made at the plinth level inclusive
of the external walls and of such portions of the party walls as belong to the
building;
(11)
“Assembly Building” means any building or
part of a building, where 50 persons or more congregate or gather for
amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel or other
purposes and includes theatres, motion picture houses, assembly halls, Kalyana
mandapams, convention centers, auditoria, exhibition halls, museums, skating
rinks, large gymnasiums, places of worship, dance halls, club rooms, passenger
stations, stadia and terminals of air, surface and marine, public
transportation services;
(12)
“Auxiliary” means electrically operated or
fuel fired boilers or systems to heat water coming out from solar water heating
system to meet continuous requirement of hot water;
(13)
“Balcony” means a horizontal projection,
cantilevered or otherwise including a parapet" handrail, balustrade, to
serve as a passage or sit out place;
(14)
“Basement or Cellar” means the lower storey
or storeys of a building below or partly below ground level with majority of
its headroom below ground level;
(15)
“Building” means any structure for whatsoever
purpose and of whatsoever materials constructed and every part thereof whether
used as human habitation or not and includes foundation, plinth, walls, floors,
roofs, chimneys, plumbing and building services, fixed platforms, verandah,
balcony, cornice or projection, part of a building or anything affixed thereto
or any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space and signs and
outdoor display structures. Tents, shamianahs, pandals, part aulin shelters and
the like erected for temporary and ceremonial occasions shall not be considered
as building;
(16)
“Building Line” shall have the same meaning as
defined in the Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act
35 of 1972);
(17)
“Carpet Area” The covered area of the usable
rooms of a dwelling unitat any floor excluding the area of the walls;
(18)
“Canopy or portico or porch” means a
cantilever projection at lintel level or ground floor roof level over an
entrance of a building and includes cantilever projection anywhere between
lintel and roof level;
(19)
“Chimney” means an upright shaft containing
one or more flues provided for the conveyance to the outer air of any product of
combustion resulting from the operation of heat production appliance or
equipment employing solid, liquid or gaseous or any other fuel;
(20)
“Competent Authority” means an authority as
specified in rule 5 of these rules;
(21)
“Construction” means any erection of a
structure or a building, including any addition or extension thereto either
vertically or horizontally, but does not include, any reconstruction, repair
and renovation of an existing structure or building, or construction,
maintenance and cleansing of drains and drainage works and of public latrines, urinals
and similar conveniences or the construction and maintenance of works meant for
providing supply of water for public or the construction or maintenance, extension,
management for supply and distribution of electricity to the public or
provision for similar facilities for publicity;
(22)
“Conversion of Building Occupied” means the
change from one occupancy to other occupancy or any change in building
structure or part thereof resulting in a change of space and use requiring
additional occupancy certificate;
(23)
“Conversion of Land Use” means the change
from one category of land use to another category of land use in the Master
Plan and Detailed Development Plan and New Town Development Plan;
(24)
“Courtyard” means a space permanently open to
sky, enclosed fully or partially by buildings and may be at ground level or any
other level within or adjacent to a building;
(25)
“Covered Area” means ground area covered by
the building above the plinth level and includes parts of the building projecting
out in other storey, including basement floor levels;
(26)
“Corridor” means a common passage or
circulation space within a building;
(27)
“Continuous building” means buildings
constructed without any side set back including row type housing;
(28)
“Cyclone Prone Areas” mean the areas close to
the coast as specified in the wind velocity map given in I.S. 875, where the
cyclonic wind velocities exceed 39 metres per second and prone to cyclonic
storms;
(29)
“Damp Proof Course” means a course consisting
of some appropriate water proofing material provided to prevent penetration of
dampness or moisture;
(30)
“Dead Load” means the weight of all permanent
stationary construction becoming part of a structure;
(31)
“Development” shall have the same meaning as
defined in Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 35 of
1972);
(32)
“Deemed Approval” means a clearance deemed to
have given by the competent authority on the expiry of time limit for providing
such clearance in the absence of sufficient and reasonable cause for not
clearing the application within the time limit;
(33)
“Drain” shall have the same meaning as
defined in Tamil Nadu District Municipalities Act, 1920 (Tamil Nadu Act of
1920) or the respective City Municipal Corporation Act;
(34)
“Drainage system” means a system or a line of
pipes, with their fittings and accessories, such as manholes, inspection
chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for drainage of building or yards
appurtenant to the buildings within the same cartilage and includes an open channel
for conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any waste water;
(35)
“Dwelling
Unit” means an independent housing unit with separate facilities for living,
cooking and sanitary requirements, and may be a part of a building;
(36)
“Earthquake Prone Areas” mean the areas as
specified in the map given IS: 1893 under seismic zones III, IV & V, which are
likely to have moderate to high damage risk due to earthquake;
(37)
“Encroachment” means an act to enter into the
possession or rights either of permanent or temporary nature on a land or built
up property of local body or Stateor Central Government;
(38)
“Exit” means a passage channel or means of
egress from the building, its storey or floor to a street or, other open space
of safety whether horizontal, outside and vertical exits meaning as under:-
(i)
Horizontal exit means an exit, which is a
protected opening through or around a fire well or bridge connecting two or
more buildings.
(ii)
Outside exit mean an exit from building to a
public way to an open area leading to a public way or to an enclosed a fire
resistant passage leading to a public way.
(iii)
Vertical exit means an exit used for
ascending or descending between two or more levels including stairway, fire
towers, ramps and fire escapes;
(39)
“External Wall” means an outer wall or
vertical enclosure of any building;
(40)
“Farm House” means a building constructed for
incidental use in an agriculture or horticulture farm and any building constructed
but not associated with the farm activities shall not be construed as a “farm
house” for the purposes of these Rules;
(41)
“Fire and/or Emergency Alarm System” means an
alarm system comprising of components for manually or automatically detecting a
fire, initiating an alarm of fire and initiating other actions as appropriate;
(42)
“Fire Lift” means a special lift designed for
the use of fire service personnel in the event of fire or other emergency;
(43)
“Fire Proof Door” means a door or shutter
fitted to a wall opening and constructed and erected with the requirement to
check the transmission of heat and fire for a period;
(44)
“Fire Pump” means a machine, driven by
external power for transmitting energy to fluids by coupling the pump to a
suitable engine or motor, which may have varying outputs or capacity but shall
be capable of having a pressure of 3.2 kg/cm2 at the topmost level of the High
Rise building;
(45)
“Fire Resistance means the time during which
a fire resistant material i.e. material having a certain degree of fire
resistance, fulfills its function of contributing to the fire safety of a
building when subjected to prescribed conditions of heat and load or restraint;
(46)
“Fire Resistant Building” means a building in
which material, which has appropriate degree of fire resistance is used;
(47)
“Flood Prone Areas” means areas likely to
have significant flood flow inundation notified by the concerned Authority from
time to time, as flood prone areas which may be modified or added or deleted
when necessary by due notification;
(48)
“Floor Space Index (FSI)” means the quotient
obtained by dividing the total covered area (plinth) on all floors excepting
the areas specifically exempted under these rules, by the Plot Area and is
represented by this formula.-
FSI
= Total covered area on all floors
Plot
Area
(49)
“Footing” means a foundation unit constructed
in brickwork, stone masonry or concrete under the base of a wall or column for
the purpose of distributing the load over a larger area;
(50)
“Foundation” means that part of the structure,
which is in direct contact with ground and transmits loads over it;
(51)
“Framed Building” means a building in which
the loads either dead or live are carried by timber, steel or reinforced
concrete framing;
(52)
“Gallery” means an intermediate floor or
platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium or a hall providing extra
floor area, and or additional seating accommodation and includes the structures
provided for seating in stadia;
(53)
Garage-Private” means a building or a portion
thereof designed and used for the parking of vehicle;
(54)
“Garage-Public” means a building or portion thereof,
designed other than as a private garage, operated for gain, designed and or used
for repairing, servicing, using, selling or storing or parking motor driven or
other vehicles;
(55)
“Government means the State Government;
(56)
“Habitable Room” means a room occupied or
designed for occupancy by one or more persons for study, living, sleeping,
eating, kitchen if it is used as a living room, but not including bathrooms,
water-closet compartments, laundries, serving and store pantries, corridors,
cellars, attics, and spaces that are not used frequently or during extended
periods;
(57)
“Height of the Building” means the height
measured generally from the formed ground level within the plot abutting the
road or passage excluding ramp if any within the plot upto to the roof level of
the topmost livable floor. In the case of pitched roof, height of the building
means the height measured from the ground level stated above up to the point
where external surface of outer wall intersects the finished surface of the
sloping roof, and in the case of gables facing the road, the midpoint between
the eave’s level and the ridge
Explanation.—Stair-case
head rooms, lift rooms, solar panels, elevated tanks and also water closet
(with floor area not exceeding 10sq.m.) above topmost floor, and also
architectural features, and parapet walls of height up to 1.5 meter shall not
be included in calculating the height of building. In cases where earth filling
is made or proposed within the site above the average level of the abutting
street or road, then the height of building shall be reckoned from the filled up
ground level around the building provided such filling does not exceed 1 meter
above the average level of the abutting street or road;
(58)
“High Rise Building” means a building
exceeding 18.30m height;
(59)
“Hut” means any building which is constructed
principally of wood, mud, leaves, grass, thatch or metallic sheets and includes
any temporary structure of whatever size or any small building of whatever
material made which the council may declare to be a hut for the purpose this
rule;
(60)
“Illuminated Exit Signs” means a device for
indicating the means of escape during normal circumstances and power failure;
(61)
“Layout” means laying out and division of
land into plots exceeding eight in number, for various uses with introduction
of new road or roads for public uses;
(62)
“Live Load” means all loads except dead loads
that may be imposed on a structure and wind loads will also be considered as
live loads;
(63)
“Lift or Elevator” means an appliance
designed to transport persons or materials between two or more levels in a
vertical or substantially vertical direction by means of a guided car or
platform;
(64)
“Load Bearing Wall” means wall that carries
dead load other than its own weight;
(65)
“Lobby” means a covered space in to which all
the adjoining rooms open;
(66)
“Local Body” means Corporation of Chennai,
Municipal Corporation, Municipality, Town Panchayat or a Village Panchayat;
(67)
“Loft” means an intermediate floor between
two floors or a residual space in a pitched roof above normal level constructed
for storage with maximum clear height of 1.5 meters;
(68)
“Masonry” menas an assemblage of masonry
units properly bound together by mortar;
(69)
“Master Plan” means a plan approved by the
Government under section 28 of the Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act,
1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 35 of 1972);
(70)
“Means of Escape” means an escape route
provided in a building for safe evacuation of occupants;
(71)
“Mezzanine floor” means an intermediate floor
between two floors above ground level subject to the following:-
(i)
The area of mezzanine floor is restricted to
1/2nd of the area of the floor immediately below.
(ii)
The height of the mezzanine floor shall be minimum
2.2 metres for non- habitable purposes and 2.5 metres for habitable purposes;
and
(iii)
The head room height of the remaining part of
the said floor shall be the total of the height of the mezzanine floor and the
space below the mezzanine floor;
(72)
“Miniature Circuit Breaker or Earth Leakage
Circuit Breaker” means a devices for tripping of electrical circuits in event
of any fault in the circuit or installation;
(73)
“Mitigation” means the measures taken in
advance of a disaster aimed at decreasing or eliminating its impact on society
and on environment, including preparedness and prevention;
(74)
“Non Combustible Material” means a material
which is not liable to burn or add heat to a fire when tested for combustibility
in accordance with the latest code of Bureau of Indian Standards Method of Test
for combustibility of Building Materials;
(75)
“Occupancy or use” means the principal
occupancy or use for which a building or a part of a building is intended to be
used. For the purposes of classification of a building according to occupancy,
an occupancy shall be deemed to include the subsidiary occupancies which are
contingent upon it;
(76)
“Natural Disaster” means a serious disruption
of the functioning of a society, causing widespread human, material or
environmental losses caused due to earthquake, cyclone, flood, tsunami,
landslide and similar event which exceeds the ability of the affected society
to cope using only its own resources;
(77)
“Natural Hazard” means the possibility or
probability occurrence of a natural event, within a specific period of time in
a given area, having potential for damaging widespread area;
(78)
“Natural Hazard Prone Areas” means the areas
likely to have,—
(i)
moderate to very high damage risk zone of
earth quakes or
(ii)
moderate to very high damage risk of cyclones
or
(iii)
significant flood flow or inundation, or
(iv)
Tsunami proneness or
(v)
Landslide proneness or potential, or
(vi)
One or more of these hazards;
(79)
Non-Structural Component” means the
components of buildings, which do not contribute to the structural strength or
stability such as infill walls in Reinforced Cement Concrete frame buildings,
glass panes, claddings, parapet walls, chimneys etc;
(80)
“Parapet” means a low wall or railing built
along the edge of a roof or a floor;
(81)
“Parking space” means an enclosed or unenclosed
covered or open area sufficient in size to park vehicles, which is served by a driveway
connecting to a street or alley and permitting ingress and egress of vehicles;
(82)
“Partition” means an interior non-load
bearing barrier, one storey or part-storey in height.
(83)
“Partition Wall” means a wall which supports no
load other than its own weight and includes;
(i)
A wall forming part of a building and being
used or constructed to be used in any part of the height or length of such wall
for separation of adjoining buildings belonging to different owners or
constructed or adopted to be occupied by different persons; or
(ii)
A wall forming part of a building and standing
in any part of the length of such wall, to a greater extent than the projection
of the footing on one side or ground of different owners;
(84)
“Passage” means circulation space on land
leading from a street or road to the plot or site;
(85)
“Permit” means a valid permit or
authorization in writing by the competent authority to carryout development or
a work regulated by these rules;
(86)
“Plinth” means the portion of a structure
between the surface of the surrounding ground and surface of the floor
immediately above the ground;
(87)
“Plinth Area” means the built up covered area
measured at the floor level of the basement or of any storey;
(88)
“Plot or site Area” means the area of a
contiguous parcel of land enclosed by definite boundaries over which the
applicant has legal right for development and includes part of the site used as
exclusive passage, open space reservation area and internal roads within the
boundaries;
(89)
“Plot coverage” means the extent to which the
plot is covered with a building or structure 12-noon shadow and expressed as a
percentage of the ratio of the built up area to the plot area, excluding the
floor area exempted from the computation of plot coverage as given in rule 29;
(90)
“Private Street” shall have the same meaning
as defined in the Tamil Nadu District Municipalities Act, 1920 (Tamil Nadu Act
V of 1920);
(91)
“Prohibited Area” means any area specified or
declared to be a Prohibited Area under the relevant Act by the Central or State
Government from time to time;
(92)
“Protected Monument” means an ancient
monument which is declared to be of national importance by or under the Ancient
Monuments and Archeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 (Central Act 24 of
1958);
(93)
“Public Buildings” shall have the same meaning
as defined in Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 35
of 1972);
(94)
“Public Street” shall have the same meaning
as defined in Tamil Nadu District Municipalities Act, 1920 (Tamil Nadu Act V of
1920);
(95)
“Qualified Professional” means a professional
registered under rule 23 of these Rules;
(96)
“Quality Control” means control construction
quality and to control of variation in the material properties and structural
adequacy;
(97)
“Quality Assurance” means all planned and
systematic actions necessary to ensure that the final product i.e. structure or
structural elements will perform satisfactorily during service life;
(98)
“Quality Audit” means a requirement for an
independent, third party assessment of the quality and seismic or cyclone
resistant features of all the High Rise Building and especially in earthquake
zone-III and coastal areas of the State. The quality audit report shall consist
of conformance or non-conformance of structures with the technical
specifications for prevention of progressive collapse during earthquake,
cyclone or any other accidental load resistance and to suggest remedies/
rectification if any;
(99)
“Reconstruction” shall have the same meaning
as defined in the Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu
Act 35 of 1972);
(100)
“Reconstitution of plots” shall have the same
meaning as defined in Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil
Nadu Act 35 of 1972);
(101)
“Regulated area” means any area specified or declared
under section 20B under the Ancient Monuments and Archological Sites and
Remains Act, 1958 (Central Act 24 of 1958);
(102)
“Retrofitting” means upgrading the strength
of an unsafe building by using suitable engineering techniques;
(103)
“Road/Street Width” means any highway,
street, service road lane, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway, carriageway,
footway, flyover, square, place or bridge over which the public have a right of
passage or access or have passed and have access uninterruptedly and includes
all bunds channels, ditches, storm water drains, culverts sidewalks, traffic
islands, roadside trees and hedges, retaining walls, fences, barriers and
railing within the street lines;
(104)
“Room Height” means the vertical distance
measured from the finished floor surface to the finished ceiling;
(105)
“Row Housing/Row type Building” (Continuous
Building) means a row of house or buildings with only front and rear open
spaces;
(106)
“Service Road” means a road or lane provided
at the front, rear or side of a plot for service purpose;
(107)
“Set back” means the open space across front
or sides or rear of a plot between the building and street alignment or
boundary of the plot as the case may be;
(108)
“Stilt floor” means a part or whole of floor
at ground level or the height above the ground level described in these Rules
as the building is on stilts;
(109)
“Street Alignment” shall have the same
meaning as defined in the Town and Country Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act
35 of 1972);
(110)
“Structural Component” means component of
buildings which contributes to strength and stability of structures under no
circumstances these are permitted to be damaged or partially or totally
removed;
(111)
“Structure” means something constructed or
built having a fixed base on or other connection to the ground or other
structure;
(112)
“Site Corner” means a site at the junction of
and fronting on two or more intersecting roads or streets;
(113)
“Site Depth” means the mean horizontal
distance between the front and rear site boundaries;
(114)
“Site Plan” means a detailed Plan showing the
proposed placement of structures, parking areas, open space, landscaping, and
other development features, on a parcel of land, as required by specific
sections of the development code;
(115)
“Site with Double frontage” menas a site having
frontage on two streets other than corner plot;
(116)
“Storey” means the part of a building between
the upper surface of the floor and upper surface of the floor next above or the
underside of roof;
(117)
“Spiral Staircase” means a staircase forming
continuous winding curve round a central point or axis provided in an open
space having tread without risers;
(118)
“Sub-division” means division of land into
plots not exceeding eight in number;
(119)
“Tsunami Prone Areas” means an area affected
in the past or an area likely to be affected in the future by tsunami, as
identified and notified by the Local body as tsunami prone areas;
(120)
“Un-authorised Construction” means the
erection or re-erection, addition or alterations which are not approved or
sanctioned by the competent authority;
(121)
“Underground or Overhead Water Tank” means an
installation constructed or placed for storage of water;
(122)
“Ventilation” means supply of outside air
into, or the removal of inside air from an enclosed space, which includes —
(i)
Natural Ventilation - Supply of outside air into
a building through window or other openings due to wind outside and convection
effects arising from temperature or vapour pressure differences (or both) between
inside and outside of the building.
(ii)
Positive Ventilation - the supply of outside
air by means of a mechanical device, such as a fan.
(iii)
Mechanical Ventilation - Supply of outside air
either by positive ventilation or by infiltration by reduction of pressure
inside due to exhaust of air, or by a combination of positive ventilation and
exhaust of air.
(123)
Verandah” means a covered area with at least
one side open to the outside with the exception of 1.2 m high parapet to be
provided on the open side. It can be a covered one by grill or jolly works,
without reducing natural lighting and ventilation;
(124)
“Water
Closet (W.C)” means a water flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive human
excrement directly from the user of the fixture and the room or compartment in
which the fixture is placed;
(125)
“Window”
means an opening to the outside other than a door, which provides all or part of
the required natural light or ventilation or both to an interior space and not
used as a means of egress or ingress;
(126)
words and expressions used and not defined in
these Rules unless the context otherwise requires shall have the meaning as
defined in the Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act
35 of 1972), Tamil Nadu District Municipalities Act, 1920 (Tamil Nadu Act V of
1920) in the cases of municipalities and town panchayats, the concerned
Municipal Corporation Act in the cases of Municipal Corporation and the Tamil
Nadu Panchayat Act 1994 (Tamil Nadu Act 21 of 1994) in the cases of Village
Panchayats.
Rule - 3. Applicability of these Rule.
(1)
Except hereinafter or otherwise provided,
these Rules shall apply to all development and construction including,—
(i)
all developments, redevelopments, erection or
re-erection, design, construction or reconstruction and additions and
alterations to a building;
(ii)
part Construction where the whole or part of
a building is demolished or altered or reconstructed, except where otherwise
specifically stipulated, these Rules shall apply only to the extent of the work
involved;
(iii)
change of use or Occupancy where use of a
building is changed, except where otherwise specifically stipulated, these
Rules shall apply to all parts of the building affected by the change;
(iv)
reconstruction where the reconstruction in
whole or part of a building which has ceased to exist due to fire, natural
collapse or demolition having been declared unsafe, or which is likely to be
demolished by or under an order of the Authority as the case may be and for
which the necessary certificate has been given by the Authority shall be
allowed subject to these Rules.
(2)
Nothing in these Rules shall require the
removal, alteration or abandonment or prevent continuance of the lawfully
established use or occupancy of any existing approved building.
Rule - 4. Written Permission for development.
(1)
Subject to section 47 and 58 of the Tamil
Nadu Town and Country Planning Act 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 35 0f 1972) no person
shall carry out any development or construction of building or structure,
subdivision, layout, reconstitution or amalgamation of land or change of use of
land or building without the written permission of the aompetent authority.
Explanation.—
Such written permission shall include an electronic version issued with the
digital signature of the competent authority.
(2)
Any site approval or Permission for any development/
construction under these rules shall not absolve the applicant of his
responsibilities to get clearance or permission under other Acts and Rules, if
so required.
Rule - 5. Competent Authority.
(1)
The competent authority for issue of planning
permission in Chennai Metropolitan Area is, the Chennai Metropolitan
Development Authority or a Local Authority concerned to whom the Chennai Metropolitan
Development Authority has delegated the powers for issue of Planning
Permission.
(2)
The competent authority for issue of Planning
Permission in the rest of the State is, the Appropriate Planning Authority
delegated by the Director or any other Officer to whom the power is vested with
to carry out certain activities like receiving application and to issue
permission as prescribed in various provisions of these Rules.
(3)
The aompetent authority for issue of building
permit is the Executive Authority of Local Body or any Agency or person to whom
the powers to implement these rules have been delegated by the Executive
Authority.
PART – II Manner of
Obtaining Permission
Rule - 6. Application for Planning Permission and Building
Permit.
(1)
For the purpose of obtaining planning
permission or building permit, the applicant who should be the owner of the
land or leaseholder or power of attorney holder who has right over the land to
develop, shall submit an application on-line in the prescribed Form to the
competent authority.
(2)
The following operational constructions and
installations of Government, whether temporary or permanent, which are
essential for the operation, maintenance, development or execution of any of the
following services are exempted from applying under these Rules;-
(i)
Railways;
(ii)
National Highways;
(iii)
National Waterways;
(iv)
Major ports;
(v)
Airways and Aerodromes;
(vi)
Posts & Telegraphs, Telephone, Wireless,
Broadcasting and other like forms of communications;
(vii)
Regional grid for Electricity;
(viii)
Defence;
(ix)
Metro Rail and
(x)
Minor ports;
(3)
The departmentsor agencies specified in
sub-rule (2), which are exempted from seeking approval, shall send in advance
to the competent authority the details of the development they intend to carry
out for information and records of the competent authority and local body.
(4)
When any department of the State government
or the Central government other than those specified in sub-rule (2), intends
to carry out development of any land or building, the officer in charge of the
same shall apply in writing in the Form with necessary documents and plan to
the competent authority and obtain clearance for the intended development
complying with these rules.
(5)
Government departments are exempted from the payment
of scrutiny fee or any other fee or charge.
(6)
The plan submitted under sub-rule (4) shall
be prepared by a qualified architect or engineer and structural aspects of the
design shall be certified by a qualified structural engineer.
(7)
An application in Form - A in Annexure - I
accompanied by proof of ownership, plans, specifications, etc., mentioned
therein shall be submitted to the competent authority in case of subdivision or
layout or reconstitution or amalgamation of land for building purposes.
(8)
An application in Form - B in Annexure - II
accompanied by proof of ownership, detailed plans, specifications, site plan,
key plan and topo plan showing existing developments to a radius of 100 metres
drawn to a scale of 1:500 and such other details as may be required from time
to time shall be submitted to the competent authority, in the case of
development of land and buildings, change of land and building use and in the
case of site approval.
(9)
An undertaking in Form - C in Annexure -III
by the registered professionals to the competent authority in the case of
developments such as Non High Rise Buildings and High Rise Buildings and other
developments as may be decided by the competent authority.
(10)
The competent authority may seek any
additional particulars as deemed fit for processing the application.
(11)
The applicant may address the competent
authority for clarification before filing an application and such clarification
shall be issued within 2 months from the date of receipt of application seeking
such clarification.
Rule - 7. Scrutiny fees.
(1)
Scrutiny Fee means a fee for scrutinizing the
applications, collected from the applicant along with the plan or revised plan
or modified plan submitted by the applicant.
(2)
Every application for planning permission
shall be accompanied by a scrutiny fee as calculated in the following manner:
(i)
(a) Plans submitted along with planning
permission applications per sq.m. of floor area of the building Rs.2.00
(b) Ist
revised plan per sq.m. of floor area of the building Rs.1.00
(c) 2nd
revised plan per sq.m. of floor area of the building Rs.0.40
(d) 3rd
revised plan per sq.m. of floor area of the building Rs.0.20
(e) Subsequent
revised plans Nil
(ii)
Layouts/subdivisions, reconstitutions per
sq.m. of land area Rs. 0.75
(iii)
Re-classifications (lump sum) Rs.30,000 (for
CMA) Rs.20,000 (for other areas)
(3)
In case of layouts or subdivisions or site
approval applications, the rates of scrutiny fee shall be prescribed and
notified by the Government from time to time
(4)
The Executive Authority of the Local Body
may, for scrutinising the applications for Building Permit shall collect
scrutiny fee from the applicants, along with the plan or revised plan or
modified plan submitted by the applicant, at the rates as may be prescribed and
notified by the Government from time to time
(5)
Scrutiny fee shall not be collected for
Residential Projects where the size of dwelling units for Economically Weaker
Section does not exceed 40 sq.m in plinth area each
(6)
In the case of reclassification the cost of
publication of reclassification in Newspapers and Govt. gazette. (if the actual
cost exceeds the said amount, the excess amount is also payable by the
applicant)
(7)
Any other charges as levied by the competent
authority from time to time.
Rule - 8. Plan Requirements.
(1)
The applications for planning permit or
Building permit shall be accompanied as prescribed below:-
(i)
Key plan - drawn to a scale of not less than
1 in 10,000 showing the details of the boundary, location of the site with
respect to neighbourhood landmarks, and existing network of roads or streets;
the minimum dimension of the key plan shall be not less than 10 cm.
(ii)
Topo Plan - drawn to a scale of not less than
1 in 5000 showing the details of the following, which lie within a radius of
500 m:-
(a)
the boundary location of the site with respect
to neighbourhood land marks,
(b)
existing network of roads or streets with
details of its widths,
(c)
proximity to stone quarries, stone crushers,
water bodies, Airport, Aerodrome, Air Force Station, cremation or burial
grounds, railway tracks, and reserved forests indicating its distance from the
site clearly; and
(d)
such other particulars as may be prescribed
by the competent authority.
(iii)
Site plan - drawn to a scale of not less than
1 in 500 for a site upto one hectare, and not less than 1 in 1000 for a site
more than one hectare and shall show, —
(a)
the boundaries of the site;
(b)
the position of the site in relation to
neighbouring street;
(c)
the extent and dimensions of the site
affected by any street alignment or road widening or proposed new road or
missing link as per the approved Master Plan or Detailed Development Plan or as
notified by the Local body;
(d)
the name of the streets in which the building
is proposed to be situated, if any;
(e)
all existing buildings standing on, over or
under the site including service lines;
(f)
the position of the building and of all other
buildings if any which the applicant intends to erect upon his site in relation
to,—
(1)
the boundaries of the site and in case where
the site has been partitioned, the boundaries of the portion owned by the
applicant and also of the portions owned by others.
(2)
all adjacent street, buildings with number of
storied and height and premises within a distance of 15m of the site and of the
contiguous land if any referred to in item (a) ; and
(3)
if there is no street within a distance of
15m of the site, the nearest existing street.
(g)
if the site is an unauthorised subdivision,
then the details of the residuary plots or subdivisions including the details
of the buildings or structures thereon;
(h)
the means of access from the street to the
building, and to all other buildings, (if any) which the applicant intends to
erect upon the site.
(i)
space to be left about the building to secure
a free circulation of air, admission of light and access during emergency;
(j)
vehicle parking arrangements;
(k)
the width of the street if any in front and of
the street if any at the side or rear of the building;
(l)
the direction of north point relative to the
plan of the buildings;
(m)
any physical features, such as wells, drains,
etc;
(n)
alignments of the Low Tension or High Tension
electric over head power lines or such underground cables if it lie within the
site or within a distance of 10m. from the site, and the spatial location from
the same to the building existing or proposed;
(o)
rain water harvesting provisions as specified
by the competent authority within the plot;
(p)
provisions for water supply and sewage
disposal system wherever required by the competent authority; and
(q)
such other particulars as may be prescribed
by the competent authority.
(iv)
Building plan with details of section,
elevation etc. drawn to a scale of 1:100; the plans and details shall,—
(a)
include floor plans of all floors together
with the covered area clearly indicating the size and spacing of all framing members
and sizes of rooms and the position of stair cases, ramps and lift wells;
(b)
show the use or occupancy of all parts of the
buildings;
(c)
show exact location of essential services
(for example WC, bath and the like);
(d)
show plans, elevations & sections of Private
Water Supply and disposal system;
(e)
include at least one elevation from the front
showing the height of the building and rooms and also the height of parapet;
(f)
include at least one section through the
stair case;
(g)
show all structures existing or proposed to
be constructed within the site;
(h)
include the structural arrangements with
appropriate sections showing type/ arrangement of footings, foundations,
basement walls, structural load bearing walls, columns and beams, and shear walls
and arrangement/spacing of framing members, floor slabs and roof slabs with the
material used for the same including detailed structural drawing showing
reinforcement details;
(i)
show all street elevations;
(j)
give dimensions of the projected portions
beyond the permissible building line;
(k)
include terrace plan indicating the drainage
and the slope of the roofs;
(l)
vehicle parking arrangements within
buildings;and
(m)
give indications of the north point relative
to the plan.
Note:
The requirement of 1:100 is permitted to be flexible for specific details needed
for further illustration; and also for drawings for these in digital form.
(2)
In case of subdivision or layout or
reconstitution or amalgamation of land for building purposes, the application
shall be accompanied by the subdivision or layout or reconstitution or
amalgamation plan which shall be drawn to a scale of not less than 1:500
containing the following:—
(a)
scale used and north point;
(b)
the location of all the proposed and existing
roads within the land including details of the extent and dimensions of the site
affected by any street alignment or road widening or proposed new road or
missing link as per the approved Master Plan or Detailed Development Plan or as
notified by the Local body;
(c)
alignments of the Low Tension or High Tension
electric over head power lines or such underground cables, Solid waste dumping
yards, Oil /Gas Pipe lines, CRZ line if it lie within the site or within a
distance of 10m. from the site;
(d)
dimension of plot along with building lines
showing the setbacks with dimensions within each plot;
(e)
the location of existing drains, sewers,
public facilities and services and electrical lines etc;
(f)
a statement indicating the total area of the
site, area utilised under roads, parks and playground, shops and other commercial
spaces, schools, public purpose sites etc. along with the percentage;
(g)
in case of plots which are subdivided with
built up area, in addition to the above, the details on the means of access to
the subdivisions from existing streets;
(h)
if the site is an unauthorised subdivision,
then the details of the residuary plots or subdivisions including the details
of the buildings or structures thereon; and.
(i)
such other particulars as may be prescribed
by the executive authority of the local body.
(3)
For all High Rise buildings in addition to
items specified in sub-rule (1), the following additional information shall be
furnished or indicated in the building plan:—
(a)
access to fire appliances or vehicles with
details of vehicular turning circles and clear motorable access way around the
building;
(b)
size (width) of main and alternative stair
cases along with balcony approach, corridor, ventilated lobby approach;
(c)
location and details of lift enclosures;
(d)
location and size of fire lift;
(e)
smoke stop lobby, door, where provided;
(f)
refuse chutes, refuse chamber, service duct
etc;
(g)
refuge area, if any;
(h)
details of building services – air conditioning
system with position of fire dampers and mechanical ventilation system, electrical
services, boilers, gas pipes etc;
(i)
details of exits including provision of ramps
etc., for hospital and special risks;
(j)
location of generator, transformer and switch
gear rooms;
(k)
smoke exhauster system, if any;
(l)
details of fire alarm system net work;
(m)
location of centralised control connecting
all fire alarm systems, built-in fire protection arrangements and public
address system etc;
(n)
location and dimensions of static water
storage tank and pump room along with fire service inlets for mobile pump and
water storage and tank;
(o)
location and details of fixed fire protection
installation, such as sprinklers wet risers, hose-reels, drenchers, etc;
(p)
location and details of first aid fire
fighting equipments or installations.
(4)
In case of Industrial Developments, the
following additional information shall be furnished or indicated in the
building plan:-
(a)
Details of the machines for manufacturing or
production involved both existing and proposed;
(b)
Details of the number of workers both
existing and proposed;
(c)
Detailed report on the raw materials used,
process and machineries involved, effluent discharge methods proposed, product
manufactured, power required (i.e. Low Tension or High Tension), action taken
to alleviate or minimize its negative impact, if any, or the environment, etc.
(5)
Apart from the owner, the professionals to be
involved, for different types of developments, in the preparation of plans and
designs, supervision, quality control and ensuring completion as per the
approved plan, shall be as prescribed below:—
(a)
Non High Rise buildings with height upto 12m.
Registered Architect (RA) or Registered Engineer (RE)
(b)
Non High Rise buildings with height more than
12.0m upto 18.30m Industrial Developments and Institutional Developments other
than High Rise Buildings Registered Developer (RD),
Registered
Architect (RA) or Registered Engineer (RE), Registered Structural Engineer
(RSE), and
Registered
Construction Engineer (RCE),
Registered
Geotechnical Engineer
(c)
High Rise Buildings Registered Developer
(RD),
Registered
Architect (RA) or Registered Engineer (RE), Registered Structural Engineer
(RSE),
Registered
Geo-Technical Engineer (RGE), Registered Construction Engineer (RCE), and
Registered Quality Auditor (RQA)
(d)
Sub divisions
Registered
Architect (RA) or Registered Engineer (RE) or Registered Town Planner (RTP)
(e)
Layout Developments Registered Developers
(RD), and
Registered
Architect (RA) or Registered Engineer (RE) or Registered Town Planner (RTP)
Rule - 9. Inspection.
(1)
General Requirements.
(a)
Generally all development works for which
permission is required shall be subject to inspection by the competent authority
or an official nominated by the competent authority, as deemed fit, before
issue of permission and also during construction.
(b)
The competent authority may cause inspection
for such developments where its risk assessment deems it fit for inspection. In
all cases inspection shall be carried out by professionals to be empanelled by
the competent authorities. The qualifications and other conditions for
empanelment of professionals for carrying out inspection shall be prescribed by
the Government from time to time.
(c)
A single joint site inspection shall be
carried out by all the concerned authorities for issue of planning permit or
building permit or completion certificate)
(d)
The applicant shall permit authorized officers
of the competent authority to enter the site at any reasonable time for
inspection for the purpose of enforcing these rules.
(e)
The applicant shall keep a copy of the
approved plan at the premises where the development is permitted to be carried
out.
(f)
Before commencement of the building work at
site for which building permission has been granted, the owner shall within the
validity period of Building Permission give notice to the Authority, of his
intention to start the work at the building site in Form 2 in Annexure - XIV.
(2)
During Progress of Construction.—Minimum
Stages for recording progress, checking and issuing continuance certificate
(For non High Rise Buildings above 12.0 m in height)
(i)
Plinth,
(ii)
Last storey.
(b) At
each of the above stages, the owner or developer through the Registered
Architect or Registered Engineer shall submit to the designated officer of the
competent authority a progress certificate inForm 3 and 4 in Annexure - XIV and
the structural Inspection Report inForm 9 in Annexure - XIV. This progress
certificate shall be signed also by the Registered Architect or Registered
Engineer on record, Construction Engineer on record and structural engineer on
record. The Structural Inspection Report shall be signed by the Registered
Structural Engineer on record.
(c) On
receipt of the progress certificate from the owner or registered developer,
through the Registered Architector Registered Engineer it shall be the duty of
the competent authority, to check any deviation from the approved plan and
convey decision within 15 working days to the owner or developer for
compliance.
Rule - 10. Sanction.
(1)
Applications for permission shall be accompanied
by self certification of the required documents and an undertaking in the prescribed
format to be furnished by the competent authority.
(2)
If the Plan and information furnished by the
applicant do not provide all the particulars necessary to process the
application satisfactorily, the competent authority may within 15 days from the
date of receipt of Plans or Applications require the production of such further
particulars and details as it deems necessary.
(3)
If the plan and the information furnished by
the applicant are found to satisfy the requirements of these rules, —
(i)
the written permission shall be issued by the
competent authority within 45 days after the receipt of the plan and all other
requirements; and
(ii)
while granting permission, the competent
authority may impose such restrictions and conditions, which may be necessary
under these rules.
(4)
In cases where the application for
construction of the building is not in accordance with any of the Acts or these
rules, or where the applicant fails to furnish the additional particulars
called for, the competent authority may reject the application or refuse
permission for reasons to be recorded in writing, and furnish a copy of the
same to the applicant.
(5)
No building permission is necessary for the
following alterations, which do not otherwise violate any provisions regarding
general building requirements, structural stability and fire safety
requirements of this Rule;
(a)
plastering and patch repairs;
(b)
re-roofing or renewals of roof including roof
of intermediate floors at the same height;
(c)
flooring and re-flooring;
(d)
opening and closing of windows, ventilators
and doors not opening towards other's properties and / or public road or
property;
(e)
replacing fallen bricks/stones
(f)
construction or re-construction of sunshade
not more than 75cms. in width within one's land and not overhanging over a
public street;
(g)
construction or re-construction of parapet
not more than 1.5 m. in height and also construction or re-construction of
boundary wall not exceeding 2 m
(h)
transparent-washing, painting, etc. including
erection of false ceiling in any floor at the permissible clear height provided
the false ceiling in no way can be put to use as a loft etc.
(6)
a copy of the approved site plan and building
plans shall be kept at the site at all times when building operations are in
progress and such plans shall be made available at all reasonable times for the
inspection of the competent authority.
(7)
the details of the development for which
planning permission issued, date of expiry of permit, mentioning site address, survey
number, Block number, Village Name, door number, street name, locality, name of
owner and name of Registered Architect or Engineer on record , Registered
Developer on record, Registered Structural Engineer on record, Registered
Construction Engineer on record. shall be displayed in the format prescribed by
the competent authority on a board of size of atleast 60cm. x 120cm.
(8)
nothing shall prohibit the filing of
amendments to an application or plan or other record accompanying the same at
any time before the completion of the work for which a permit was granted. However,
construction in deviation to the approved plan shall not be proceeded till the
revised plan is approved. Further, this provision shall not entitle any person
to make any deviation in contravention of the Act and these rules.
(9)
(a) Approval of drawings and acceptance of
any statement, documents, structural report, structural drawings, progress certificate
or building completion certificate shall not discharge the Registered Engineer
on Record, the Registered Architect on Record, Registered Construction Engineer
on Record, Registered Structural Engineer on Record, Registered Developer and
Owner from the responsibilities imposed under the Act, these rules and the laws
of tort and local Acts.
(b)
The landowner or lessee or power of attorney holder or developer who makes the
development, the Registered Architect or Engineer on Record, and the Registered
Construction Engineer on Record, shall be jointly and severally held
responsible if any unauthorized construction, addition and alternation are done
without prior permission of the competent authority.
Rule - 11. Limitations of Permission.
The
permission granted by the competent authority shall not mean responsibility or
clearance of the following aspects,—
(a)
Title or ownership of the site or building.
(b)
Easement Rights.
(c)
Structural Reports, Structural Drawings and
structural aspects. The Registered Architect or Registered Engineer and
Structural Engineer on record as the case may be, shall be responsible for
defects in the design.
(d)
Workmanship, soundness of structure and
materials used.
(e)
Quality of building services and amenities in
the construction of building
(f)
Other requirements or licenses or clearances
required for the site or premises or activity under various other laws.
Rule - 12. Demolition of buildings.
(a)
If any person intends to demolish a building
either in whole or in part, he shall submit an application to the executive authority
of local body or agency or person to whom this power has been delegated by the
executive authority for permission to execute the work, along with a demolition
deed executed by him.
(b)
The executive authority of local body or
agency or person to whom this power has been delegated by the executive
authority shall grant permission to execute the work subject to such condition as
he may deem necessary for ensuring the health, safety of the people living
within or near the building.
(c)
The executive authority of local body or
agency or person to whom this power has been delegated by the executive
authority shall collect a demolition charges as specified by the competent
authority. and that he will abide by the rules and other conditions if any,
stipulated for demolition of such buildings.
Rule - 13. Cancellation of Permit.
The planning
permission or building permit if secured by any person by any misrepresentation
or by production of false documents, such planning permision or building Permit
will be cancelled after issuing a show cause notice.
Rule - 14. Renewal of Permit.
(1)
planning permision or building permit granted
under these rules shall be valid for five years from the date of issue and the
construction shall be completed within the same. However the competent
authority may on application made before the expiry date, extend the planning
permission or building permit period as the case may be only once for another 3
years.
(2)
For such permit renewals, fees at the rates
as may be prescribed by the competent authority shall be paid by the applicant.
PART III CONFORMITY OF
DEVELOPMENTS
Rule - 15. The Developments to be in conformity with these Rules.
(1)
No developments shall be in contravention of
these Rules.
(2)
No land, premises or building shall be developed,
constructed, altered, reconstructed, subdivided, amalgamated, reconstituted,
laid-out, changed or put to use which is not in conformity with the provisions
of these rules.
(3)
In the case of an area comprised in a
Detailed Development Plan approved under the Tamil Nadu Town and Country
Planning Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 35 of 1972) the Developments therein shall
be in conformity with that Detailed Development Plan: Provided that where for a
road, street alignment is not prescribed in Detailed Development Plan, but it
is prescribed in the Master Plan, then street alignment in Master Plan shall
apply. Provided further that in cases where an area is declared as Continuous
Building Area either in Master Plan or in Detailed Development Plan, the area
shall be taken as Continuous Building Area and developments therein shall be
regulated accordingly. However, Continuous Building Area parameters shall not
apply to plots in approved layout areas unless specifically earmarked for
continuous building developments.
(4)
All detailed Town Planning Schemes sanctioned
under the Town Planning Act 1920 (Tamil Nadu Act VII of 1920) shall stand
superseded by the Master Plan or Detailed Development Plan approved for that area.
All developments therein shall be regulated with reference to the land use classification
indicated in the Master Plan or Detailed Development Plan for that area and
development regulations.
Rule - 16. Designation of use in Master Plan or Detailed
Development Plan.
(1)
Where use of a site or premises is specifically
designated not broad land use zoning in the Detailed Development Plan or Master
Plan, it shall be used only for the specific purpose so designated, unless the
land use of the site is varied as provided in the Act.
(2)
Where the use of the site or premises is not
specifically designated in the Detailed Development Plan or Master Plan, it
shall be used for the uses or activities permissible in the land use zone in
which the site or premises falls as per the Detailed Development Plan or Master
Plan.
Provided
that a non-conforming use (i.e). an use which are not permissible under these
rules, shall not be extended or enlarged at the site.
Explanation.—
Improvements to building or machinery intended to make the operations more
economical, cleaner, less noisy and to provide amenities to workers which do
not add to the manufacturing capacity as may be specially approved by the
Authority shall not be deemed to be extension or enlargement:
Provided
that it will be open to the authority to order at any time the discontinuance
or continuance subject to such restrictions and conditions as may be imposed by
on an existing use, which is non-conforming.
(3)
Where for an area both Master Plan and
Detailed Development Plan are sanctioned, the designated use shall be as shown
in the latest development Plan.
(4)
Where for an area, a Detailed Development
Plan has been prepared and the consent of the Government has been given under
Section-26 of the Act, the provisions of that Detailed Development Plan shall
apply.
(5)
Where for an area, a detailed lay-out plan
for land development has been prepared and approved by the Authority or such
other executive authority of local body or Agency or person to whom or which
the power has been delegated by the Authority, the land use shown on such
Lay-out Plan shall be applicable and the developments in the area shall be
regulated according to these regulations:
Provided
that if the layout plan was approved prior to 5.8.1975 in case of Chennai
Metropolitan Area and prior to the date on which the publication of
notification of Master Plan in the Tamil Nadu Government Gazette for rest of
the State, the higher order land use zoning of Master Plan or Detailed Development
Plan shall be applicable for the plot.
Provided
further that if land use is varied under section 32 sub-section (4) of the Act,
subsequent to approval of the Master Plan, Detailed Development Plan or the
layout as the case may be then the reclassified land use is applicable for such
land.
(6)
In areas designated for Primary Residential and
/ or Mixed Residential Use zone in the Master Plan or Detailed Development Plan.
Sites abutting and gaining access from roads of width 18m. and above are deemed
to have been zoned for Commercial use zone.
(7)
In addition to the areas declared as
‘Economically Weaker Section’ areas in the Master Plan or Detailed Development
Plan all areas set apart for Housing of Economically Weaker Section in the
sanctioned Schemes by Tamil Nadu Housing Board and areas declared as Slums by
Tamil Nadu Slum Clearance Board, slums improved by Tamil Nadu Slum Clearance
Board under Slum Improvement Scheme projects and also the Economically Weaker
Section plots in the approved layouts are deemed to have been declared as
‘Economically Weaker Section’ areas.
(8)
When a site falls in different land use
zones, then developments in that site shall be made with reference to its
conformity in each of the land use zones the site comprises.
(9)
Where more than one activity is existing or
proposed in a building or a site, the space regulations that govern the
development shall be based on the dominant activity in that building or site
decided on the basis of the percentage of floor area used;
(10)
Where more than one type of development such
as High rise building, Non High rise building. is existing or proposed in a
site, —
(a)
the setback shall be regulated with reference
to the individual type of development,
(b)
the height of building, abutting road width
shall be regulated with reference to the highest order of development existing
or proposed
(c)
the Floor Space Index, coverage etc. shall be
regulated with reference to the dominant type of development on the basis of
floor area within the site.
Rule - 17. Correlation of land use zones in Master Plan,
Detailed Development Plan and Development Rules:
Sl. No. |
Use classification in Master Plan |
Use classification in Detailed Development Plan |
Use classification in Development Rules |
01. |
Primary Residential Use |
Primary Residential or Residential use |
Residential |
02. |
Mixed Residential use |
Mixed Residential |
Residential |
03. |
Commercial use |
Commercial use |
Commercial use |
04. |
Industrial use or Light Industrial use or Controlled Industries use |
Industrial use or Light Industrial use |
Industrial use |
05. |
General Industrial |
General Industrial |
Industrial use |
06. |
Special and Hazardous Industrial Use |
Special and Hazardous Industrial use |
Special and Hazardous Industrial use |
07. |
Institutional or Educational use or Public and Semi-public use |
Institutional or Educational use or Public and Semi-public use |
Institutional |
08. |
Open space and recreational use |
Open space and recreational or Park or Play space |
Open space recreational (in Chennai Metropolitan Area) Public use zone (in other areas of the State) |
09. |
Non-urban |
Non-urban |
Non – urban only in Chennai Metropolitan Area |
10. |
Agricultural use |
Agricultural use |
Agricultural use |
11. |
Urbanisable |
-- |
Urbanisable use (only in Chennai Metropolitan Area) |
Rule - 18. Proposed width of roads.
(1)
Proposed right of way for all major roads
together with setback lines for them shall be in accordance with the approved
master plan or Detailed Development Plan in that area.
(2)
Competent Authority may notify street
alignment (with proposed road width) in areas without Master Plan or Detailed
development Plan.
(3)
Notwithstanding anything contained in the
Master Plan or Detailed Development Plan or in these Rules, with the prior
approval of the Council, the executive authorities of the local bodies may
under the Act provisions prescribe street alignments (with proposed road
widths) higher than those given in the Master Plan or Detailed Development Plan
or any other statutory plan and implement the same.
Rule - 19. Development prohibited or restricted areas.
The
regulations for Development prohibited or restricted areas are furnished in
Annexure - XVII. The Government may notify modifications to these regulations
from time to time and such modifications shall prevail.
PART IV COMPLETION
CERTIFICATE
Rule - 20. Application for Completion Certificate.
(1)
For all buildings except residential building
upto 12m in height not exceeding 3 dwelling units or 750 sq.m and all type of
Industrial buildings, the Applicant or Owner or Power of Attorney Holder or
Registered Developer and any other Person who is acquiring interest shall
submit a completion report in Form 5 along with Form 6, 7 and 8 in Annexure -
XIV, to obtain Completion Certificate, certifying that the building has been
completed as per the approved plan, from the competent authority that has
issued Planning Permit before getting service connections such as electric
power connection, water supply sewerage connection. These service connections
shall be given by the service provider to these buildings only after the
production of the Completion Certificate.
(2)
The owner or developer shall submit an application
to the competent authority in the first stage after completion of work upto
plinth level requesting for issue of order for continuance of work.
(3)
The owner or developer through the registered
professional shall submit to the designated officer of the competent authority
a progress certificate in the given format at the stage of Plinth and last
storey level along with structural inspection report as provided for under
sub-rule (2) of rule 9 of these rules.
(4)
On receipt of the progress certificate from
the owner or registered developer through the registered professional, the
competent authority shall check for any deviation from the approved plan and
convey decision within 7 working days to the owner or developer for compliance.
(5)
If the order of continuance is not issued
within 15 days of receipt of the respective application, it will be taken as
deemed to be issued and the owner or developer may proceed with the
construction without any deviation to the approved plan.
(6)
The owner or Power of Attorney holder or
registered developer or any other person who has acquired interest shall submit
application in complete shape for issue of completion certificate according to
the norms prescribed in Annexure - XXIII to these Rules.
(7)
The competent authority may on its own or
through a subordinate official or a qualified professional inspect or cause to
be inspected the work atleast the two stages of construction viz, plinth level
and completion of construction and such inspection shall include confirmation
that,—
(a)
the work was executed and the building was
completed as per the approved plan as stated in these rules along with the
norms prescribed for issuing the completion certificate;
(b)
it shall be obligatory on the part of the
applicant to confirm that certificate of Lift Inspector has been obtained
regarding satisfactory erection of lift; and
(c)
it shall also be obligatory on the part of
the applicant to confirm the certificate to the Directorate of Fire &
Rescue Services for completion of fire safety requirements as applicable for
the type of building has also been obtained.
(8)
If any project consists of more than one
detached or semi detached building or buildings in a building unit and any
building or buildings thereof is completed as per approved plan (such as parking,
internal roads, height of the building, infrastructure facilities, lift and
fire safety measures), the competent authority may issue completion certificate
for such detached or semidetached building or buildings in a building unit.
(9)
The completion certificate shall not be
issued unless the information is supplied by the owner, developer, the
registered professionals concerned in the schedule as prescribed by the
competent authority from time to time.
(10)
The competent authority shall within 30 days
from the date of receipt of application for completion report inform,
communicate its decision after necessary inspection about grant of completion
certificate.
(11)
Connection to the sewer or water mains or
electricity:
(a)
Temporary connection for water, electricity
or sewer, permitted for the purpose of facilitating the construction, shall not
be allowed to continue in the premises after completion of the building
construction.
(b)
No connection to the water mains or sewer
line or electricity distribution line with a building shall be made without the
prior permission of the authority and without obtaining completion certificate.
(c)
In case the use is changed or unauthorised
construction is made, the authority is authorised to discontinue such services
or cause discontinuance of such service.
Rule - 21. Illegal Occupation of Building.
(1)
Executive Authority may by written notice,
order any building or any portion thereof to be vacated forthwith or within the
time specified in such notice;—
(a)
if such building or portion thereof has been
unlawfully occupied in contravention of these Rules
(b)
if a notice has been issued in respect of
such building or part thereof requiring the alteration of restriction of any
works specified in such notice have not been commenced or completed.
(c)
if the building or part thereof is in a
ruinous or dangerous condition, which are likely to fall and cause damage to
any person occupying, resorting to or passing by such building or structures or
any other structure or place in the neighbourhood thereof.
(2)
The reasons for requiring such building or
portion thereof to be vacated should be clearly specified in every such notice.
(3)
The affixing of such written notice or any
part of such premises shall be deemed to be a sufficient intimation to the
occupiers of such building or portion thereof.
(4)
On issue of such notice, every person in
occupation of the building or portion thereof to which the notice relates shall
vacate the building or portion as directed in the notice and no person shall so
long as the notice is withdrawn, enter the building or portion thereof, except
for the purpose of carrying out any work of reinstatement which he may lawfully
permitted to carry out.
(5)
The competent authority may direct that any
person who acts in contravention of above provision or who obstructs him in any
action taken under these rules shall be removed from such building or part
thereof by any police officer, and may also use such force as is reasonably
necessary to effect entry in the said premises.
(6)
The cost of any measures taken under this
provision shall be recovered from the owners or occupants.
Rule - 22. Illegal Developments.
If any construction or development is carried out illegally or in deviation to
the plan approved, the competent authority shall take action against the
constructions or developments as provided in the Act and in these rules.
PART V REGISTRATION OF
PROFESSIONALS
Rule - 23. Registration of Architects (RA), Engineers (RE),
Structural Engineers (SE), Construction Engineers (CE), Quality Auditors (QA),
Town Planners (TP) and Developers (D), and their Duties and Responsibilities.
(1)
Registration.
(a)
The competent authority shall register
Architects (RA), Engineers (RE), Structural Engineers (RSE), Construction
Engineers (RCE), Quality Auditors (RQA), Town Planners (RTP) and Developers
(RD). Application for registration shall be submitted by these professionals to
the competent authority or Block Development Officer in case of Village
Panchayat,
(b)
On receipt of such application, and after
satisfying the educational qualifications and experience in the field, and the
certificate of the screening committee to be constituted by the Chennai
Corporation, Commissioner of Municipal Administration, Directorate of Rural
Development as the case may be, the competent authority may register on payment
of registration fee of five thousand rupees and subject to such other
conditions as he may thinks fit.
(c)
Registration shall be valid for a period of
five years and shall be renewable.
(d)
The competent authority shall cause to maintain
a register of licensed professionals stated above. The list of names shall be
updated every year and the updated list shall be placed before the council
every year for information.
(e)
Where any registered professional makes any
misrepresentation or commits any fraud in certifying the plan and other
documents submitted under these rules, the competent authority may suspend or
cancel the registration of such professional done under these rules and notify
the same in their official website.
Provided
that no registration shall be cancelled unless the person concerned is given an
opportunity to make a representation in writing.
(f)
On cancellation of such registration by the
competent authority under sub-rule (e) above, the name of such registered
professional shall be deleted from the register maintained by him and a report
in this regard shall also be placed before the council for information.
(g)
The registration, qualification and duties of
professionals shall confirm to the rules given in the Annexure - XIII.
(2)
Duties and Responsibilities - General duties
and responsibilities applicable to all Professionals.
(a)
They shall study and be conversant with the
provisions of the Local Acts, Rules and Regulations and standing orders
approved by the competent authority.
(b)
They shall inform the competent authority of
their employment or assignment or resignation for any work within 7 days of
such employment or assignment or resignation.
(c)
They shall prepare and submit all plans,
documents and other details they are required to do so in a neat, clean and
legible manner and the papers properly arranged.
(d)
They shall submit plans documents and details
without any scratches or corrections. Site conditions shall be correctly shown.
(e)
They shall personally comply with all queries
or requisitions received from the competent authority in connection with the
work under their charge promptly, expeditiously and fully at one time. When
they do not agree or cannot comply with the requisition or query, they shall
state their objection in writing within the time as may be stipulated so that,
the competent authority can decide on its merit in the matter.
(f)
Any corrections or changes made in the plan
or additional documents and details by the professionals to the competent
authority shall be in consultation with the owners or developer and shall be
with their acceptance or agreement.
(g)
They shall clearly indicate on every plan,
document or forms in which they sign the details of their designation such as
Registered Architect. Registered Engineer, Registered Structural Engineer etc.,
with registration number and their, full name and address below the signature
for identification.
(h)
They shall not accept the employment for
preparation and submission of plans, documents and supervision of any work if
the same is intended or being proposed to be executed or already executed in
contravention of provisions of the Act or the Rules including these rules.
(i)
The registered person shall provide the
information and undertaking for the work undertaken by him in the forms
prescribed by the competent authority.
(j)
The Owner or Developer shall compulsorily
appoint a Construction Engineer for over all constant supervision of
construction work on site and such person appointed shall not be allowed to
supervise more than one such site at a time.
(k)
The Registered Architect or Registered
Engineer and the structural engineer shall be responsible for adhering to the
provisions of the relevant and prevailing Indian Standard Specifications
including the National Building Code. However they will not be held responsible
for the severe damage or collapse that may occur under any natural force going
beyond their design courses provided in the above said Standards or National
Building Code.
(l)
The Registered Architect or Engineer is
solely responsible for obtaining the certificate required under this rule from
the registered professionals.
(m)
In the event of any deviations the Registered
Architect or Engineer is the solely responsible to bring it to the notice of
the competent authority.
Note:
Specific additional Duties and Responsibilities of the professionals and the
owner or developer are stated in the Annexure - XIII.
Rule - 24. Appointment of Professionals.
(1)
The owner or registered developer shall
appoint Registered Architect (AR), Registered Engineer (ER), Registered
Structural Engineer (SER), Registered Geo Technical Engineer on record (GER),
Registered Construction Engineer (CER), Registered Town Planner (TPR) and
Registered Quality Auditor (QAR) as required. A proper written agreement(s), in
a standard format(s), should be entered upon with such professional(s) engaged
by the owner or developer.
(2)
The owner or registered developer shall
submit a list of the appointed registered professionals with the application
for Planning Permission or Building Permit to the competent authorities.
Consent or undertaking from these professionals is needed in the required
format at the time of seeking Planning Permission or Building Permit or change
in professionals.
(3)
The owner or registered developer shall not
appoint the same professional as Registered Engineer or Registered Structural
Engineer or Registered Construction Engineer as Quality Auditor.
Rule - 25. Change of Owner or Developer or Professionals.
(1)
If during the construction of the building
the owner or registered developer (RD) or Registered Architect on Record (AR)
or Registered Engineer on record (ER) / Registered Structural Engineer on
Record (SER) or Registered Geo Technical Engineer on record (GER) or Registered
Construction Engineer on Record (CER) or Registered Quality Auditor on Record
(QAR) is changed, he shall intimate the competent authority by a registered
letter that he was no longer responsible for the project, and the construction
shall have to be suspended until the new Owner or Registered Developer or
Registered Architect on Record (AR) etc., undertakes the full responsibility
for the project as prescribed in these rules and also in the forms.
(2)
A new owner or registered developer (RD) or
Registered Architect on Record (AR) or Registered Engineer on Record (ER) or
Registered Structural Engineer on Record (SER) or Registered Geo Technical
Engineer on record (GER) or Registered Construction Engineer on Record (CER)
and Registered Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) shall inform the change to the
competent authority, and before taking responsibility as stated above, check as
to whether the work already executed is in accordance with the Building Permit
granted by the competent authority. He or She may go ahead with the remaining
works only after obtaining permission with the competent authority.
Rule - 26. Applicability of other Rules.
(1)
Considering the ecological sensitiveness and
need for conservation of the notified hill stations, the Tamil Nadu Hilly Areas
Special Building Rules, 1981 and Tamil Nadu District Municipalities (Hill
Stations) Building Rules, 1993 shall be in force.
(2)
Considering the specific aspects for the
control of construction of building or use of land in the notified area of any
Nuclear Installations in the State of Tamil Nadu, Nuclear Installations
(Regulation Building and use of Land) Rules, 1990 will be applicable in areas
within 4.8 Km from any portion of the boundary of any stretch Nuclear
Installations on such date as the Government may by notification appoint.
PART VI DEVELOPMENT
REGULATIONS
Rule - 27. Requirement for site approval.
(1)
Location of Building.— Every person, who
construct, reconstruct, or alters or add a building shall whenever the site is
within 15 meters of any tank, reservoir, water- course, river, fresh water
channel or well, carryout such measure as may be necessary or as the executive
authority may direct, for the purpose of preventing any contamination of or any
risk of the drainage of building passing into, such tank, reservoir,
water-course, river, fresh water channel or well such other rules in force.
(2)
Reconstitution Deed.— If a development is
proposed in more than one plot or site proposing amalgamation or reconstitution
of the individual sites into one site, then Reconstitution Deed in the format
and manner prescribed by the executive authority shall be furnished by the
applicant,
Rule - 28. Structures in setback spaces.
Unless
or otherwise specifically provided for elsewhere in these regulations, no
structure shall be constructed within the minimum prescribed set back spaces
except the following:-
(a)
In cases of Non High Rise buildings.—
(i)
Sun-shades not exceeding 0,6m.
(ii)
Motor room of area not exceeding 2 sq.m. each
and height not exceeding 1.8m, without affecting parking and driveway
requirements.
(iii)
In case of Non High Rise Buildings with
height upto 9.0m, open single flight or spiral staircase or open double flight
staircase so long as such structure do not fall within 0.50 m from the side
boundary or 1m. from the rear or front boundary of the site or street
alignment.
(iv)
A compound wall of height not exceeding 2.0m
(v)
Watchman booth not exceeding 2.5m.x 2.5m. in
size at each gate and height not exceeding 3m.
(vi)
Gate pillars without or with arches with a
min. headroom clearance of 5.50m available atleast to a width of 3.5m.
(vii)
Meter Rooms for meter boxes or electrical
panels along the boundary wall or external walls of the building with the
projections not exceeding 0.60 meter from the abutting walls and the open
Transformer without affecting parking and drive way, subject to the safety
measures stipulated by Tamil Nadu Electricity Board.
Explanation:-
(i) In order to minimize traffic conflicts on to the abutting roads, the number
of vehicular entry or exits to site shall be kept minimum and it shall not
exceed 2 numbers (i.e. one entry or one exit); provided that an additional gate
for every 50 metres frontage may be allowed in large sites where its frontage
exceeds 50 metres.
(ii)
In the event of the site abutting more than one road one additional gate shall
be permitted
Rule - 29. Spaces excluded from FSI and Coverage Computation.
The
following shall not be counted towards FSI and plot coverage computation: —
(1)
In the terrace above the top most storey,
areas covered by stair-case rooms and lift rooms and passages thereto,
architectural features, elevated tanks (provided its height below the tank from
the floor does not exceed 1.5 metre) and WC (with floor area not exceeding 10
sq.m)
(2)
Staircase and lift rooms and passage thereto
in the stilt parking floor or upper floors used for parking
(3)
Staircase and lift rooms and passage thereto
in the basement floor or floors used for parking.
(4)
Area of the basement floor or floors used for
parking
(5)
Area of the stilt parking floor provided it
is open on sides, and used for parking. In cases where upper floor or floors
over a stilt parking floor is proposed for parking.
(6)
Servants or drivers bath room and water
closet for each block in cases of Non High Rise Buildings and High Rise
Buildings at ground floor or stilt parking floor
(7)
Watchman booth
(8)
caretaker booth or room in ground floor or
stilt parking floor
Rule - 30. Area of special character.
(1)
Continuous Building Areas (CBA).— Buildings
without side set back are permissible in a plot or site in continuous building
areas set apart in the approved Master Plan or Detailed Development Plan or in
the other areas as may be declared by the local body as CBA with the approval
of the Directorate of Town and Country Planning or Government as the case may
be from time to time. However in an approved layout area only in the plots
classified for Continuous type of buildings it is permissible.
(2)
Economically weaker section areas (EWS).—
Areas declared as slum by Tamil Nadu Slum Clearance Board (TNSCB) are
categorised as EWS areas for the purpose of these regulations. In addition it
includes the areas developed as EWS plot in the Tamil Nadu Housing Board (TNHB)
neighbourhood schemes, Sites and Services schemes, slum improvement schemes and
approved layouts. For the purpose of application of these rules the Local body
may declare areas as EWS Areas by council resolution and notify from time to
time.
(3)
Costal Regulation Zone (CRZ) area.—
Developments in these areas shall be regulated with reference to the CRZ
classifications and the regulations notified by the Government of India from
time to time under section 3 of the Environment (protection) Act, 1986 (Central
Act 29 of 1986).
(4)
Conservation zones in the Heritage Towns.—
Government may notify Heritage Towns, a list of Heritage precincts there in
with metes and bounds and conservation zones around such listed Heritage
precincts. Any new construction of building or use of premises in the
conservation zones shall conform to the special guidelines relating to height,
use etc., prescribed and notified by the Government from time to time.
(5)
Transit Oriented Development areas.— (i) In
order to encourage Transit sensitive activities and to allow densifications in
any mass rapid transit system in the state, the Govt. may prescribe such
regulations, including premium FSI at concession rates as may be necessary from
time to time.
(ii)
In case of Metro Rail Corridors, Existing and Proposed properties located
within a distance of 500m measured from the centre line of the corridor,
Premium FSI shall be charged at 50 % of the normal Premium FSI rate.
(6)
Natural hazard prone areas.— (1) Areas likely
to have (i) moderate to very high damage risk zone of earth quakes, or (ii)
moderate to very high damage by cyclones, or (iii) significant flood flow or
inundation, or (iv) land slides proneness or potential, or (v) tsunami
proneness, or (vi) one or more of this hazards, have been declared as natural
hazard prone areas.
(2)
The areas prone to natural hazards will be notified by Governemnt from time to
time. Structural design and aspects of building construction in these areas
shall take into the account of the special provisions contained in these rules
for hazard prone area.
Rule - 31. Boundaries of land use zones.
(1)
The different land use zones are located and
bounded as shown in the land use plans.
(2)
Variations: Updated information on variations
of Land Use made under sub-rule (4) of section 32 of the Act and published
subsequent to approval of the Master Plan or New Town development Plan or
Detailed Development Plan.
Rule - 32. Rules to over ride other Rules and Regulations.
In
the application of these Rules, if there is conflict between the provisions
under these Rules and the requirements under the other rules in time being in
force, then provision in the above mentioned Rules shall stand suspended to the
extent of conflict with these Rules.
Rule - 33. Zoning Regulations.
The
Zoning Regulations shall comprise of Residential use zone, Commercial use zone,
Industrial use zone, Special and Hazardous use zone, Institutional use zone,
Open Space and Recreational use zone, Urbanisable use zone and Agricultural use
zone and the activities permissible in each use zone are provided in Annexure -
XVIII.
Rule - 34. Shelter Charges.
(1)
In any development proposed, where the Floor
Space Index [FSI] area (build up area) exceeds 4000 sq.mts either the applicant
shall provide housing for lower income groups for an extent of 10 % of Floor
Space Index area with dwelling units not exceeding 40 sq.mts in carpet area or
shelter charges as prescribed in the Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act,
1971(Tamil Nadu Act 35 of 1972). The rate of shelter charges payable shall be
1% of the Guide Line Valve [GLV] of the FSI area exceeding 4000 sq.mts.
(2)
Housing units for Low Income Group (LIG)
shall be provided either within the site or in any other site located within
the radius of 2 km from the site under reference where the development is now
proposed. No conversion or amalgamation shall be permissible in this case of
lower income group dwelling.
(3)
The crucial date for levy of shelter charges
in respect of Directorate of Town and Country Planning area is the date of
issue of technical clearance by the Directorate of Town and Country Planning
and in respect of Chennai Metropolitan Area, the same is the date of raising
demand for development charges.
Rule - 35. Planning Parameters for Non High Rise Buildings.
(1)
All Buildings not exceeding 18.30m. in
height,—
(a)
The minimum road width, FSI, set back etc.
for Non High Rise buildings up to 16 dwellings or up to 300 square meters of
commercial building shall be regulated according to the table below:
Sl. No |
Description |
Continuous Building Areas |
Economica lly weaker
Section Areas |
Other areas |
|
||||
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
4 |
|
||||
A |
Minimum road
width |
3.0 m |
3.0 m |
3.0m up to 6.0 m |
6.0 m and above |
|
|||
B |
Maximum Height |
GF + 2F or Stilt + 3F subject
to a maximum of 12m height |
GF + 1F or Stilt + 2F subject
to a maximum of 9m height |
GF + 2F or Stilt + 3F subject to a maximum
of 12m height |
|||||
C |
Maximum numberof dwelling units / commercial use |
up to 16 dwellings or up to 300 square meters
of commerci al use |
up to 16
dwellings |
up to 8 dwellings |
up to 16 dwellings or up to 300 square
meters of commercial use |
||||
D |
Maximum FSI |
2.0 |
|||||||
E |
Minimum Set backs |
Where Street
Alignment/new road is prescribed, it
shall be from that street
alignment/ new road
line. In the
case of others, it shall
be from the property boundary. |
|||||||
i) |
Front set back |
1.5m |
1.0m |
Abutting road
width |
Front set back |
||||
Upto 9.0m. |
1.5m |
||||||||
More than 9.0m. upto
18m. |
3.0m. |
||||||||
More than 18m. upto
30.5m |
4.5m. |
||||||||
More than 30.5m. |
6.0m. |
||||||||
ii) |
Side Set back |
Nil |
Height of the building |
Plot width |
SSB |
||||
Upto 7m. |
Up to 9m |
1m on one side |
|||||||
Above 9m |
1m on either side |
||||||||
More than 7m. upto
12m. |
Up to 6m |
1m on one side |
|||||||
Above 6m, upto 9m |
1.5m
on one side |
||||||||
Above 9m |
1.5m on either side |
||||||||
ii) |
Rear Set back |
Nil |
Height of the building |
RSB |
|||||
Upto 7m. |
Nil |
||||||||
More than 7m. upto
12m. |
1.5m. |
||||||||
(b)
The minimum road width, FSI, set back etc.
for Non High Rise buildings upto 18.30m height and exceeding 16 dwelling units
and exceeding 300 square meters of commercial building shall be regulated
according to the table below:
Sl No |
Description |
Continuous Building Areas |
Other areas |
|||
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
|||
A |
Minimum road
width |
9.0 m |
||||
B |
Maximum Height |
18.30 m |
||||
C |
Maximum FSI |
2.0 |
||||
D |
Minimum backs |
Set |
Where
Street Alignment/new road is prescribed, it shall be from that street alignment/ new road line.
In the case
of others, it shall be from the property boundary. |
|||
i) |
Front set back |
Abutting road
width |
FSB |
|||
from 9.0m.
upto 18m. |
3.0m. |
|||||
More than 18m. upto 30.5m |
4.5m. |
|||||
More than 30.5m. |
6.0m. |
|||||
ii) |
Side Set back / Rear Set back |
Nil |
Height of the building |
SSB / RSB |
||
Upto 7m. |
1.0m. |
|||||
More than upto 12m. |
7m. |
1.5m. |
||||
More than upto 16.0m. |
12m. |
2.5m. |
||||
More than upto 18.30m. |
16m. |
3.0m. |
||||
Passage
Description |
Passage width |
|
A. Non High Rise buildings upto 12m height |
||
If the site does
not directly abut
a public road
but gains access
through a private passage or through
a part of the plot which can be treated
as a passage from a
public road of minimum width
as prescribed above,
the minimum width
of such passage
shall be as follows: |
||
|
When it is intended
to 8 dwellings |
CBA / EWS areas – 1 m Other areas
– 3 m |
B. Non High Rise
buildings exceeding 12.0m
in height upto
18.30m height or exceeding 16 dwelling units |
||
If the
site does not directly abut a public road but gains access through a private
exclusive passage or through a part
of the plot which can be treated as a passage from a public road of minimum width as prescribed above,
the minimum width of such passage shall be as follows: |
||
(i) |
When it is intended to 8 dwellings or up to 600 square
metres of commercial building and the length of the passage
does not exceed
80 metres. |
3.6 meters |
(ii) |
When
it is intended to serve upto 12 dwellings or
upto 2,400 square metres of commercial building and the length
of the passage
does not exceed 100 metres. |
4.8 meters |
(iii) |
When it is intended to serve not more than 16 dwellings or up to 3000 square
metres of commercial building and the
length of passage does not exceed 120 metres. |
6 meters |
(iv) |
When it is intended to serve not more than 20 dwellings or up to 6000 square
metres of commercial building and the
length of passage does not exceed 120 metres. |
7.2 meters |
(v) |
When it is intended to serve more than
20 dwellings or more than 6000 square
metres of commercial building. |
9 meters |
Explanation
1.
(i)
Road width means the road space as defined in
Rule 2(103). The qualifying road width for permitting non High Rise buildings
with more than 12 m height upto 18.30m shall be available atleast for a
prescribed length of 250m in the case of CMA and other Municipal Corporations
and 100m for the other areas along the length of the road abutting the site and
the stretch from a junction can be straight or a curve or zigzag or combination
of the above.
(ii)
In the event of the road width being less
than the qualifying width in certain portions then the total length of such portions
shall not be more than 10% of the prescribed length. In such cases the average
road width for the prescribed length shall be equal or above the qualifying
width.
(iii)
In the event of the sub-division for
qualifying road not being incorporated in the Field Measurement Book sketch, in
such cases road width certificate shall be obtained from the concerned
Executive Authority.
(iv)
In the event of variation of site extent and
dimension of the site between Patta and document the least extent of the site
to be considered along with site dimension corresponding to the least extent.
Explanation
2.
(i)
In the event of more than one block on Non
High Rise Building in a site, then the distance between one block for building
upto 12m in height shall be 3.0m and for buildings more than 12m height up to
18.30m in height shall be 6.0m.
(ii)
In the event of more than one block with
varying height in a site, the setback of each block shall be regulated in
accordance with the height of the building.
(iii)
The maximum height of the building shall not
exceed 18.30 metres provided water tanks, chimneys, Architectural features such
as flag masts, gopurams, minarets, steeples and other ornamental structures
which are not intended for human habitation may be permitted subject to a
ceiling of 30.5 metres from ground level.
(iv)
Where a site abuts more than one road, then
the front setback shall be insisted with reference to wider road width and for
the remaining side or sides the side setback space or rear setback space shall
be insisted as per the above rules provided in the case of CBA minimum set back
of 1m.
(v)
In CBA, there shall be atleast 1m wide
internal passage from rear to front in ground level or ground floor, directly
accessible to road
(vi)
The minimum road width for conference halls
and multi storeyed parking lots and Air-conditioned cinema theatres shall be
12m. For Community or Kalyana mandapams or Exhibition Hall shall be 15m. For
star hotels and multiplex or Malls shall be 18m.
(vii)
For public buildings such as Kalyana mandapam
assembly halls, exhibition halls, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels, lodging
houses, cinema theatres, multiplex or malls etc. set back all around shall not
be less than 6m.
(viii)
FSI benefit shall be permitted for the land
left for OSR, link road, street alignment or road widening wherever it is
insisted upon by competent authority.
(ix)
FSI benefit shall not be permitted for the
land left for road widening to make the road as qualifying road for the
proposed development.
(x)
FSI benefit for the OSR area in the approved
sub-division shall be permitted in proportionate to the plot extent.
(2)
Structures permissible in the minimum
prescribed set back spaces are given in rule 28.
(3)
The minimum width of corridor shall be as
given in rule 42.
(4)
Parking spaces shall be provided within the
site conforming to standards prescribed in the Annexure - IV.
(5)
Rainwater harvesting provisions as prescribed
in the Annexure - XXII.
(6)
Special regulations for physically disabled
provided in the rule 43 shall be adhered to.
(7)
Solar energy capture provisions as prescribed
in the regulations given in rule 44 shall be provided where applicable.
(8)
The reservation of land for community
recreational purposes such as park or playground required in these regulations
shall be as given in the rule 41.
(9)
Internal vehicular access way including
passage if any within the site shall a clear width of 7.2 m and such vehicular
access shall be available for every building block in the site within a
distance of 50 metres. Further, it shall be a clear open to sky and no
projection of structure over it is permissible.
(10)
If the building is constructed on stilts and
the stilt floor is to be used for parking, it shall not be enclosed, if it is
enclosed it shall be counted for FSI.
(11)
Every Non HighRise building development
exceeding 900 sq.m in floor area shall be provided with electrical room in
ground floor or open space at ground level within the premises to accommodate
electrical transformer conforming to rule 46.
(12)
If a Non HighRise building contains more than
one use and the allowability of the built space with reference to the abutting
road width and exclusive passage width shall be decided based on the number of
dwellings for the residential use and equivalent floor area allowable for
commercial and other uses.
(13)
Vehicular ramp in setback spaces around a Non
High Rise Building may be permitted subject to the condition that the clearance
of the proposed ramp from the property boundary or street alignment shall be
minimum 1.5 metres and a clear motorable driveway of minimum 3m. in width is
available around the building.
(14)
The structures incidental to the main
activities such as water closet or pump room, transformer room, transformer
yard, electrical room shall not be construed as individual blocks for the
purpose of these rules.
(15)
In areas where sewage system provided by the
local body concerned is not available
(a)
where number of dwelling units exceeds 50
nos. or 2500 sq.m. of commercial area sewage treatment plant shall be provided
and maintained for the disposal of the sewage within the site itself as per the
designs approved by such other Technical agencies as Government may empaneled
from time to time.
(b)
where number of dwelling units is less than
50 nos. or 2500 sq.m. of commercial area, septic tank with up-flow filters
shall be provided and maintained for the disposal of the sewage within the site
itself.
(16)
Any construction with roof over it in the
terrace floor for A.C. Plant or structures shall be counted, as a floor and
categorization of type of building shall be done accordingly.
(17)
In residential or predominantly residential
developments with dwelling units exceeding 100 in number, the design should
include waste management infrastructure and atleast a closed non polluting
storage provision for solid waste storage within the premises preferably with
direct access from the abutting road shall be provided so that the local body
can collect this stored waste from it.
(18)
In residential or predominantly residential
developments, provision for atleast one, bath room and water closet shall be
provided for the use of servants or drivers, for each block not exceeding 25
Dwelling units.
(19)
The space set apart and notified for
formation of a new road or road widening or street alignment shall be
transferred to the local body through a registered Gift Deed before actual
issuance of Building Permit. The exact mode of conveyance of the land shall be
consistent with the relevant enactment and regulations. In such cases 'Transfer
of Development Rights' (TDR) provisions of the rule 48 shall be applicable.
(20)
Basement Floor.
(a)
The height of basement floor shall not exceed
1.2 metres above ground level and the headroom shall be minimum 2.4 metres.
(b)
No part of the basement shall be constructed
in the minimum required set back spaces, required for the movement of fire
fighting vehicles or equipments.
(c)
In cases where second basement is proposed
for parking and incidental uses, sufficient provision for lighting and
ventilation and also for protection from fire to the satisfaction of
Directorate of Fire and Rescue Services shall be made.
(d)
During the construction of the basement
floor, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Building Permit holder to
ensure that the building or structure in the adjoining sites are not weakened
or damaged.
(21)
Security Deposit.— The applicant (not being a
Government department or agency) shall deposit a sum at the rate of 50% of the
infrastructure and amenity charges in force per square metre of floor area as a
refundable non-interest earning security and earnest deposit. The deposit shall
be refunded on completion of development as per the approved plan as certified
by Executive Authority of the Local body; if not, it would be forfeited.
(22)
Display Board.
(a)
The details of the development for which
planning permission is issued, shall be displayed in the site in the format as
prescribed in Rule 10(7) of these regulations.
(b)
The applicant not being a Government
department or agency shall pay a sum of Rs. 10,000/- (Rupees ten thousand only)
as earnest money non interest bearing refundable deposit and same should be
utilized for the purpose of installing the display board as prescribed in Rule
10(8) on the site by Local body, in the event of the applicant not fulfilling
the conditions stated in (a) above.
(c)
If the applicant fulfills the conditions (a)
above, the deposit shall be refunded after production of the completion
certificate.
(23)
In cases of Hospital Buildings with Ground
Floor/Stilt Floor + First Floor and above and floor area exceeding 300 sq.m. in
each floor, the special provisions for Hospital Buildings prescribed in
Annexure – IX shall be adhered to.
(24)
Affordable Housing.
(a)
Development for affordable housing projects
with size of dwelling unit not exceeding 40 sq.m within Chennai Metropolitan
Area and dwelling unit with size not exceeding 60 sq.m in the rest of state
shall be regulated according to provisions stipulated above.
(b)
Premium FSI charges shall not be collected
for the excess FSI area over and above normally permissible FSI area for
affordable housing projects.
Rule - 36. Planning Parameters of Industries.
The
road width, FSI, Setbacks etc. for cottage industries, Green industries, Orange
industries and Red industries shall be regulated according to the table below. The
Detailed lists of these industries are given in Annexures V, VI, VII and VIII respectively.
Sl.No. |
Description |
Category of industries |
|||
|
|
Cottage Industries |
Green & Orange industries |
Red industries (Special &
Hazardous) |
|
A. |
Minimum road width |
7m. |
7m. |
7m. |
|
B. |
Maximum Height |
18.30m. |
18.30m |
18.30m. |
|
C. |
Maximum FSI |
1.50 |
1.50 |
1.50 |
|
D. |
Minimum Setback |
Where Street
Alignment/new road is
prescribed, it shall
be from that street alignment/new road
line. In the
case of others, it shall
be from the property boundary. |
|||
(i) |
Front Setback |
Abutting road width |
Front Setback |
6.0m |
6.0m |
less than 9m |
1.5m |
||||
9m. to 18m. |
3.0m. |
||||
18m. to 30.50m. |
4.5m |
||||
More than
30.5m. |
6.0m. |
||||
(ii) |
Side Setback |
1.50m. |
3.0m. |
6.0m. |
|
(iii) |
Rear Setback |
Nil |
2.0m. |
6.0m. |
|
E. |
Structures
permissible in the minimum prescribed Front set back, Side setback and Rear set back are given in the rule 28 In
addition, incidental structures such as Gate pillars, servant room, watch man booth, cycle stand and toilets with
height not exceeding 4m are permissible in
these minimum prescribed setback spaces. |
||||
F. |
Parking spaces
shall be provided within the site conforming to standards prescribed in the Annexure - IV. |
||||
G. |
Rainwater harvesting provisions as
prescribed in the Annexure - XXII. |
Note:The
maximum height of the building shall not exceed 18.30 metres provided water
tanks, chimneys, Architectural features such as flag masts, gopurams, minarets,
steeples and other ornamental structures which are not intended for human
habitation may be permitted subject to a ceiling of 30.5 metres from ground
level. In case total height exceeds, 30.50 m from Ground level necessary NOC
from Airport Authority of India (AAI) shall be furnished.
Rule - 37. Planning Parameters of Institutional Buildings.
Including nursery schools, Primary schools and religious buildings with floor
area exceeding 300 sq.m. Secondary schools, Colleges, Higher Educational,
Technical & Research Institutions, Students hostels & Dormitories,
Research Institutions, Broadcasting, Telecasting & Telecommunication
centers, Government & Quasi Government Offices, and Institutions, Government
Archives, Museums, Art galleries and Public libraries, Foreign Missions,
Consulates and Embassies.
Sl.No. |
Description |
Continuous Building Areas |
Other areas |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
A. |
Minimum road width |
7.20m |
Minimum 7.2m for schools
upto higher secondary level
and industrial training
institutes. For others,
min. 9 m |
B. |
Maximum Height |
18.30m. |
|
C. |
Maximum FSI |
2.0 |
|
D. |
Minimum Setbacks |
Where Street
Alignment/new road is
prescribed, it shall
be from that
street alignment/narrow line.
In the case
of others, it shall be from the property boundary. |
|
(i) |
Front Setback |
6m |
6m |
(ii) |
Side Setback |
Nil |
6m |
For schools
- 2m |
|||
(iii) |
Rear Setback |
Nil |
6m |
For schools
- 2m |
|||
E. |
Structures
permissible in the minimum prescribed Front set back, Side setback and Rear set back are given in the rule 28 In
addition, Gate pillars, gopurams, and incidental structures (with height not exceeding 4m) such as servant room,
cloak room, and watch man booth, cycle stand,
Kitchen and toilets are permissible in these minimum prescribed setback spaces. |
||
F. |
Parking spaces
shall be provided within the site conforming to standards prescribed in the Annexure
- IV. |
||
G. |
Rainwater harvesting provisions as
prescribed in the Annexure - XXII. |
||
H. |
The minimum width of corridor shall
be as given in rule 42 |
||
I. |
Special regulations for physically disabled
stated in the rule 43 shall be adhered to. |
||
J. |
The
applicant not being a government department or agency shall deposit a sum at the rate of 50% of the infrastructure
and amenity charges as a refundable non- interest
earning security and earnest deposit. The deposit shall be refunded on completion of development as per the
approved plan as certified by Executive Authority of the Local Body; if not, it would be forfeited. |
Note:
(i)
In Continuous Building Area (CBA), there
shall be atleast 1m wide internal passage from rear to front in ground level or
ground floor, directly accessible to road.
(ii)
In the case of schools, the development shall
confirm to the additional safety standards stated in the Annexure - XV.
(iii)
The maximum height of the building shall not
exceed 18.30 metres provided water tanks, chimneys, Architectural features such
as flag masts, gopurams, minarets, steeples and other ornamental structures
which are not intended for human habitation may be permitted subject to a
ceiling of 30.5 metres from ground level.
(iv)
In cases of Hospital Buildings with Ground
Floor/Stilt Floor + First Floor and above and floor area exceeding 300 sq.m. in
each floor, the special provisions for Hospital Buildings prescribed in
Annexure – IX shall be adhered to.
Rule - 38. Planning Parameters of Transport Terminals.
Sl.No |
Description |
All areas |
A. |
Minimum road
width |
9 metres
except for container terminals where it shall be 18m |
B. |
Maximum Height |
18.30m. |
C. |
Maximum FSI |
1.00 |
D. |
Maximum Plot
coverage |
75% |
E. |
Minimum Setbacks |
Where Street
Alignment/new road is prescribed, it shall
be from that street alignment/narrow line. In the case of others, it shall be from the property boundary. |
|
(i) Front
Setback |
6m |
|
(ii) Side Setback |
6m on either side |
|
(iii) Rear Setback |
6m |
F. |
Structures
permissible in the minimum prescribed Front set back, Side setback
and Rear set back are given in the rule 28 In additions, incidental structures such as gate pillars, servant
room, watch man booth, cycle
stand, kitchen and toilets with height not exceeding 4m are permissible in these minimum
prescribed setback spaces. |
|
G. |
Parking: 10% of the extent of the site shall be reserved for
parking in the part of site carved
out in a regular shape
preferably with frontage abutting the road. |
|
H. |
Rainwater harvesting provisions as prescribed in the rule
63 .shall be provided. |
|
I. |
Special regulations for physically disabled stated in the rule 43 shall be adhered to. |
Rule - 39. Special rules for High Rise Buildings.
(1)
Areas set apart for High Rise building
developments in Chennai Metropolitan Area are given in Annexure - XIX. In rest
of the State, High Rise buildings are permissible except in areas specifically
declared as prohibited area for construction of High Rise Buildings in the
Master Plan or Detailed Development Plan or as may be declared by the local
body in other areas with the approval of the Directorate of Town and Country
Planning or Government from time to time.
(2)
Road width:- The site shall either abut on a
road not less than 18 metres in width or gain access from public road not less
than18 metres in width through a part of the site which can be treated as an
exclusive passage of not less than 18 metres in width.
Provided
further that High Rise building may be permitted with limitations on maximum
FSI of the building on a site abutting or gaining access from a public road of
min. 12 m or 15 m in width, or gain access from public road not less than 12 m
or 15 m in width through an exclusive passage of not less than 12 m or 15 m in
width, subject to compliance of the planning parameters according to the table
below
(3)
The extent of the site, FSI, Set back etc.
for High Rise Buildings shall be regulated according to the table below:
TABLE
Sl. No |
Description |
All Areas |
|||||
A. |
Min. Road width |
12m. |
15m. |
18m. |
|||
B. |
Maximum FSI |
2.0 |
2.5 |
3.25 |
|||
C. |
Maximum Coverage |
50% |
|||||
D. |
Minimum set back all around |
Height of building ground
level |
the above |
Minimum required setback space from
the property boundary |
|||
Upto 30m. |
7m. |
||||||
|
|
Above 30m. |
For
every increase in height of 6m or part thereof above
30m minimum extent
of setback space to
be left additionally shall be one meter subject
to the maximum
setback of 20m. |
||||
E. |
Spacing between blocks in case of more than one block of High Rise building |
Height of building ground
level |
the above |
Minimum required between blocks |
spacing |
||
Upto 30m. |
7m. |
||||||
Above 30m. |
For every increase in height
of 6m. or par thereof above 30m.
space to be left additionally shall be one metre subject
to the maximum
setback of 20m. |
||||||
Explanation
1.—
(i)
Road width means the road space as defined in
clause (103) of rule 2. The qualifying road width for permitting High Rise
buildings with more than 18.30m shall be available atleast for a prescribed
length of 500m in the case of Chennai Metropolitan Area and other Municipal
Corporations and 250m for the other areas along the length of the road abutting
the site and the stretch from a junction can be straight or a curve or zigzag
or combination of the above.
(ii)
In the event of the road width being less
than the qualifying width in certain portions then the total length of such
portions shall not be more than 10% of the prescribed length. In such cases the
average road width for the prescribed length shall be equal or above the
qualifying width.
(iii)
In the event of the sub-division for
qualifying road not being incorporated in the Field Measurement Book sketch, in
such cases road width certificate shall be obtained from the concerned Executive
Authority.
(iv)
In the event of extent and dimension of the
site between Patta and document the least extent of the site to be considered
along with site dimension corresponding to the least extent.
(v)
In the cases where street alignment has been
prescribed, the front open space shall be left from the street alignment.
Explanation
2.—
(i)
In the event of more than one block with
varying height in a site, the setback of each block shall be regulated in
accordance with the height of the building.
(ii)
FSI benefit shall be permitted for the land
left for OSR, link road, street alignment or road widening wherever it is
insisted upon by competent authority.
(iii)
FSI benefit shall not be permitted for the
land left for road widening to make the road as qualifying road for the proposed
development.
(iv)
FSI benefit for the OSR area in the approved
sub-division shall be permitted in proportionate to the plot extent.
(4)
(a) The space specified above shall be kept
open to sky and free from any erection or projection such as sunshade or balcony
of any building other than a fence or compound wall provided that these open
yards may be used for the provision of access ways to the building’s parking
facilities.
(b) A
watchman or caretakerbooth or Kiosk not exceeding 2.5m.x 2.5m. in size at each gate
and not exceeding 3m. in heightand open transformer yard shall be permitted in
the set back space after leaving 7 metres clear set back from the main
structure.
(c) Gate
pillars without or with arches with a min. headroom clearance of 5.50m atleast
to a width of 3.5m. shall be permitted in the set back space after leaving 7
metres clear set back from the main structure.
(5)
Parking and Parking facilities.— For the use
of the occupants and of persons visiting the premises for the purposes of
profession, trade, business, recreation or any other activity parking spaces
and parking facilities shall be provided within the site to the satisfaction of
the competent authority and conforming to standards prescribed in the Annexure
- IV.
(6)
Vehicular access within the site.— Internal
vehicular access way including passage if any within the site shall have a
clear width of 7.2m. and such vehicular access way shall be available for every
building block in the site. Further, it shall be a clear width open to sky and
no projection in structure over it is permissible.
(7)
Corridor width.— The corridor serving as
access for units in the development in whichever floor they may be situated
shall not be less than the standards prescribed in rule 42.
(8)
Basement Floor.—
(a)
The height of basement floor shall not exceed
1.2 metres above ground level and the headroom shall be minimum 2.4 metres.
(b)
In cases where more than one basement is
proposed for parking and incidental uses, sufficient provision for lighting and
ventilation and also for protection from fire to the satisfaction of
Directorate of Fire and Rescue Services shall be made.
(c)
During the construction of the basement
floor, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Building Permit holder to
ensure that the building or structure in the adjoining sites are not weakened
or damaged.
(d)
The basement shall be permitted below the
ground and beyond the building lines at ground level subject to a clear minimum
front setback space of 4.5m and side and rear setback of 3m, subject to non
habitable uses and provision for mechanical ventilation and all safety
provisions and drainage. However, it is essential that the basement top slab
below the external circulation at ground level should be designed for
firefighting vehicular loads.
(9)
The reservation of land for community
recreational purposes such as park or play ground required in these regulations
shall be as given in the rule 41.
(10)
Conformance to National Building Code of
India.—
(a)
In so far as the determination of sufficiency
of all aspects of structural designs, building services, plumbing, fire
protections, construction practice and safety are concerned the specifications,
standards and code of practices recommended in the National Building Code of
India 2016 shall be fully conformed to and any breach thereof shall be deemed
to be a breach of the requirements under these rules.
(b)
Every High Rise Building erected shall be
provided with
(i)
lifts as prescribed in National Building Code
of India, 2016;
(ii)
a stand-by electric generator of adequate
capacity for running lift and water pump, and a room to accommodate the
generator;
(iii)
an electrical room confirming to the rule 44.
(iv)
at least one metre room of size 2.4 metres by
2.4 metres for every 10 consumers or 3 floor whichever is less. The metre room
shall be provided in the ground floor.
(11)
Fire safety, detection and extinguishing
systems.
(i)
All building in their design and construction
shall be such as to contribute to and ensure individually and collectively and
the safety of life from fire, smoke, fumes and also panic arising from these or
similar other causes.
(ii)
In building of such size, arrangement or
occupancy that a fire may not itself provide adequate warning to occupants,
automatic fire detecting and alarming facilities shall be provided where
necessary to warn occupants or the existence of fires, so that they may escape,
or to facilitate the orderly conduct of fire exit drills.
(iii)
Fire protecting and extinguishing system
shall conform to accepted standards and shall be installed in accordance with
good practice as recommended in the National Building Code of India, 2016 and
to the satisfaction of the Director of Fire and Rescue Services by obtaining a
no objection certificate from him.
(12)
Security deposits.— The applicant not being a
Government department or agency shall deposit a sum at the rate of 50% of the
infrastructure and amenity charges in force per square metres of floor area as
a refundable non-interest earning security and earnest deposit. The deposit
shall be refunded on completion of development as per the approved plan as
certified by the competent authority, if not, it would be forfeited.
(13)
Display Board.
(a)
The details of the development for which
planning permission is issued, shall be displayed in the site in the format
prescribed in Rule 10(7) of these regulations.
(b)
The applicant not being a Government
department or agency shall pay a sum of Rs. 10,000/- (Rupees ten thousand only)
as earnest money noninterest bearing refundable deposit and same should be
utilized for the purpose of installing the prescribed size board on the site by
local body, in the event of the applicant not fulfilling the conditions stated
in clause (a) above.
If
the applicant fulfills the conditions in clause (a) above, the deposit shall be
refunded after production of the completion certificate.
(14)
In areas where sewage system provided by the
Local body concerned is not available and
(a)
Where number of dwelling units exceeds 50
nos. or 2500 sq.m. of commercial area sewage treatment plant shall be provided
and maintained for the disposal of the sewage within the site itself as per the
designs approved by such other Technical agencies as Government may empaneled
from time to time.
(b)
where number of dwelling units is less than
50 nos. or 2500 sq.m. of commercial area, septic tank with up-flow filters
shall be provided and maintained for the disposal of the sewage within the site
itself .
(15)
In residential or predominantly residential
developments with dwelling units exceeding 100 in number, the design should
include waste management infrastructure and atleast a closed non polluting
storage provision for solid waste storage within the premises preferably with
direct access from the abutting road shall be provided so that the local body
can collect this stored waste from it.
(16)
In residential or predominantly residential
developments, provision for atleast one, bath room and water closet shall be
provided for the use of servants or drivers for each block not exceeding 25
Dwelling units.
(17)
In the interest of the public for better circulation
in the area and also to ensure that the proposed development does not block
access to the properties around, in cases of large developments where link
roads have to be provided for connectivity to the adjoining lands areas,
through the site applied for development, the competent authority reserves the
right to insist the applicant to set apart such road spaces within the site and
the applicant shall hand over the same free of cost through a registered gift
deed to the Local body for declaring it as public road. In such cases set back
from these roads to the buildings proposed shall be provided as prescribed in
these rules.
(18)
The space set apart and notified for
formation of a new road or road widening or street alignment shall be
transferred to the Local Body through a registered Gift Deed before actual
issuance of planning permission. The exact mode of conveyance of the land shall
be consistent with the relevant enactment and regulations In such cases
'Transfer of Development Rights' (TDR) provisions of rule 48 are applicable.
(19)
Rain water harvesting provisions as
prescribed in rule 63 shall be provided.
(20)
Solar energy capture provisions as prescribed
in rule 44 shall be provided where applicable.
(21)
Special regulations for physically disabled
as prescribed in rule 43 shall be adhered to.
(22)
In cases of Hospital Buildings with Ground
Floor/Stilt Floor + First Floor and above and floor area exceeding 300 sq.m. in
each floor, the special provisions for Hospital Buildings prescribed in
Annexure – IX shall be adhered to.
(23)
Affordable Housing.— Development for
affordable housing projects with size of dwelling unit not exceeding 40 sq.m
within Chennai Metropolitan Area and dwelling unit with size not exceeding 60
sq.m in the rest of state shall be regulated according to provisions stipulated
above.
(b)
Premium FSI charges shall not be collected for the excess FSI area over and
above normally permissible FSI area for affordable housing projects.
Rule - 40. Information Technology developments availing
additional FSI benefits.
The
development of land and building for the purpose of development of Information
Technology Park, Software and its associated, Computer technology,
Bio-Informatics units shall be certified by the appropriate authority
designated by the Government for the purpose, to avail the concessions stated
below.
(1)
Areas: The proposed Information Technology
development is permissible in the Local body Area, subject to the provision of
adequate water supply and sewage disposal arrangements to the satisfaction of
the Local body.
(2)
Activities: Manufacture of hardware,
development of software and its associated computer - communication technology
applications, bio-informatics units including offices, conference halls and
projection theatres connected there with, only shall be permitted. No
showrooms, other offices, residential uses and activities of similar nature
shall be permitted. Provided that incidental activities such as staff canteen,
staff recreational area, guest accommodation, watchmen quarters, and the like
not exceeding 10% of the total floor area shall be permitted.
(3)
Road width: The proposed development shall
either abut on a public road of not less than 18 metres in width or gain access
from a passage of not less than 18 metres width which connects to a public road
of not less than 18 metres width.
(4)
Floor Space Index:
(a)
Normally permissible FSI is allowable
according to the development.
(b)
Premium FSI charges shall not be levied for
additional FSI upto 0.5 for High Rise Developments.
(c)
Premium FSI charges are applicable for
Premium FSI achieved over and above 0.5 for High Rise Developments
(5)
Caution Deposit:
(a)
Caution Deposit to be made by the applicant
not being a Government department or agency before issue of Building Permission
shall be 10% of the guideline value of the land or 20% of the Guideline Value
of the land area equal to which the additional floor area is availed, whichever
is higher. The caution deposit is acceptable in the form of an irrevocable Bank
Guarantee issued in the format prescribed, in favour of the Executive Authority
of Local Body from any scheduled bank
(b)
The Bank Guarantee shall be kept alive till a
final decision is taken by the Executive Authority of Local Body.
(c)
The Bank Guarantee towards caution deposit is
returnable after a period of five years, from complete occupation and
commencement of commercial operation subject to confirmation by a certificate
from the appropriate authority (ELCOT) certifying that the building is put into
continuous use for Information Technology (IT) parks or Bio Informatics units
for the said five years.
(d)
If the building is utilised for any other
purpose during this period and the occupancy confirmation certificate from the
appropriate authority (ELCOT) is not furnished, the Bank Guarantee shall be invoked
and the caution deposit shall be forfeited by transferring the same to the
Executive Authority of Local Body’s account.
(e)
The caution deposit referred to above shall
be different from, and over and above the security deposit to be paid in the
normal course of issue of Building Permit.
(f)
The decision of the Executive Authority of
Local Body is final in the invocation or release of Bank Guarantee.
(6)
Other Parameters: Except for the above said
specific provisions, the developments shall conform to these rules in respect
of all other parameters.
Rule - 41. Reservation of land for community recreational
purposes in certain developments.
(1)
The reservation of land for community
recreational purposes such as park or play ground shall be as given below at
ground level in a shape and location abutting a public road to be specified by
the competent authority:
Extent of site |
Reservation |
|
(a) |
For the first 3,000
square metres |
Nil |
(b) |
Between 3,000
square metres and 10,000 square metres |
10% of
the area excluding roads or in the alternative he shall pay the Guideline value of the
equivalent land excluding the first 3000 sq.m. as per the valuation of the Registration Department. . No such area reserved shall measure less than 100 square meters with a minimum
dimension of 10 meters. Such area to be reserved shall not be more than 2 parcels. The space
so reserved shall
be transferred to the Local
body, free of cost, through
a registered gift deed. In cases of residential
developments,
the
local
body
concerned
may |
|
|
permit
the Residents Association or Flat Owner’s Association for maintaining such
reserved space as park or playground. |
(c) |
Above 10,000 square metres |
Ten
per cent of the area excluding road with the dimension in the ratio of 1:5
and such area to be reserved shall not be less than 500 square meters and
this space shall be transferred to the local body designated by it, free of
cost, through a gift deed. It is obligatory to reserve and hand over the
space and no charge in lieu can be accepted in case of
new developments or redevelopments. |
Explanation.—
(i)
The gifting of the reservation of land for
community recreational purposes in respect of Institutional developments and
Industrial Developments to the local body is not required. However the space
may be maintained by the owner concerned subject to the supervision and
monitoring of the concern local body.
(ii)
The plot area including the area reserved for
community recreational purposes shall be considered even when there is change
of ownership to determine the plot extent.
(2)
The site so reserved shall be exclusive of
the set back spaces and spacing between blocks prescribed in these rules, and
shall be free from any construction or structure.
(3)
For the purpose of this regulation, existing
development is defined as one where the extent of ground area covered by
structures already existing prior to application for Building Permit is 25 per
cent and above of the total site area.
(4)
In case of additions to existing
developments, where it is difficult to leave the 10 per cent area as open space
for community recreational purposes, the executive authority of the local body
reserves the right to collect the guideline value of equivalent land in lieu of
the land to be reserved. However, if on a future date, the applicant wants to
demolish the existing structures and raise new structures on the site in
question, the community recreational space as per the rule shall be reserved.
(5)
In the case of developments of Government
departments or agencies, the executive authority of local body reserves the
right to enforce the maintenance of such reserved lands by the department or
agency to the satisfaction of the Local Body or order the department or agency
to transfer the land to the local body free of cost.
(6)
Structures for watchman’s booth, gardener’s
instrument room, public toilet and police booth for the purpose of maintenance
and toilets may be permitted with total floor area not exceeding 5 percent of
the total OSR area in one place.
(7)
Public parking lot may be permitted in
basement below the OSR.
(8)
Rain water harvesting water tanks and STP may
be permitted below the OSR.
Rule - 42. Corridor / Verandah Width.
The
minimum width of corridor or verandah within buildings shall be as given below.
Sl. No. |
Building use
or type |
Minimum width of corridor or verandah |
(i) |
Residential buildings |
1.0 m |
(ii) |
Assembly buildings such as Auditoriums, Kalyanamandapams, cinema theatres,
Religious buildings, temples, mosques
or churches and other buildings of public assembly |
2.0 m |
(iii) |
Institutional buildings |
|
a) |
Government offices |
2.0 m |
b) |
Hospitals |
2.4 m |
c) |
Educational Buildings such a schools, colleges, Research Institutions |
2.0 m |
d) |
Commercial buildings such as private offices, Nursing Homes, etc. |
2.0 m |
e) |
All other buildings including hotels |
1.5m |
Rule - 43. Provisions for differently abled, elderly and
children.
In
order to provide barrier free environment in the buildings and premises used by
public the following should be provided. These regulations shall be applicable
to all buildings and facilities used by the public such as educational,
institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantile buildings and group
housing constructed on plots having an area of more than 2000 sq.m. It shall
not apply to private residential buildings.
(a)
Types of buildings to adopt barrier free
guidelines
(i)
Buildings to be designed for Ambulant
Disabled People:
Higher
Secondary School, Conference Hall, Dance Halls, Youth Centers, Youth Clubs,
Sport Centers, Sport Pavilions, Boat Club Houses, Ice Rinks, Bowling Centers,
Swimming Pools, Police Stations, Law Courts, Courts Houses, Sport Stadiums,
Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas, Auditoria, Small Offices (the maximum plinth
area 1400 sq.mt) Snack Bars, Cafes and banqueting rooms (for capacity above 50
dinners).
Note:
(a)
In sport stadiums provisions shall be made
for non-ambulant spectators (small wheel chair)
(b)
@ 1:1000 up to 10,000 spectators and @ 1:2000
for spectators above 10,000.
(c)
In Theaters, Concert Halls, Cinemas and
Auditoria provisions shall be made for non-ambulant spectators (Small Wheel
Chairs) @ 1/250 up to 1000 spectators and 1/500 for spectators above 1000.
(ii)
Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant
Disabled People:
Schools
for differently abled and other buildings such as Residential building,
Educational building, Institutional building, Assembly building, Business
building, Mercantile building, Industrial building, Storage building, Hazardous
building, Mixed Land use buildings, Wholesale Establishment and along with
Botanical Gardens, Religious Buildings, Elderly People Clubs, Village Halls,
Day Centers, Junior Training Centers, Post Offices, Banks, Dispensaries,
Railway Stations, Shops, Super Markets, and Departmental Stores.
Note:
Large wheel chair criteria shall be applicable on ground floors of the
following building, post offices, banks, dispensaries, railway station, shops,
supermarkets, and departmental stores.
(iii)
Buildings to be designed for Non-Ambulant
People (using small wheel chairs)
Public
lavatories in Tourist Sports, Clubs, Motels, Professional and Scientific
Institution, Museum, Art Galleries, Public Libraries, Laborites, Universities,
College for further Education, Teachers Training Colleges, Technical College,
Exhibition Halls Dentist Surgeries, Administrative Department of the Hospitals,
Service Stations, Car Parking, Buildings Airports Terminals, Bus Terminals, Factories.
Employing
differently-abled for sedentary works, Large Offices, with plinth area abode
1400 sq.mt., Tax Offices, Passport Offices, Pension Offices, and Labour
Offices, Cafes, Banqueting Rooms and Snack Bars (For capacity above 100
dinners.
(b)
Site development:
Level
of the roads, access paths and parking areas shall be described in the plan
along with specification of the materials.
Access
Path / Walk Way
Access
path from plot entry and surface parking to building entrance shall be minimum
of 1800 mm wide having even surface without any steps. Slope, if any, shall not
have gradient greater than 5%. Selection of floor material shall be made
suitably to attract or to guide visually impaired persons (limited to coloured
floor material whose colour and brightness is conspicuously different from that
of the surrounding floor material or the material that emits different sound to
guide visually impaired persons; hereinafter referred “o as "guiding floor
material".
Finishes
shall have a non- slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair.
Kerbs wherever provided should blend to a common level.
(c)
Parking:
For parking
of vehicles of differently-abled people, the following provisions shall apply:
(i)
Surface parking for two car spaces shall be
provided near entrance for the physically differently-abled persons with
maximum travel distance of 30m. from building entrance.
(ii)
The width of parking bay shall be minimum 3.6
meter.
(iii)
The information stating that the space is
reserved for wheel chair users shall be conspicuously displayed.
(iv)
Guiding floor materials shall be provided or
a device, which guides visually impaired persons with audible signals, or other
devices, which serves the same purpose, shall be provided.
(d)
Building requirements
The
specified facilities in buildings for persons shall be as follows:
(i)
Approach to plinth level:
Every
building should have at least one entrance accessible to the differently abled
and shall be indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be approached
through a ramp together with the stepped entry.
(ii)
Ramped Approach:
Ramp
shall be finished with non-slip material to enter the building. Minimum width
of ramp shall be 1800mm with maximum gradient 1:12. Length of ramp shall not
exceed 9.0 meter having 800mm high hand rail on both sides extending 300mm
beyond top and bottom of the ramp. Minimum gap from the adjacent wall to the
hand rail shall be 50mm.
(iii)
Stepped Approach:
For
stepped approach size of tread shall not be less than 300mm and maximum riser
shall be 150mm. Provision of 800mm high hand rail on both sides of the stepped
approach similar to the ramped approach.
(iv)
Exit/Entrance Door:
Minimum
& clear opening of the entrance door shall be 900mm and it shall not be
provided with a step that obstructs the passage of a wheel chair user.
Threshold shall not be raised more than 12mm.
(v)
Entrance Landing:
Entrance
landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the minimum dimension 1800mm x
2000mm. The entrance landing that adjoins the top end of a slope shall be
provided with floor materials to attract the attention of visually impaired
person's (limited to coloured floor material whose colour and brightness is
conspicuously different from that of the surrounding floor material or the
material that emits different sound to guide visually impaired persons.
Finishes shall have a non-slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel
chair. Kerbs wherever provided should blend to a common level.
(vi)
Corridor connecting the entrance/ exit for
the differently abled:
The
corridor connecting the entrance / exit for differently abled leading directly
outdoors to a place where information concerning the overall use of the
specified building can be provided to visually impaired persons either by a
person or by signs, shall be provided as follows:
(a)
Guiding floor materials' shall be provided or
device that emits sound to guide visually impaired persons.
(b)
The minimum width shall be 1500mm.
(c)
In case there is a difference of level, slope
ways shall be provided with a slope of 1:12.
(d)
Handrails shall be provided for ramps/slope
ways.
(vii)
Stair-ways:
One
of the stair–ways - near the entrance / exit for the differently abled shall
have the following provisions:
(a)
The minimum width shall be 1350 mm.
(b)
Height of the riser shall not be more than
150 mm and width of the tread 300mm.
(c)
The steps shall not have abrupt (square)
nosing.
(d)
Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be
limited to 12.
(e)
Handrails shall be provided on both sides and
shall extend 300 mm on the top and bottom of each flight of steps.
(viii)
Lifts:
Wherever
lift is required as per bye-laws, provision of at least one lift shall be made
for the wheel chair user with the following cage dimensions of lift recommended
for passenger lift of 13 person’s capacity of NBC 2005, BIS. Section 4.9.3
Table no1- Desirable Lift size
Clear
internal width 1100 mm Clear internal depth 2000 mm Entrance door width 900 mm
(a)
A hand rail not less than 600mm long at
1000mm above floor level shall be fixed adjacent to the control panel.
(b)
The lift lobby shall be of an inside
measurement of 1800 mm x 2000 mm or more.
(c)
The time of an automatically closing door should
be minimum 5 seconds and the closing speed should not exceed 0.25 m/ sec.
(d)
The interior of the cage shall be provided
with a device that audibly indicates the floor, the cage has reached indicates
that the door of the cage of entrance or exit is either open or closed.
(e)
Graphic or Braille signage, as per the
Harmonized Guidelines, shall be provided in the lift lobby.
(ix)
Toilets:
One
special W.C. in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of differently
abled with essential provision of washbasin near the entrance for the
differently abled.
(a)
The minimum size shall be 1500 mm x 1750 mm.
(b)
Minimum clear opening of the door shall be
900mm and the door shall swing out.
(c)
Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal
handrails with 50mm clearance from wall shall be made in the toilet.
(d)
The W.C. seat shall be 500mm from the floor.
(x)
Proper signage:
(a)
Appropriate identification of specific
facilities within a building for the differently abled persons should be done
with proper signals.
(b)
Visually impaired persons make use of other
senses such as hearing and touch to compensate for the lack of vision, whereas
visual signals benefit those with hearing disabilities. Signs should be
designed and located so that they are easily legible by using suitable letter
size (not less than 20 mm high).
(c)
For visually impaired persons, information
board in brail should be installed on the wall at a suitable height and it
should be possible to approach them closely.
(d)
To ensure safe walking, there should not be
any protruding sign which creates obstruction in walking.
(e)
Public Address System may also be provided in
busy public areas.
(f)
The symbols/information should be in
contrasting colour and properly illuminated because people with limited vision
may be able to differentiate amongst primary colours.
(g)
International Symbol Mark for wheel chair be
installed in a lift, toilet, staircase, parking areas, etc., that have been
provided for the differently abled.
Rule - 44. Solar Energy Capture.
(1)
Solar water heating system.
(a)
Fitment of solar assisted water heating
system –the requirements for fitment of solar assisted water heating system in
buildings shall be in accordance with the following regulations.
(i)
If the building is a High Rise Building
(ii)
If the building is intended to be used as:-
(a)
hospitals and nursing homes; exceeding 150
Square metres in floor area
(b)
hotels, lodges and guest houses; exceeding
150 square metres in floor area
(c)
hostels of Schools, Colleges, Training
Centres;
(d)
barracks of arms forces, paramilitary forces
and police;
(e)
individual residential buildings having more
than 150 sq.m. plinth area
(f)
functional buildings of railway stations and
airports like waiting rooms, retiring rooms, rest rooms, inspection bungalows
and catering units;
(g)
community centres, banquet halls, Kalyana
Mandapams and buildings for similar use; exceeding 200 square metres in floor
area
(h)
Industries wherein hot water is required for
processing and
(i)
Government buildings or quasi –government
buildings wherein electric Geyser is used.
In
which there is a system or installation for supply hot water, a provision shall
be made for an auxiliary solar assisted water heating system.
(b)
The Executive Authority before issuing
Building permit for the construction of new building shall ensure if it has a
provision in the building design itself for an insulated pipeline from the
rooftop in the building to various distribution points where hot water is
required. The new building shall have provision for continuous water supply to
the solar water heating system. The new building shall also have open space on
the rooftop to receive direct sun light. The load bearing capacity of the roof
shall atleast be 50 kilogram per square meter. All new buildings shall have
solar assisted water heating system installed before they are utilized for
business or other activity.
(c)
In the existing building, solar assisted
water heating system shall be installed at the time of change of use to any of
the categories of building mentioned in item 1 above, provided there is a
system or installation for supplying hot water therein.
(d)
The capacity of solar water assisted heating
system to be installed on the building of different categories mentioned in
item 1 above shall be decided in consultation with the Executive Authority. The
recommended minimum capacity shall not be less than twenty five litres per
person per day for each bath room and kitchen subject to the condition that
maximum of 50 per cent of the total roof area is provided with the system as
per norms to be fixed by the Tamil Nadu Energy Development Agencies from time
to time.
(e)
Installation of solar assisted water heating
system shall conform to Bureau of Indian Standards specification Indian
Standard 12933. The Technical specifications of solar water heating system
shall conform to the specifications defined by Ministry of New and Renewable
Energy, Government of India from time to time. The solar collectors used in the
solar assisted water heating system shall have the Bureau of Indian Standards
Certification mark.
(f)
Wherever hot water requirement is continuous
in any building, auxiliary back up arrangement shall be provided.
(2)
Erection of solar photo voltaic panels.-
Installation
of Solar Energy System is mandatory in all buildings in the category of High
Rise Buildings and Non High Rise Buildings exceeding 16 dwelling units and 300
sq.m of commercial building, Accordingly
(a)
Minimum terrace area to be reserved for
erecting solar photo voltaic panels shall be 1/3rd of total terrae area.
(b)
The space required for erecting solar photo
voltaic panels is about 10sq.m. for generating 1 KW of electricity.
(c)
The electricity generated from solar photo
voltaic system so erected will be used for common electricity requirements like
staircase lights, setback lights, lifts, pumps and non-floor space index areas,
etc.
(d)
Net metering guidelines of Tamil Nadu Energy
Regulatory Commission shall apply to all such installation of solar photo voltaic
system.
(e)
The competent authority shall monitor the
actual erection and give completion certification to the said buildings only
after the erection of solar photo voltaic panels. The Tamil Nadu Generation and
Distribution Corporation Limited will give service connection of Net metering
only after the completion certificate is issued.
Rule - 45. Wind Electricity Generator.
(1)
The development of Wind Electricity Generator
(WEG) shall be regulated as follows
(a)
Wind Electricity Generator (WEG) shall be
permitted in all landuse zones.
(b)
The minimum required land size shall be not
less the 150m x 150m
(c)
The minimum width of public road or
uninterrupted access way / passage shall be not less than 7mtrs.
(d)
The reservation of land for community
recreational purposes shall not be insisted for development of Wind Electricity
Generator (WEG).
(e)
Subdivision rules shall not be applicable
(2)
The development, installation, erection and
operation of Wind Electricity Generator (WEG) for the purpose of generation of
electricity is required to be certified by the competent authorities. For the
purpose of obtaining planning permission or building permit for installation of
WEG, the applicant who should be the owner of the land or leaseholder or power
of attorney holder who has right over the land to install the WEG, shall submit
an application, in the Forms in Schedule I under this rule, to the competent
authority.
(3)
For the purposes of this rule, Wind
Electricity Generator means the equipment used for converting wind energy to
electricity including the medium voltage unit transformer by whatever name
called including windmill, wind turbine generator or wind electric converter as
approved for used by the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, Government of
India and included in its Revised List of Models and Manufacturers.
Explanation:
Wind Electricity Generator shall not fall within the definition of ‘Building’
as defined under clause of (15) of rule 2 of these rules.
(4)
The applicant shall submit to the designated
officer of the competent authority an application in the Form prescribed under
Schedule I along with the documents or information as detailed in Schedule II.
(5)
Notwithstanding the other provisions of these
Rules, the applicant shall be entitled to planning permission or building permit
pursuant to application under Regulation 3, upon obtaining and submitting to
the competent authority the following approvals or certifications from the
appropriate statutory authority(ies) for the relevant WEG.
(6)
Chief Electrical Inspector to Government
(CEIG) Approval under the Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to
Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010.
(7)
Location Clearance Approval or Noted for
Record, as applicable, issued by Tamil Nadu Generation and Distribution
Corporation (TANGEDCO).
(8)
No Objection Certificate issued by the
Airports Authority of India of the Ministry of Defense, as applicable for WEG
height clearance.
Schedule
I
Form
Application
for Planning Permission/Building Permit for installation of Wind Electricity Generator
From
……………………
To
The Executive Authority of the Local body
1.
I/We hereby apply for permission for
installation of Wind Electricity Generator
2.
I/We have absolute right over the land
applied for and have not made any encroachment on any government land.
3.
I/We shall fulfill my duties and
responsibility in accordance with the provisions of the Development Rules.
Signature of the applicant
Date:
(continued)
1.
Applicant’s name
2.
Postal Address for correspondence Telephone
number for communication:
3.
Applicant’s right over the land to make the
proposed development (documentary evidence to be enclosed)
4.
Development site address
5.
Present use of the land and [Please give
details of each use]
6.
Whether all the documents required to be
enclosed with the application as per the Schedule II have been enclosed
Signature
of the applicant
Date:
(1)
Details of the Applicant
(2)
Details for the Project
I.
Location
(a)
SF No.
(b)
Land extent
(c)
Revenue village
(d)
Taluk
(e)
District
Schedule
II
Details
to be submitted
II.
Grid interface arrangement
III.
Expected date of commissioning
IV.
Grid connection
V.
Nearest sub-station of Central Transmission
Utility / State Transmission Utility
(3)
Protection arrangement
I.
Details of protection provided at the Wind
Electricity Generator
II.
Details of protection provided at the
transformer on the LV side
III.
Details of protection provided at the
transformer on the HT side
IV.
Details of lighting protection
V.
Details of Earthing arrangement
(4)
Details of Wind Electricity Generator
I.
Rated capacity of the WEG proposed
II.
Make of the WEG
III.
Type approval
IV.
Blade length
V.
Hub height
VI.
Types of Tower (metal/concrete)
VII.
Tower height
VIII. Whether
elevator included
IX.
Type of Foundation
X.
Total comprehensive stress
Rule - 46. Electrical Transformer Rooms.
Electrical
rooms in Non High Rise Buildings and High Rise Building developments shall
conform to the following:
(1)
Tamil Nadu Electricity Board- Tamil Nadu
Generation and Distribution Corporation (TANGEDCO) Standards:-
(a)
Indoor space required within the premises for
installing floor mounted distribution transformer and associated switchgear.
(i)
An electrical room for accommodating the
transformers and associated switchgears shall be provided at the ground floor,
either within the built up space of the buildings or outside the buildings and
within the premises of the buildings nearer the main entrance of the building.
The associated switchgear shall be separated from the transformer bays by a
fire-resisting wall with a fire resistance of not less than 4 (four) hours.
(ii)
The width of the approach road to the above
said electrical room shall not be less than 3.0 metres.
(iii)
The electrical room with RCC roof shall have
clear floor area 6m. X 4m. with a vertical clearance of 2.75m.
(iv)
Three sides of this room shall be covered
with brick walls. The fourth side, towards the approach road shall be covered
with M.S. Rolling Grill Shutter of width not less than 3 metres with locking
facility.
(v)
The electrical room shall be fitted with 2
Nos. exhaust fans in the wall facing the approach road, one on either side of
the shutter.
(vi)
The electrical room shall have raised cement
flooring with cable duct of 450-mm. width and 750-mm. depth, all around inside
the room and close to the exterior walls shutters. The flooring shall slope
towards the cable duct. The cabled duct shall be covered with RCC slabs of
thickness not less than 75 mm. (3 inches). The covered slabs shall flush with
the cement flooring. The radius of curvature of the cable ducts at the turnings
inside the electrical room shall not be less than one metre.
(b)
The open space within the premises for
installation.
A
clear space of 10m. x 4m. or 5m. x 5m. open to the sky and having an approach
road of width not less than 3 metres, upto the public road shall be provided
within the consumer premises, preferably at the main entrance.
(2)
Directorate of Fire and Rescue Services
Standards:
(i)
No transformer shall be located below the
first basement or above the ground floor
(ii)
A sub-station or switch station with
apparatus having more than 2000 litres oil shall not be allowed in the case of
indoor transformer.
(iii)
The indoor transformer should preferably be
housed in a fireproof room with walls and doors sufficient fire rating.
(iv)
The room in the ground floor of the basement
housing the transformer shall have a free access to the outside.
(v)
There shall be a curb or a dwarf wall around
the transformer so that oil spills if any, is contained within the curb. There
shall also be a suitable drain with a ' flame-arrester'
(vi)
If in the basement, the transformers shall be
adequately protected against fire by a high velocity water spray or a CO2
flooder of suitable capacity, depending upon the size of the transformer.
(vii)
The switchgears, if any shall be housed in a
separate room with suitable fire resistance walls.
(viii)
The transformers shall be located only in the
periphery of the basement or ground floor, observing suitable clearances.
(ix)
DCP or CO2 portable fire extinguishers of a
minimum capacity of 10 kg. shall be kept near the doorway housing the
transformer.
(x)
All indoor transformers shall be subjected to
periodic inspection and shall be replaced in good time so that there is no fire
risk.
(xi)
The room shall be well ventilated so that the
transformer remains cool.
(xii)
The room shall have emergency and automatic
lighting with independent power supply.
Rule - 47. Layout and sub-division Rules.
(1)
This rules seeks to ensure access to plots by
way of roads and private passages, creating hierarchy of roads depending on the
road length and intensity of developments in the area and also to provide
adequate linkages to the existing roads and further to provide proper
circulation pattern in the area, providing required recreational spaces such as
parks or playgrounds, and providing spaces for common amenities such as
schools, post and telegraph offices, fire stations, police stations etc.
(a)
The minimum width of the public street or
road on which the site abuts or gains access shall be 7.2m. for residential
layout developments and 9m. for industrial layout developments. For
subdivisions the minimum width of the passage or public streets or road on
which the site abuts or gains access shall be as required for different uses
and types of developments.
(b)
The minimum width stated above shall be the
existing width of the road and not the street alignment prescribed.
(2)
When layout site abuts a National or State
Highway or Bye Pass Road, a Service Road of having a minimum width of 7 m shall
be provided which shall include 1m wide median having width of 0.5m to 1.0m and
to a height of 0.30m to 0.45m separating the main road from the service road.
There would not be any necessity to obtain an Noc from the National or State
Highway authorities for any such layout development.
(3)
The width of the streets or roads and
passages in the layouts or subdivisions or amalgamations shall conform to the
minimum requirements given below:
(a)
Residential developments.—
Description (1) |
Minimum width (2) |
Remarks (3) |
A. Passage (i)
In Economically Weaker Section areas
and continuous building
areas: a)
For single
plot b)
For two to four plots |
1.0 metre 1.5 metre |
The passage will remain private |
(ii) When it is intended to serve upto two plots and length
of the passage
does
not
exceed
40 metres. |
3.0 metres |
The passage will remain
private |
(iii) When it is intended to serve
up to four plots and length of the
passage
does
not
exceed
80 metres. |
3.6 metres |
-Do- |
(iv) When it is intended to serve
up to ten plots and length of the passage
does not exceed 100 metres. |
4.8 metres |
-Do- |
B. Streets and Roads |
||
(i) Streets of length does not exceeds 120 metres |
7.2 metres |
All streets shall become public |
(ii) Streets of length
more than 120 meters but below 240 metres |
10.0 metres |
All streets shall become
public |
(iii) Roads of length
more than 240 metres but below 400 metres |
12.0 metres |
All streets shall become
public |
(iv) Roads of length
between 400 metres to 1,000
metres |
18.0 metres |
All streets shall become
public |
(v) Roads of length
more than 1000
metres |
24.0 metres |
All streets shall become
public |
Note
(1)
In case of layout the minimum extent of plot
shall be 32 sq.mts. for EWS and 72 sq.mts. for other category of plots.
(2)
Minimum width of the road within a layout
that is extendable to the adjacent land parcels shall not be less than 9 m in
width.
(b)
Industrial
Development
Description |
Minimum width of |
Remarks |
|
(1) |
passage (2) |
(3) |
|
(1) When it is intended to serve only one plot
length of the
passage does not exceed metres |
and 100 |
5.0 metres |
The passage will remain private |
(2) When it is intended to serve
two to five plots and the length
of the passage
does not exceed
120 metres |
7.2 metres |
The passage will remain
private |
|
(3) When it is intended to serve more than 5 plots |
12.0 metres |
The street shall become
public. |
|
Note:
Not
withstanding anything contained above the competent authority reserves the
right to revise layouts proposed by the applicant and applied for sanction in
order to provide for better or adequate linkages and proper circulation pattern
considering local conditions etc.
(4)
Cul-de-sacs can be provided when their length
do not exceed 60 metres. At the closed end, they shall be provided with a
turnaround area of 9m. x 9m. or provisions for reversing cars satisfying
standards.
(5)
Splay: -
A
splay at the intersection of two or more streets or roads shall be provided
subject to the minimum dimensions given below:
Sl. No |
When the narrower
road is of width |
Min. splay |
1 |
Upto 7.2m. |
1.5m. x 1.5m. |
2 |
More than 7.2m. Upto 12m |
3.0m. x 3.0m. |
3 |
More than 12m. Upto 30.5m |
4.5m. x 4.5m. |
4 |
More than 30.5m. |
6.0m. x 6.0m. |
(6)
Reservation of land for recreational purposes
in a layout or sub-division for residential, commercial, industrial or
combination of these uses shall be as follows.
Extent of layout (1) |
Reservation (2) |
For the first 3000
square metres |
Nil |
Between 3000 square metres and 10,000
square metres |
10 per cent of the
area excluding roads or in
the alternative he shall pay the guideline value of equivalent land and
excluding the first 3000 square metres as per the valuation |
|
of the registration department. "No
such area reserved shall measures less than 100 square metres with a minimum dimension
of 10 metres." |
Above 10,000 square metres |
10 per cent of the area excluding roads. It
is obligatory to make the reservation and no equivalent land
cost in lieu
of the same is acceptable. |
(a)
The land for community recreational purposes
shall be restricted to ground level, in a shape and location to be specified by
the competent authority. The land so reserved shall be free from any
construction by the layout owner or developer.
(b)
The building and use of land shall conform to
the conditions that may be imposed while sanctioning the layout. The space set
apart for commercial, institutional, industrial or other uses shall be used
only for the purpose set apart. However conversion of the use of these
non-residential use sites can be considered and decided on its merits when it
is proved by the developer that demand for the same does not exist.
(c)
Structures for watchman’s booth, gardener’s instrument
room, public toilet and police booth for the purpose of maintenance and toilets
may be permitted with total floor area not exceeding 5 percent the total OSR
area in one place.
(d)
Public Parking lot may be permitted in
basement below the OSR.
(e)
Rain water harvesting water tanks and STP may
be permitted below the OSR.
(7)
(a) The space set apart for roads (except
those which may remain private) and the 10% area reserved for recreational
purposes shall be transferred to the Local Body free of cost through a
registered gift deed before the actual sanction of the layout. The exact mode
of conveyance should be consistent with the relevant enactment and regulations.
(b) In cases of industrial estates developed by Government department or
agencies, the competent authority reserves the right to allow them to retain
the spaces set apart for roads and the recreational spaces as parks or play
grounds and maintain them for the purposes to the satisfaction of the competent
authority.
(c) The competent authority reserves the right to reserve space for recessed
bus stops as part of the road space in the layouts exceeding 2 hectares, where
found necessary on public interest and this part of the road space also be
transferred free of cost as stated in the clause (a) above.
(8)
Ten per cent of layout area excluding roads,
additionally, shall be reserved for "Public Purpose" in those
layouts, which are more than 10000 sq.m. in extent. Interested Government
departments or agencies shall be given intimation of layout approval by the
Local body and requested to purchase the land from the owner or developer on
paying the cost of plots so reserved at Guide Line Value of the Registration
Department. Within the above ceiling 5% of area shall be reserved and
transferred to the Local Body free of cost through a registered gift deed
before the actual sanction of the layout.
(9)
In cases where the extent of the residential
layout exceeds 10,000 sq.m. ( 1 hectare) ten per cent of layout area (excluding
roads) shall be developed as EWS plots and the owner or developer or promoter
shall sell these plot only for this purpose. No conversion or amalgamation
shall be permissible in these cases of EWS plots at any point of time.
(10)
When the area of land proposed for
subdivisions is 20 hectares or more the competent authority may reserve at
least 3 percent of the total area for commercial purposes.
(11)
The cost of laying improvements to the
systems in respect of road, water supply, sewerage, drainage or electric power
supply that may be required as assessed by the concerned authority, namely, the
local body and Tamil Nadu Electricity Board, shall be borne by the applicant.
(12)
Not withstanding anything stated above,
layouts for EWS housing, site and services schemes, and Slum improvement may be
approved subject to certain conditions as may be stipulated by the Competent
Authority.
Rule - 48. Transferable Development Rights.
(1)
In certain circumstances, the development
potential of the whole or a part of the plot or site may be separated from the
land itself and may be made available to the land owner in the form of
Transferable Development Rights (TDR) excepting in the case of existing or
retention users, or any compulsory reservation of space for public purpose or
recreational use or EWS or social housing etc. in the cases of subdivisions or
layouts or Non High Rise Buildings or or High Rise Buildings or such other
developments prescribed in these rules.
(2)
Transferable Development Rights (TDR) shall
apply to cases, where a private land is required for-
(i)
any road widening or new road formation as
proposed and notified by the local body or the Government department or agency
(ii)
any traffic and transport infrastructure
development such as bus stops or Bus stands, metro rail, Bus Rapid Transits
System etc.
(iii)
any other urban infrastructure development
such as water supply, sewerage, drainage, electricity, education, health,
notified by the State Government Department or Government Agency or local body.
(3)
These rights may be made available based on
the provisions prescribed by the Government from time to time.
Rule - 49. Premium FSI.
The Premium
FSI over and above the normally allowable FSI relating the same to road width
parameter may be allowed as follows:
Sl.No. |
Road Width |
Premium FSI (% of normally allowable FSI) |
1. |
18.0 m and above |
50% |
2. |
12.0 m - below
18.0 m |
40% |
3. |
9.0 m - below
12.0 m |
30% |
Rates
applicable for computation of Premium FSI charges :
The
Premium FSI charges shall be collected at the rate of 50% of Guideline value
for the excess FSI area over and above normally permissible FSI area for Non High
Rise Building and at the rate of 40% of Guideline value for the excess FSI area
over and above normally permissible FSI area for High Rise Building. In case of
multiple survey numbers for a site the maximum Guideline value shall be
considered.
Rule - 50. Repeal and Savings.
Anything
done or any action taken including action against unauthorized or deviated
constructions, shall be deemed to have been done or taken with reference to the
corresponding provisions of these rules and continue in force accordingly,
unless and until superseded by anything done or any action taken with reference
to these rules.
Provided
that the action against unauthorized/deviated developments with reference
Master Plans taken by the competent authority or person to whom the Authority
had delegated powers, immediately before commencement of these regulations may
be continued irrespective of whether the unauthorized/deviated development is
in conformity with the Master Plan DR or not, as if this Development
Regulations have not come into force, till the unapproved/deviated development
is demolished or got regularised on its merits with reference to these
Development Regulations.
PART VII BUILDING RULES
Rule - 51. Structural Safety.
(1)
In the cases of Non High Rise buildings with
height upto 12m., industrial or institutional buildings upto G+1 floors in
height and with floor area both existing and proposed not exceeding 300 sq.m.
the provisions in this part of the rules relating to structural design,
submission of working drawings or structural drawings, etc. shall not apply
except that all such applications and plans for these developments shall be
signed by the owner or Registered Developer, and the Registered Engineer or Architect
who prepared the plan and further the Registered Engineer or Architect shall
certify that the structural design of the small development has been done as
per the latest Indian standard Specifications and the National Building Code.
(2)
Structural design.— The structural design of
foundations, elements of masonry, timber, plain concrete, reinforced concrete,
pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall conform to the provisions of
part VI Structural Design Section – 1 Loads, Section – 2 Foundation, Section –
3 Wood, Section – 4 Masonry, Section – 5 Concrete and Section – 6 Steel of
National Building Code of India, taking into consideration the Indian Standards
as given in the Annexure – XI
(3)
Structural Design Basis Report [SDBR] .—
Drawings and Documents to be submitted for approval of appropriate authorities
shall include SDBR. In compliance of the design with the Indian Standard the
Registered Structural Engineer on Record shall submit a structural design basis
report in Form 1 in Annexure - XIV.
(4)
Review of Structural Design.—The competent
authority for issue of Building permit in case of Village Panchayats, if
necessary, shall constitute a Structural Design Review Panel (SDRP) consisting
of senior SERs whose task will be to review and certify the design prepared by
SER for all High Rise buildings and in cases of other developments whenever
referred by the competent authority excluding for Non High Rise buildings with
height upto 12m.
(5)
Certification Regarding Structural Safety in
Design.— The Registered Structural Engineer on Record (SER) shall give a
certificate of structural safety of design as per Proforma given in Form8 in
Annexure - XIV at the time of completion and structural inspection report as
per proforma given in Form 9 at different stages of construction.
(6)
Constructional Safety.— (a) All construction
except Non High Rise buildings with height upto 12m. shall be carried out under
supervision of the Registered Construction Engineer on Record (CER)
(b)
CER shall give a certificate of structural safety of construction while
submitting the progress report as per proforma given in Form 3 and 4 in
Annexure - XIV at the different stages of construction and at the time of
completion as per proforma given in Form 7 in Annexure - XIV.
(7)
Quality Control and Inspection.— (a) All High
rise building construction with more than 18.30m. in height shall be carried
out under quality inspection program prepared and implemented under the the
Registered Quality Auditor on Record (QAR).
(b)
The Registered Quality Auditor on Record (QAR) shall give a certificate of
quality control as per proforma given in Form10 in Annexure - XIV .
(c)
Quality Inspection Programme to be carried on the site shall be worked out by
QAR in consultation with the owner, builder, CER.
(8)
Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone
Areas.— In natural hazard prone areas, structures, buildings and installations,
which cannot be avoided, such constructions or developments should be properly
safeguarded by taking protective measures as recommended in Annexure – XII
(9)
Maintenance of buildings in seismic
Zone-III.— In case of High rise buildings and buildings for public assembly
older than fifty years, it shall be the duty of the owner of a building, to get
his building inspected by a Registered Structural Engineer (RSE) within a year
from the date of coming into force of these rules. The Structural Inspection
Report in Form 9 in Annexure - XIV shall be produced by the Owner to the
competent authority. If any action, for ensuring the structural safety and stability
of the building is to be taken, as recommended by SER, it shall be completed
within five years. For other buildings less than fifty years old, the owner
shall get his building inspected after the age of building has crossed fifty
years. The procedure shall be followed as per above rule.
(b)
Seismic Strengthening or Retrofitting.—Prior to seismic strengtheningor
retrofitting of any existing structure, evaluation of the existing structure as
regards structural vulnerability in the specified windor seismic hazard zone
shall be carried out by a Registered Structural Engineer. If as per the
evaluation of the Registered Structural Engineer the seismic resistance is
assessed to be less than the specified minimum seismic resistance as given in
the “note” below, action should be initiated to carry out the upgrading of the
seismic resistance of the building as per applicable standard guidelines.
Note:
(i)
for masonry buildings reference is to be made
to IS: 4326 and IS: 13935 and
(ii)
for concrete buildings and structures
reference to be made to IS code on evaluation and seismic strengthening for
retrofitting of RCC buildings under preparation at present.
Rule - 52. Requirements of parts of buildings.
(1)
Plinth.
(a)
Main buildings: The plinth or any part of a
building or out house shall be so located with respect to the surrounding
ground level that adequate drainage of the site is assured. The height of the
plinth shall be not less than 45 cm from the surrounding ground level. However
in flood prone areas, plinth shall be above the maximum flood level notified by
the concerned authority.
(b)
Interior court yards and covered parking
areas shall be raised at least 15 cm above the determining ground level and
shall be satisfactorily drained.
(2)
Walls.
(a)
The outer walls of a building shall be
constructed of bricks or stone or other incombustible material.
(b)
All walls of a building must be properly
bonded.
(c)
Damp-Proof
(i)
Every wall and pier of the building except
when built on materials such as steel or reinforced cement concrete shall be
provided with a damp- proof course.
(ii)
Damp-proof course shall be laid at a level
not higher than the lowest part of underside of the construction of the ground
floor and shall extend to the full width and extent of such walls or piers. It
shall be at least two centimeters thick. Where the damp-proof course is
provided below the plinth level, vertical damp-proof course shall be provided
between the floor and the inside of the plinth.
(3)
Paving materials.— In the case of every
building intended to be used for human habitation, every part of each floor of
such building, including every passage and airy verandah therein, every
lavatory, urinal, washing or bathing place included in it, shall be laid or
paved with stone or non-absorbent tiles laid in cement or other durable
material, impervious to moisture.
(4)
Structural metal.— shall not be used for
conducting electrical or service currents:
Provided
that such metal may be used as part of a sufficient and properly earthed
apparatus for protection of the building against damage by lightening.
(5)
Habitable rooms.
(a)
Height: The height of all rooms for human
habitation shall not be less than 2.75m measured from the surface of the floor
to the lowest point of the ceiling bottom of slab. In the case of pitched roof,
the average height of rooms shall not be less than 2.75m. The minimum clear
head room under a beam, folded plates or eaves shall be 2.4m. In the case of
air conditioned rooms, a height of not less than 2.5m measured from the surface
of the floor to the lowest point of air conditioning duct or the false ceiling
shall be provided.
(b)
Size: The area of habitable room shall not be
less than 7.5sq.m with a minimum width of 2.4m. Pooja room, or store room shall
not be taken as a habitable room]
(6)
Kitchen.
(a)
Height: The height of a kitchen measured from
the surface of the floor to the lowest point of the ceiling (bottom slab) shall
not be less than 2.75m, except for the portion to accommodate floor trap of the
upper floor.
(b)
Size: The area of a kitchen where separate
dining area is provided shall be not less than 5.0 sq.m. with a minimum width
of 1.8m. where there is a separate store, the area of the kitchen may be
reduced to 4.5sq.m. A kitchen, which is intended for use as a dining area also,
shall have a floor area of not less than 7.5 sq.m. with a minimum width of
2.1m.
(c)
Other requirements: Every room to be used as
kitchen shall have:
(i)
Unless separately provided in a pantry, means
for the washing of kitchen utensils which shall lead directly are through a
sink to a grated and trapped connection to the waste pipe;
(ii)
an impermeable floor;
(iii)
a flue, if found necessary; and
(iv)
a window or ventilator or opening.
(7)
Bathrooms and Water closets.
(a)
Height: The height of a bathroom or water
closets measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest point in the
ceiling bottom of slab shall not be less than 2.1m.
(b)
Size: The area of a bath room shall not be
less than 1.4 sq.m. with a minimum width of 1.0m. The floor area of water
closet shall be 1.0 sq.m. with a minimum width of 0.9m. If bath and water
closet are combined, its floor area shall not be less than 2.4sq.m. with a
minimum width of 1.2m.
(c)
Other requirements: Every bath room or water
closet shall:
(i)
be so situated that at least one of its walls
shall open to external air;
(ii)
not be directly over or under any room other
than another water closet,
(iii)
washing place, bath or terrace, unless it has
a water-tight floor;
(iv)
be enclosed by walls or partitions and the
surface of every such wall or
(v)
partitions shall be finished with a smooth
impervious material to a height of not less than 1m above the floor of such a
room;
(vi)
be provided with an impervious floor
covering, sloping towards the drain with a suitable grade and not towards
varandah or any other room; and have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft
or open space, of area not less than 0.3 sq.m.
(vii)
the door of the water closet or bath not to
be directly opened to a kitchen
(8)
Mezzanine Floor.
(a)
Height - It shall have a minimum height of
2.2 m.
(b)
Size- The minimum size of the mezzanine
floor, if it is to be used as a living room shall not be less than 9.5 sq.m..
The aggregate area of such mezzanine floor in a building shall in no case
exceed 1/2nd the plinth area of the building.
(c)
Other Requirements - A mezzanine floor may be
permitted over a room or a compartment provided:
(i)
it conform to the standard of living rooms as
regards lighting and ventilation in case the size of mezzanine floor is 9.5
sq.m. or more;
(ii)
it is so constructed as not to interfere
under any circumstances with the ventilation of the space over and under it;
(iii)
such mezzanine floor is not sub-divided into
smaller compartments;
(iv)
such mezzanine floor or any part of it shall
not be used as a kitchen; and
(v)
in no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed
so as to make it liable to be converted into unventilated compartments.
(9)
Store room.— Height: The height of a
storeroom shall be not less than 2.2m.
Size:
The size of a storeroom, where provided in a residential building, shall be not
less than 3sq.m.
(10)
Garage.— Height - The height of a garage
shall be not less than 2.4 m. Size - The size of garages shall be as below:
(a)
Private Garage - 3.0m × 6.0m, minimum; and
(b)
Public Garage - Based on the number of
vehicles parked by Equivalent Car Unit.
(11)
Basement.
(a)
The basement shall not be used for
residential purposes
(b)
The basement shall have the following
requirements:
(i)
Every basement used for non-habitable
purposes shall be in every part at least 2.4m in height from the floor to the
underside of the roof slab or ceiling; for habitable purposes, it shall conform
to the standards prescribed for habitable rooms above.
(ii)
Adequate ventilation shall be provided for
the basement. The ventilation requirements shall be the same as required by the
particular occupancy according to National Building Code. Any deficiency may be
met by providing adequate mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers,
exhaust fans, air conditioning systems, etc.;
(iii)
Adequate arrangements shall be made such that
surface drainage does not enter the basement;
(iv)
The walls and floors of the basement shall be
water-tight and be so designed that the effects of the surrounding soil and
moisture, if any, are taken into account in design and adequate damp proofing
treatment is given; and
(v)
The access to the basement shall be separate
from the main and alternative staircase providing access and exit from higher
floors. Where the staircase is continuous in the case of building served by
more than one staircase, the same shall be of enclosed type serving as a fire
separation from the basement floor and higher floors.
(vi)
The exit requirements in basements shall
comply with the provisions of the NBC Part 4 ‘Fire and Life Safety’
(12)
Chimneys.— The chimneys shall be built at least
0.9 m above flat roofs, provided the top of the chimneys is not below the top
of the adjacent parapet wall. In the case of sloping roofs, the chimney top
shall not be less than 0.6 m above the ridge of the roof in which the chimney
penetrates.
(13)
Parapet.— Parapet walls and handrails
provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony, verandah, etc. shall not be
less than 1.2m and not be more than 1.5m in height from the finished floor
level.
(14)
Roofs.
(a)
The roof of a building shall be so designed
and constructed as to effectively drain water by means of sufficient rain-water
pipes of adequate size wherever required, so arranged, jointly and fixed as to
ensure that the rain-water is carried away from the building without causing
dampness in any part of the walls, roof or foundations of the building or an
adjacent building.
(b)
Rain-water pipes shall be affixed to the
outside of the external walls of the building or in recesses or chases cut or
formed in such external walls or in such other manner.
(c)
Conservation of rain-water using suitable
rainwater harvesting techniques including by roof water collection shall be
made.
(15)
Mosquito-proof Water Tank.— Water storage
tank shall be maintained in a perfect mosquito-proof condition, by providing a
properly fitting hinged cover, and every tank more than 1.50mts. in height
shall be provided with a permanently fixed iron ladder to enable inspection by
anti-malaria staff.
(16)
Lighting and Ventilation.— Rooms shall have,
for the admission of light and air, one or more openings, such as windows and
ventilators, opening directly to the external air or into an open verandah.
(a)
Notwithstanding the area of openings stated
above, the minimum aggregate area of such openings, excluding doors inclusive
of frames, shall be not less than one- eighth of the floor area;
Note:
(i)
If a window is partly fixed, the openable
area shall be counted
(ii)
No portion of a room shall be assumed to be
lighted, if it is more than 7.5m away from the opening assumed for lighting
that portion.
(iii)
The area of openings as given above shall be
increased by 25% in the case of a kitchen
(iv)
in cases where the ventilation is derived
through open to sky. the dimensions of the open to sky need to be 1.5m x 2.5m.
This will apply to kitchens and store rooms but not to lavatories and bath
rooms which shall have windows or ventilators of not less than 0.5sq.m.
abutting such open space
(b)
For requirements regarding lighting and
ventilation for different uses and occupancy reference shall be made to the NBC
Part 8 ‘Building Services, Section 1 Lighting and Ventilation’.
(17)
Stairways Requirements.
(a)
Minimum width of staircase shall be:
(i)
(a) Ordinary Residential buildings… 0.75 m
(b)
Other Residential buildings 0.90 m
(ii)
Assembly buildings like :
Auditoria,
assembly halls… 2.00 m
(iii)
All other buildings… 1.50 m
(iv)
Educational institutions… 2.00 m
(b)
Minimum tread
The
minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 250mm for residential buildings.
The minimum width of tread for other buildings shall be 300mm. In case of
spiral staircases, it shall have the above minimum tread width at the outer
end.
(c)
Maximum riser
The
maximum height of riser shall be 190 mm for residential buildings and 150 mm
for other buildings and these shall be limited to 15 per flight.
(d)
The minimum headroom in a passage under the
landing of a staircase shall be 2.2m. The minimum clear headroom in any
staircase shall be 2.2m.
Rule - 53. Exit Requirements.
(1)
The following general requirement shall apply
to exits:
(a)
Every building meant for human occupancy
shall be provided with exits sufficient to permit safe movement and also escape
of occupants in case of fire or other emergency.
(b)
All exits shall be free of obstructions.
(c)
No building shall be altered so as to reduce
the number, width or portion of exits to less than required.
(d)
Exits shall be clearly visible and the routes
to reach exits shall be clearly marked and signs posted to guide the occupants
of floor concerned.
(e)
All exit ways shall be properly illuminated.
(f)
Fire fighting equipment where provided along
exits shall be suitably located and clearly marked but must not obstruct the
exit way and there should be clear indication about its location from either
side of the exit way.
(g)
Alarm devices shall be installed to ensure
prompt evacuation of the occupants concerned through the exits, wherever
required.
(h)
All exits shall provide continuous means of
egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior open space leading to a
street.
(i)
Exits shall be so arranged that they may be
reached without passing through another occupied unit, except in the case of
residential buildings.
(2)
Types of Exits.
(a)
Exits shall be either horizontal or vertical
type. An exit may be doorway, corridor and passage to an internal staircase or
external staircase, ramp or to a verandah and/or terraces that have access to
the street or to roof of a building. An exit may also include horizontal exit
leading to an adjoining building at the same level.
(b)
Lifts, escalators and revolving doors shall
not be considered as exits.
(3)
Number and size of Exits.— The requisite
number and size of various exits shall be provided, based on the occupants in
each room and floor based on the occupant load, capacity of exits, travel
distance and height of buildings as per provisions of the NBC Part 4 ‘Fire and
Life Safety’.
(4)
Arrangement of Exits.— Exits shall be so
located so that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed 22.50m. for
residential, educational, institutional and hazardous occupancies and 30m. for
assembly, business, mercantile, industrial and storage occupancies. Whenever
more than one exit is required for a floor of a building they shall be placed
as remote from each other as possible. All the exits shall be accessible from
the entire floor area at all floor levels.
(b)
The travel distance to an exit from the dead end of a corridor shall not exceed
half the distance as stated above except in the case of institutional occupancy
in which case it shall not exceed 6m.
(5)
Passenger elevators or lifts.
(a)
Every High rise building, in addition to the
stair-case, shall be provided with lift or lifts, depending on the number of
persons using each floor and which shall be installed at such places and at
such distances as prescribed in the National Building Code.
(b)
Every lift shall be in conformity with the
following requirements:
(i)
The lift way and the car shall be enclosed.
(ii)
The lift shaft shall be enclosed with fire
resisting materials and shall be ventilated from the highest point direct to
the open air.
(iii)
The motors, the winding gear and the
operating mechanism shall be installed in a chamber constructed of fire
resisting materials and shall be ventilated from the highest point direct to
the open air.
(iv)
These shall be fitted with an inter-locking
device of such a type as will prevent,
(a)
all landing doors, other than the door to be
opening at which the lift car is at rest, from being opened and
(b)
the car being moved until all doors,
including the car door, are closed.
(v)
Precautionary measures shall be adopted to
ensure the safety of passengers in the event of:-
(a)
an interruption or failure of electric
supply;
(b)
a defect or failure in the controlling
mechanism;
(c)
the rupture or displacement of ropes or
shelves;
(d)
over running or excessive speed of the
lift-car due to electrical or other defects in the motor or other mechanism;
(e)
the loading of the car in excess of its
maximum capacity; and
(f)
articles falling upon the lift.
(vi)
The safe carrying capacity of the lift or
elevator shall be conspicuously posted in or on the car or platform.
(vii)
Every lift shall be properly lighted.
(viii)
Once in every year, lift shall be got
inspected and certified by a competent Engineer.
(c)
For requirements regarding planning,
designing and installation, etc. of lifts and escalators, reference shall be
made to the NBC Part 8 ‘Building Services Section 5 Installation of Lifts and
Escalators’.
Rule - 52. Sanitation requirements
(1)
General.
(a)
There should be at least one water tap and
arrangement for drain in the vicinity of each water closet or group of water
closets in all the buildings.
(b)
Each family dwelling unit shall have at least
one water closet and one kitchen sink. A bath or shower shall also be installed
to meet the basic requirements of sanitation and personal hygiene.
(c)
All other structures for human occupancy
shall have adequate sanitary facilities, but in no case less than one WC and
one other fixture for cleaning purposes.
(d)
All materials, fittings and sanitary
appliances shall conform to the National Building Code.
(2)
Sanitary fittings.
(a)
For Residences.
(i)
Dwellings with individual conveniences shall
have at least the following fitments:
(a)
One bath room provided with a tap and a floor
trap;
(b)
One WC with flushing apparatus with an
ablution tap
(c)
One tap with a floor trap or a sink in
kitchen or wash place.
(ii)
Where only one WC is provided in a dwelling,
the bath and WC desirably be separated accommodated
(iii)
Dwellings without individual conveniences
shall have the following fitments:
(a)
One water tap with flow trap desirably in
each tenement
(b)
One WC with flushing apparatus and an ablution
tap for every two tenements
(c)
One bath with water tap and flow trap for
every two tenements.
(b)
For Buildings Other than Residences.— The
requirements for fitments for sanitation in the case of buildings other than
residences shall be in accordance with the Tables given in the Annexure - X.
Provided further that the respective toilets or sanitary arrangements shall be
kept open for the ladies and children in restaurants, petrol pumps &
hotels.
(3)
Sewerage.
(a)
Taking into account the site conditions, land
and building uses, and nature of wastes within the site, outlet connection (
i.e. the availability of sewers or other outlets, sub-soil conditions etc.),
sewage and waste water collection and disposal system for a building or a group
of buildings or for a layout shall be designed and it shall conforming to
National Building Code.
(b)
Septic Tanks
(i)
Where a septic tank is used for sewage disposal,
the location, design and construction of the septic tank shall conform to
requirements of the National Building Code and as per provisions in G.O.Ms. No
106, MAWS Dept., dated 01.09.2014 (operative guidelines for septage management
for local bodies)
(ii)
Location of the Septic Tanks and Subsurface
Absorption System: A sub- soil dispersion system should preferably not be
closer than 18m from any source of drinking water, such as well, to mitigate
the possibility of bacterial pollution of water supply.
(iii)
Requirements.—
(a)
Dimensions of septic tanks – Septic tanks
shall have a minimum width of 75 cm, a minimum depth of 1m below the water
level and a minimum liquid capacity of 1 cu.m. The length of tanks shall be 2
to 4 times the width;
(b)
Septic tanks may be constructed of brickwork,
stone masonry, concrete or other suitable materials as approved by the
Authority;
(c)
Under no circumstances shall effluent from a
septic tank be allowed into an open channel, drain or water body without
adequate treatment;
(d)
The minimum nominal diameter of the pipe
shall be 10cm. Further, at junctions of pipes in manholes, direction of flow
from a branch connection shall not make an angle exceeding 45 degrees with the
direction of flow in the main pipe;
(e)
The gradients of land drains, under-drainage
as well as the bottom of dispersion trenches and soak ways shall be between
1:300 and 1:400;
(f)
Every septic tank shall be provided with
ventilating pipe of at least 5 cm diameter. The top of the pipe shall be
provided with a suitable cage of mosquito-proof wire mesh. The ventilating pipe
shall extend to a height which would cause no smell nuisance to any building in
the area. Generally, the ventilating pipe may extend to a height of about 2m,
when the septic tank is at least 15m away from the nearest building and to a
height of 2m above the top of the building when it is located closer than 15m.
(g)
When the disposal of septic tank effluent is
to a seepage pit, the seepage pit may be of any suitable shape with the least
cross- sectional dimension of 0.90m and not less than 1.00m in depth below the
invert level of the inlet pipe. The pit may be lined with stone, brick or
concrete blocks with dry open joints which should be backed with at least 7.5
cm of clean coarse aggregate. The lining above the inlet level should be
finished with mortar. In the case of pits of large dimensions, the top portion
may be narrowed to reduce the size of the RCC cover slabs. Where no lining is
used, especially near trees, the entire pit should be filled with loose stones.
A masonry ring may be constructed at the top of the pit to prevent damage by
flooding of the pit by surface runoff. The inlet pipe may be taken down a depth
of 0.90m from the top as an anti-mosquito measure; and
(h)
When the disposal of the septic tank effluent
is to a dispersion trench, the dispersion trench shall be 0.50m to 1.00m deep
and 0.30m to 1.00m wide excavated to a slight gradient and shall be provided
with 150mm to 250mm of washed gravel or crushed stones. Open jointed pipes
placed inside the trench shall be made of unglazed earthenware clay or concrete
and shall have a minimum internal diameter of 7.5cm to 10cm. Each dispersion
trench shall not be longer than 30m and trenches shall not be placed closer
than 1.8m.
(4)
Separation of bath and wash basin water and
reuse.— All buildings shall be provided with separate pipelines; one for
collecting waste water from bath and wash basins and the other for connecting
the toilets. The wastewater from the toilets alone shall be connected to the
street sewer. The wastewater from the bath and wash basins shall be disposed
off as here under. –
Each
building shall have a separate downward pipeline to collect waste water from
bath and wash basins and the collected waste water shall be treated adequately
by organic or mechanical recycling and taken to a sump for onward pumping to
the exclusive overhead tank or to a separate compartment of over head tank for
exclusive use of toilet flushing through cisterns. The excess wastewater not
reused for toilet flushing, shall be used for gardening or rain water
harvesting structure within the site.
Explanation.—
For the purposes of these rules in regard to recycling systems are concerned,
any other modifications, additional structures, alternative designs furnished
by the applicant can be considered for approval, if it conforms to recycling
concept to the satisfaction of the competent authority 'for building approval.
The
above stated waste water reuse arrangement is mandatory for High Rise
buildings; optional and preferable for non- High Rise buildings.
Rule - 55. Storm Water Drainage.
(1)
Storm water drainage system in a site shall
be designed in such a way to harvest cent percent of it to recharge ground
water table below. The design factors of rain water harvesting structures
within a site shall include type of soil and its absorption capacity, ground
slope, intensity and duration of rain fall for the design period etc. However
there shall also be a provision for carrying any excess storm water which was
not absorbed during an exceptional rain fall, to drain or discharge into the
street or public storm water drainage system.
(2)
No existing natural or man-made drainage
system such as channel, canal, nallah etc. passing through the site shall be
closed. When it is realigned within the site optimizing the usability of the
site, due care shall be taken that its carrying capacity or velocity of flow is
not reduced affecting the upstream and downstream sites and such a realignment
shall be done only with prior approval of the Executive Authority of the Local
body.
Rule - 56. Electrical and Allied Installations (Including
lightening protection of buildings).
For
requirements regarding electrical installations in buildings including
lightening protection of buildings, reference shall be made to the NBC Part 8
‘Building Services, Section 2 Electrical and Allied Installations’. Power room
or Generator room or Ring Main Guard or Ring main Unit or Metering sets and
panels to be installed at Ground floor or above, at a height of atleast 1 meter
above the Ground level. Installation at basement floors shall be discouraged.
Rule - 57. Air conditioning, Heating and Mechanical
Ventilation.
For
requirements regarding design, construction and installations of air
conditioning, heating and mechanical ventilation systems, reference shall be
made to the NBC Part 8 ‘Building Services, Section 3 Air conditioning, Heating
and Mechanical Ventilation’.
Rule - 58. Gas supply.
For
requirements regarding gas pipe installations, reference shall be made to part
9 plumbing services, Section 3 Gas supply of National Building Code of India.
Rule - 59. Boiler Room.
The
following aspects may be taken into account in the location of Boiler or Boiler
Room:
(a)
The boiler shall not be allowed in
sub-basement but be allowed in the first basement away from the escape routes.
(b)
The boilers shall be installed in a fire
resisting room of 4 hours fire resistance rating, and this room shall be
situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pit shall be provided at the
low level. Entry to this room may be provided with a composite door of two hour
fire resistance.
(c)
The boiler room shall be provided with fresh
air inlets and smoke exhausts directly to the atmosphere.
(d)
Foam inlets shall be provided on the external
walls of the building at the ground floor level to enable the fire services to
use foam in case of fire.
(e)
The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if
located in the adjoining room shall be separated by fire resisting wall of 4
hour rating. Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2
hour fire resistance. A curb of suitable height shall be provided at the
entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil into the boiler room in case of
tank rupture.
Rule - 60. Acoustics, Sound Insulation and Noise Control.
For
requirements regarding the desired noise levels and sound insulation in
different occupancies, reference shall be made to the NBC Part 8 ‘Building
Services, Section 4 Acoustics, Sound Insulation and Noise Control’.
Rule - 61. Swimming Pool or Pool.
It
is an artificial body of water having the water surface area of 7.0 square
metre or more and having water depth of 0.6 metre or more used by an individual
or collectively by a number of individuals primarily for the purpose of
swimming and includes related equipment, structures, areas, and enclosures
intended for the use of individuals using or operating the swimming pool such
as equipment, dressing booth, locker, shower and bath rooms. The regulation and
monitoring of swimming pool shall be in accordance with Annexure - XX.
Rule - 62. Telecommunication Structure.
(1)
Structures may be.—
(a)
Steel fabricated tower or antenna’s on steel
pole;
(b)
Pre-fabricated shelter of fiberglass or
P.V.C. on the building roof top/terrace for equipment;
(c)
Masonry Structure or Shelter on the ground
for equipment;
(d)
D.G. Set with sound proof covers to reduce
the noise level.
(2)
Location: The Telecommunication
Infrastructure shall be either placed on the building rooftop or on the ground
or open space within the premises subject to the following regulations:
(a)
Base Trans Receiver Station (BTS) Towers and
installation of equipment for Telecommunication Networks:
(i)
BTS structures are not considered as
buildings and only structures for telecommunication. It can be allowed either
on a plot or on top of a building.
(ii)
When proposed in a plot, it shall have proper
access, which may be a private access.
(iii)
When the proposed BTS tower is on a roof top,
for the purpose of deciding on the height of the building defined in these
rules, it shall not be taken into account, hence the question of additional
setback if any for the building does not arise.
(iv)
It shall not be located either within a
Heritage precinct or on a heritage building listed for conservation.
(v)
BTS room size shall not exceed 15 sq.m. in
floor area and 3 m in height.
(vi)
Height of these structures shall conform to
the regulations of the Civil Aviation Department, Indian Air Force and Director
of Fire and Rescue Service.
(vii)
Building over which BTS towers proposed shall
be structurally strong to take the load of these structures including the wind
load to be certified by the Registered Structural Engineer.
(viii)
These BTS structures shall be sound and safe.
(ix)
The generator shall not cause noise or air
pollution.
(x)
The service provider shall pay the fees as
may be uniformly fixed by the Government and notified from time to time.
(3)
Requirement: The Service provider shall have
obtained necessary permission from the Standing Advisory Committee on Radio
Frequency Allocation” (SACFA) issued by Ministry of Telecommunications before
seeking Building Permit for the telecommunication structures.
(4)
(a) Every applicant will have to produce the
structural safety & stability certificate for the above structures and for
the building over which it will be erected from the Registered Structural
Engineer (SER) and it shall be the liability of both the owner and the SER.
(b)
Applicant has to produce or submit plans of structure to be erected.
(c)
Projections: No Pager and/or Telephone Tower shall project beyond the existing
building line of the building on which it is erected in any direction.
Rule - 63. Water Conservation.
(1)
Rain Water Harvesting.— Effective measures
shall be taken within each premises for conservation of rainwater, and
rainwater-harvesting structures shall be provided as prescribed in Annexure -
XXII of this Rule.
(2)
Additional regulations for all buildings.
(a)
In the ground floor, floor level of water
closets shall be at least 0.9 metre above the road level to ensure free flow.
(b)
All centrally air conditioned buildings shall
have their own wastewater reclamation plant and use reclaimed wastewater for
cooling purposes.
(c)
A separate sump shall be constructed for
storing potable where the water is supplied by the Local Body and the volume of
such sump shall not exceed 1,000 litres per dwelling unit. This sump shall be
independent of other tanks, which may be constructed for storing water obtained
from other sources.
Rule - 64. Fire Safety.
(1)
In general, all buildings in their design and
construction shall be such as to contribute to and ensure individually and
collectively the safety of life from fire, smoke, fumes and also panic arising
from these or similar other causes. In large buildings a fire may not itself
provide adequate warning to occupants; automatic fire detecting and alarming
facilities shall be provided where necessary to warn occupants or the existence
of fire, so that they can escape.
(2)
Fire protecting and extinguishing system
shall conform to accepted standards and shall be installed in accordance with
good practice as recommended in the National Building Code of India (amended
from time to time).
(3)
the requirements for fire protection shall
include high rise buildings which are of 18.30m. and above in height and public
buildings, commercial complexes or malls, cinema theatre kalyana mandapam,
community hall, all categories of industries and warehouses, commercial
buildings where explosives, fire crackers and other similar inflammable
materials are handledor traded.
Rule - 65. Installation of closed circuit television units in
Public Buildings.
The
installation of closed circuit television units in Public Buildings shall be in
accordance with the rules in Annexure - XXI.
Rule – 66. Architectural Control.
The
Architectural façade or elevation of any building or the architectural features
of any premises shall be in conformity with such conditions as the Local body
may impose at the time of grant of permission.
Rule - 67. Conservation of buildings of historical or
architectural interest.
In
the opinion of the executive authority, if a building or premises not covered
under the Ancient Monuments and Archeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958
(Central Act 24 of 1958) is of historical or architectural interest and needs
to be conserved, such heritage buildings or premises shall be listed and
notified with the approval of the Government and any development at such
heritage building premises shall conform to the rules given in Annexure - XVI.
Rule - 68. Tree preservation.
(1)
The Executive Authority may, in the interest
of amenity make a Tree Preservation Order for any tree or group of trees or
belt of forestland.
(2)
The tree preservation order may prohibit the
felling, topping, lopping or willful destruction of the trees concerned, except
when those operations are carried-out with the permission of the Executive
Authority and under such conditions, as the Executive Authority may deem fit.
In granting Building Permit for any development, the Executive Authority may
wherever it is appropriate, make adequate provision for the preservation or
planting of trees, as may be specified.
Rule - 69. Discretionary Powers.
(1)
In specific cases where a clearly
demonstrable hardship is caused the Government may relax any of the parameters
prescribed by these rules.
(2)
In the case of organized market and shopping
centers, the Government may, at its discretion, permit use of machinery not
exceeding 15 horsepower in respect of each shop, if it is considered that such
permission shall not be injurious to health or amenity for the area.
Rule - 70. Delegation of Powers.
Any
of the powers, duties or functions conferred or imposed or vested with the
Executive Authority or Government by any of foregoing rules may be delegated to
any Officer under its control or to any Officer of Government or an Agency of
Government.
Rule - 71. Exemptions from these rules.
The
following buildings are subject to the provisions of the sub-rule (2) to (4) of
rule 6, exempted from the operation of other provisions of these rules:-
(i)
Any building which is the property of the
State or Central Government.
(ii)
Any building constructed, reconstructed,
altered or added to or intended to be constructed, reconstructed, altered or
added to by the Government in accordance with such plan and in such manner as
may be approved or directed in pursuance of any statutory provisions in that
behalf.
(iii)
Any building constructed, reconstructed,
altered or added to or intended to be constructed, reconstructed, altered, or
added to, to function solely as a temporary hospital for the reception and
theatre for persons suffering from infectious disease.
Rule - 72. Grant of exemptions.
(1)
(a) The Government or any other authority
empowered by the Government by a notification published in the Tamil Nadu
Government Gazette, may either suo motu or on application exempt from the
operation of all or any of the provision of these rules, for reasons to be
recorded in writing, any building or any specified class of buildings provided
that such application is made within sixty days from the date of receipt of the
order of the executive authority against which such application is made to the
Government or the authority empowered by the Government, as the case may be.
(b)
The Government, may either suo motu or on appeal against any orders of the
authority empowered by them, pass such orders, as deemed fit, provided such an
appeal is made within thirty days from the date of receipt of the order of the
authority empowered by the Government:
Provided
that it is open to the Government or the authority empowered by the Government,
as the case may be, to condone any delay for reasons to be recorded in writing,
if applications under the rule (a) above or appeals under this clause are not
made to Government or the authority empowered by the Government, as the case
may be, within the prescribed time.
(2)
Any exemption granted under this rule shall
not be deemed to be approval or permission for construction or reconstruction
of any building required by or under the Act and the appellant after getting
the exemption shall obtain building permit by submitting required plans and
paying fees, charges, and deposits applicable for the development.
Rule - 73. Transitory Provisions.
(1)
These rules shall come into force from the
date of notification.
(2)
Applications in which demand letter has been
sent prior to the date of notification will be processed under the existing
(old) rules
(3)
Applications under scrutiny stage in which
the demand letter is yet to be send will be examined either in the old rules or
in the new rules as per the options of the applicants
(4)
Applications received from the date of
notification will be scrutinized as per the new rules
Rule - 74. Repeal and Savings.
(1)
All existing rules, regulations, bye-laws,
orders, that are in conflict, and inconsistent with these rules shall stand
repealed or modified to the extent of the provisions of these rules.
(2)
The following rules are repealed.
(i)
Tamil Nadu Panchayat Building Rules, 1997
(ii)
Tamil Nadu District Municipalities Building
Rules, 1972
(iii)
The Multi Storied Building & Public
Building Rules, 1973
(iv)
Tamil Nadu Cyclone Prone Area Special
Building Rule, 1982
(v)
Special Rules for relating the construction
and maintenance and facility civil aero dram, 1970
(vi)
Chennai City Corporation Building Rules, 1975
(vii)
Special Rules for the Multi Storied Building
& Public Buildings Rule, 1974
(viii)
Development Regulations approved in
G.O.Ms.No.190, 191, Housing and Urban Development Department as part of second
master plan of Chennai Metropolitan Area.
(ix)
Development Control Regulations vide
G.O.Ms.No.130, Housing and Urban Development Department, dated.14.6.2010
(x)
The building rules framed / followed under
the Municipal corporation act of Madurai, Coimbatore, Trichy, Tirunelveli,
Thoothukudi, Thanjavur, Dindigul, Salem, Erode, Tiruppur, Vellore
(3)
Anything done or any action taken including
action against unauthorized or deviated constructions, with reference to the
earlier Development Regulations and Building Rules shall be deemed to have been
done or taken with reference to the corresponding provisions of these Combined
Development and Building Rules and continue in force accordingly, unless and
until superseded by anything done or any action taken with reference to these
Rules.
(4)
These rules shall not apply to the
constructions in progress as per the valid approved plans on the date of coming
into force of these rules provisions (i.e. 4th day of February 2019) and the
exemption is applicable till the expiry of the Planning Permit or Building
Permit with renewal period for the above such constructions in progress. It
shall also not apply in cases of buildings constructed already as per the
approved plan and completion certificate is awaited from the competent
authority.
Annexure – I
[See
rule 6 (7)]
Form-A
Application
for Permission for subdivision/layout or reconstitution or amalgamation of land
for building purposes. And for change of use of land
From
-----------------------------
(Affix stamp size photo- graph of the applicant)
To
The
Executive Authority of the Local body
……………………………………………………
1.
I/We hereby apply for permission for
subdivision / layout or reconstitution or amalgamation of land for building
purposes as described in the accompanying plans and drawings.
2.
I/We have absolute right over the land
applied for and have not made any encroachment on any government land.
3.
The names of the persons employed by me/us
for the preparation of plans, and supervision of the work are as under:
(a)
The plans are prepared by Registered
Architect/Engineer/Town Planner [name]
(b)
The execution of the development will be
supervised by Registered Architect/Engineer/Town Planner [name]
4.
I/We have read the Building Rules applicable
for the Local body wherein the site lies and claim to be fully conversant with
it; I/We will abide to the provisions of the Building Rules fully.
5.
I/We shall fulfill my duties and
responsibility in accordance with the provisions of the Building Rules.
Date:
Signature of the Owner/Developer
Signature of Registered Professional
1.
Applicant’s name :
2.
Postal Address for correspondence : Telephone
number for communication:
e
mail ID
3.
Applicant’s right over the land to make the
proposed development: (documentary evidence to be enclosed)
4.
Development site address :
5.
Extent of the site applied for :
6.
Present use of the land and the existing :
Building if any [Please give details of each use]
7.
Proposed use of land and/ the building,
[Please
give details of each use] :
8.
Whether the site applied for forms part
of/lie in an approved layout. If yes, please give date of approval and
reference no, with a copy of the approved layout plan duly authenticated :
9.
Existing use of the adjoining lands in the
North -
the
East -
the
South -
the
West -
10.
The width and status of the abutting road
(i.e. private or public)
11.
Whether all the documentary evidences, plans
details, certificates required to be enclosed with the application as per the
Building Rules have been enclosed:
Date
Signature of Owner/Registered Developer or
Authorised agent of the owner:
Annexure – II
[See rule 6 (8)]
Form-B
Application
for Permission for carrying out construction of building or structure, change
of use of building
From
-----------------------------
To
The
Executive Authority of the Local body
(Affix
stamp size photo graph of the applicant)
1.
I/We hereby apply for permission for carrying
out construction of building or structure, change of use of building as
described in the accompanying plans and drawings.
2.
I/We have absolute right over the land
applied for and have not made any encroachment on any government land.
3.
The names of the registered professionals
employed by me/us for the development are as under:
(a)
The plans have been prepared by Registered
Architect/Engineer -------------------- [name and registration number]
(b)
The structural report, details and drawings
have been prepared and supplied by the Registered Structural Engineer ---------------------
[name and registration number]
(c)
The construction of the proposed buildings
will be carried under the supervision of the Registered Construction Engineer on
Record (name and registration number)
(d)
For the foundation work of the High rise building,
the services of the Registered Geo-technical Engineer (name and registration
number) will be availed.
(e)
The construction work of a High rise building
executed by Registered Construction Engineer on the record will be under the
independent quality inspection programme prepared and implemented under the
supervision of the independent Registered Quality Auditor on record……………
(name
and registration number)
4.
I/We have read the Building Rules applicable
for the Local body framed under the provisions of the relevant Act and claim to
be fully conversant with it.
5.
I/We shall fulfill my duties and
responsibility in accordance with the provisions of the Building Rules.
Signature of the Owner/Registered Developer
Date:
1.
Applicant’s name :
2.
Postal Address for correspondence : Telephone
number for communication
3.
Applicant’s right over the land to make the
proposed development (documentary evidence to be enclosed :
4.
Development site address :
5.
Present use of the land and/ or the :
building [Please give details of each use]
6.
Proposed use of the land and/the building,
[Please give details of each use] :
7.
Whether the site applied for forms part
of/lie in an approved layout. If yes, please give date of approval and
reference no, with a copy of the approved layout plan duly authenticated :
8.
Existing building - Floor area –
- Number of dwelling units –
9.
Proposed building - Floor area
- Number of dwelling Units
10.
Whether all the documentary evidence, plans
details, certificates required to be enclosed with the application as per the
Building Rules have been enclosed:
11.
In industrial use machineries
(a)
Existing H.P.
Proposed H.P.
(b)
Number of workers- Existing
-
Proposed
(c)
Whether detailed report on the raw materials
used, process and machineries involved, effluent discharge methods progressed,
product manufactured, category of power consumption (i.e. LT/HT), action taken
and minimize its negative impact, if any, or the environment, etc. enclosed
Date:
Signature of the Owner/Builder
Annexure – III
[See rule 6 (9)]
FORM-C
Form
of undertaking to be executed by the land owner or power of attorney
holder
or builder or promoter and structural engineer, architect, geo-tech expert and
site engineer.
This deed of undertaking executed at ………….on the day
of……………………………20..
by the landowner Thiru/Tmt/Selvi
…………………………………………………
Son/Daughter of ………………………………….
aged…………………………..Residing
at
No.……………………………………………………………….....
(or) Power of Attorney Holder (or) Builder (or) Promoter / Structural Engineer
, Architect , Geo-
Tech
Consultant in respect of proposed development / construction
made
in Door No. , Road in the following S.No.
S.No. / R.S.No. / T.S.No. |
Block No. |
Village |
Taluk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in
favour of the ……………………………………….(competent authority) having office at ………………………………………….witnesseth
as follows.
2.
I/We (Land Owner or Power of Attorney
Holder or Builder or Promoter) have applied for the Planning Permission for construction
in the above premises by submitting an application to the (competent
authority)in accordance with the planning norms prescribed in these rules. I am
associated with the project as Land Owner/Power of Attorney Holder/Builder/Promoter.
The extent of site as per document is sq.m. and as per Patta / TSLR / PLR /
Handing over sketch sq.mt. I assure that I will put up the construction only in
accordance with the approved plan without any deviation and if any construction
is later on found not in accordance with the approved plan and any unauthorized
addition is made, I agree for the forfeiture of the Security Deposit which will
be collected while issuing Planning Permission, and also agree to demolish the
such a deviation marked by the (competent authority) within thirty days after
such notice, failing which, apart from forfeiture of Security Deposit, the
……………………………………………………… may demolish or cause to demolish such unauthorized or
deviated constructions at the site under reference and recover the cost of
demolition from me.
3.
I/We (Land Owner or Power of Attorney
Holder or Builder or Promoter) also assure that the open space around the
building to be left or the usage of the building, including the car parking in
ground floor, will be kept as specified in the approved plan and it will not be
converted into any other use except the purpose for which it is approved. If
any structural modification or usage differs from the approved plan, the competent
authority is at liberty at any time to remove any structural modification or
usage and the expenses incurred by the competent authority is recoverable from
me for non-compliance of their request or order.
4.
I/We (Land Owner or Power of Attorney
Holder or Builder or Promoter) further assure that I will not convert any place
of the construction in contravention to the approved plan, especially in
respect of car parking as specified in the sanctioned plan. At any time in
future, I will not convert the car parking on stilts by covering them fully,
and use the car parking space for any other purposes. If any construction work in
car parking place, converting them either as a flat or for any other purpose,
is done either by me or by my successor or by any other person to whom the said
construction is transferred in future, without getting appropriate order for doing
so from the competent authority, the Authority is at liberty at any time to
take any action to remove any structural modification or usage and the expenses
incurred by the Authority is recoverable from me/my successor or from any other
person to whom the said construction is transferred in future.
5.
I/We (Land Owner or Power of Attorney
Holder or Builder or Promoter) hereby undertake that, I am, jointly and
severally responsible with the Land Owner/Power of Attorney
Holder/Builder/Promoter to carry out the developments in accordance with the
permission granted and also for payment of Development Charges, Security Deposit,
Scrutiny Fee and for all other charges levied from time to time by the Authority
and also liable for penal provisions for developments made in contravention of
the Development Regulations and these presents.
6.
I/We (Land Owner or Power of Attorney
Holder or Builder or Promoter) assure that I/We will pay the premium FSI
charges as applicable in case the FSI area exceeds the permissible FSI as per
Development Regulations.
7.
I/We (Land Owner or Power of Attorney
Holder or Builder or Promoter) assure that I / We shall gift the OSR area as
applicable or pay the equivalent land cost in lieu of OSR area as per
Development Regulations.
8.
I/We (Land Owner or Power of Attorney
Holder or Builder or Promoter) assure that I / We shall gift the Street
Alignment Portion / Road Widening Portion / Link Road as per the provisions in
the Development Regulations to the Authority / Localbody before issue of
Planning Permission.
9.
I/We (Land Owner or Power of Attorney
Holder or Builder or Promoter) hereby solemnly affirm and declare that I / We
are the absolute owner / owners / Power of Attorney Agent / Lease Holder of the
said property and it is not covered under the Land Ceiling and Land Acquisition
(in respect of Land Acquisition Act, 1894, The Right to Fair Compensation and
Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement (Amendment)
Ordinance, 2015, Land Reforms Act, 1961 and Land Ceiling Act, 1978) and I / We
shall be liable for all future consequences in case of land falling under Land
Ceiling, Land Reforms or Land Acquisition.
10.
I / We (Land Owner or Power of Attorney
Holder or Builder or Promoter) have engaged the following as the consultant for
the proposed development:
Consultant |
Name and Address |
Registration No. |
E-Mail ID
& Mobile No. |
Signature |
Architect / L.S. Structural Engineer |
|
|
|
|
Geo-Tech Expert |
|
|
|
|
Site Supervision Engineer |
|
|
|
|
This
is to certify that I the Architect / LS of the site has inspected the site at
S.No. / R.S.No. / T.S.No. |
Block No. |
Village |
Taluk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I,
the Architect / Licensed Surveyor certify that
The
………………………..Road abutting the site under reference is public (maintained by the
Local Body) and its width actually measures ………m in front of the site and
qualifying width of …..m is available for a length of 250m / 500m as shown in
the Road width sketch enclosed mentioning width of the road at regular interval
of 25 m mentioning the landmark of the stretch where width has been measured.
I
have personally verified the site measurements on ground and dimensions given
in the plan correspond with the actual on the ground.
The
residuary plot details including structures thereon evidenced by documents
correspond with the actual on the ground.
Distance
between the site and nearby waterbody, if any, is m.
Distance
between the site and quarry / crusher, if any, within 500m is m
Distance
between the site and burial ground , if any, within a distance of 30 m from a
place declared and used as a burning or burial place / ground is m
The
Street Alignment Portion / Road Widening Portion / OSR Area shown in the Site
Plan tallies to the dimensions in the ground condition.
The
site approval for Non High Rise Buildings / High rise building is enclosed (in
such cases item No.1 to 7 does not arise).
The
building plans prepared and submitted herewith satisfy the relevant provisions
of development regulations vide planning parameters compliance statement.
The
site lies vacant (or) not.
The
depth of the plot with reference to road level is m.
HT /
LT line passes through the site : Yes / No (If yes, to be shown in the site
plan)
Topo
Plan furnished showing the surrounding developments for a radius of 500 m
correspond with the actual on the ground.
The
coverage of the building mentioned in the Plan is correct.
In
case of non-issuance of NOC, I shall obtain NOC / remarks from the department’s
concerned before commencement of the construction and comply the conditions
stipulated by the concerned NOC /Remarks issuing Department during the
construction and submit the NOC / remarks along with certificate from the
concerned agencies on fulfillment of the NOC conditions at the time of applying
for Completion Certificate.
I
the Architect / LS to inform competent authority before the commencement of
crucial stages of construction viz.
Earth
work for foundation Foundation concreting Laying the roof of basement floor
Laying the roof at each floor level After completing the finishing work
(White
washing, colouring, fixing, water supply, drainage or other sanitary fitments)
and before obtaining regular connection for water supply / electricity.
I
the Architect / LS also undertake to communicate to
………………………….(competent
authority)Certificate to the effect that the construction is in conformity with
the plan approved by competent authorityat the crucial stages mentioned above.
If
any deviation to the approved plan is proposed to be made, I the Architect / LS
shall obtain prior approval of the Chennai Metropolitan Development Authority
I
the Architect / LS shall intimate (competent authority)immediately if for any
reasons association with the project ceases
The
above information furnished is correct. If any information furnished is found
wrong, I am aware that action shall be initiated against me and I shall not be
henceforth allowed to sign in the Plans for the Planning Permission
Applications processed by GCC, Local Body, CMDA and DTCP. To this effect an
Undertaking shall be obtained from Architect / Licensed Surveyor and owner.
SIGNATURE OF THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER
We
(Owner / Builder / Structural Engineer / Architect / Geo-Tech Expert) certify
that the structural plans of the building meet the structural safety
requirements for all situations including natural disasters, as applicable, as
stipulated under Part 6 Structural Design of the National Building Code of
India and other relevant Codes; T he design has been done after detailed soil
test and we are satisfied as to the adequacy of soil test carried out and the
information given therein is factually correct to the best of our knowledge and
understanding.
The
site is fit for the proposed construction, it has been tested vide soil test
report.
No.........................
dt..................... done by ...................................
We
(Owner / Builder / Structural Engineer / Architect / Site Engineer) certify
that the development, erection, re-erection or making alteration in the
building shall be carried out under our supervision and we certify that all the
materials (type and grade) and the workmanship of the work shall be generally
in accordance with the general and detailed specifications, as per NBC
standards and to meet out the structural design of the proposed building.
We
(Owner / Builder / Structural Engineer / Architect / Site Engineer) undertake
not to continue construction without any supervis ion by the our Site Engineer
and submit the report to the local body.
I
(Landowner / Builder ) certify to engage the above mentioned Engineers for the
active period of building execution and I hereby assure to give Revised
Certificate in case of any change of Engineer, I shall ensure no work is taken
up in this period till required Engineers are engaged by me.
In
case construction work is entrusted by a Builders Agreement to a 3rd Party, I
(Land Owner or Power of Attorney Holder or Builder or Promoter)shall undertake
to include these conditions as part of the agreement.
Applicable
in case of existing building within the site
I
(Structural Engineer / Architect / Site Engineer) hereby certify that the
development, erection, re-erection or for making alteration in the building has
been carried out under our supervision and we certify that all the materials
(type and grade) and the workmanship of the work was in accordance with the
general and detailed specifications, as per NBC standards and met out the
structural design of the constructed building. The construction was made under
the supervision of Site Engineer and submitted the report to the local body
periodically.
I
(Owner / Builder / Structural Engineer / Architect) hereby certify that the
building, has been designed by me ………………………………………………and the Structural Design was
made by Thiru ……………………………………………………………… to the approved plans sanctioned in the
Planning Permission No. dated …………………… and the Building Permit No……………………………… dated…………………………..
The Building has been constructed and completed under my guidance and
supervision as per the structural design furnished by the Structural Engineer
engaged by us. I also assure and undertake that, I have signed in the plan and
in “as on site” plan and the same is structurally safe and fit for occupancy
based on my personal assessment and certification of the Structural Engineer
engaged by us.
This
deed of undertaking is executed by us on the day of…………………………………….20………….with
the full knowledge of the contents of this document.
Consultant |
Name and Address |
Registration No. |
E-Mail
ID & Mobile No. |
Signature |
Owner of the land / Power
of Attorney Holder / Lease
Holder |
|
|
|
|
Architect / L.S. |
|
|
|
|
Structural Engineer |
|
|
|
|
Geo-Tech Expert |
|
|
|
|
Site Supervision Engineer |
|
|
|
|
DEPONENT
Witnesses:
1.
2.
Duly
attested by the
Notary Public
Planning
Permission Application is processed based on the compliance to land use
provisions in the respective development plan in force and the Tamil Nadu
Combined Development and Building Rules;
Compliance
to the Provisions of other relevant Act and Rules with respect to construction
is the responsibility of the applicant or owner and the competent authority is
not responsible for any lapse;
Planning
Permission for buildings is issued in accordance with the provisions of the
Town and Country Planning Act, 1971. and the rules made there under.
Issuance
of Planning Permission by competent authority under the statutory provisions
does not confirm any ownership or title over the property, in favour of the
applicant. Before issuing Planning Permission for any development, competent
authority in this regard, checks only the aspect of applicant’s right over the
site under reference to make the development thereon based on the copies of the
documents (such as Sale Deed, Patta, Lease Deed, Gift Deed etc., and GPA)
furnished by the applicant along with his /her application to prove the same.
Thus, competent authority primarily considers only the aspect whether the
applicant prima facie has a right to carry out development on the site under
reference.
Any
person who acquires interest in the property shall ensure independently about
the ownership and the applicant’s right before acquiring the same. Further, if
any individual claim right (or) title over the property he / she / they shall
have to prove it before the appropriate or competent Court to decide on the
ownership or get the matter settled in the Court of Law and competent authority
is not the statuary authority to decide on this matter.
Annexure
– IV
[See
rule 38 (4) and 39 (8)]
Parking
Requirements
(a)
For the use of the occupants and of persons
visiting the premises for the purposes of profession, trade, business,
recreation or any other activity parking spaces and parking facilities shall be
provided within the site to the satisfaction of the Executive Authority and
conforming to the standards specified below.
(b)
The portion of the site affected by street
alignment shall not be reserved for parking.
PART-I
(1)
Residential
(A) Corporation or Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
|||||||
Dwelling with |
Unit |
Number Spaces |
of |
Parking |
Dwelling with |
Unit |
Number of Spaces |
Parking |
Floor area 25 sq.m |
upto |
Nil |
Floor area upto 50 sq.m |
Nil |
||||
Floor area above 25 sq.m
and upto 50 sq.m |
1 Two Wheeler
space |
Floor area above 50 sq.m
and upto 75 sq.m |
1 Two Wheeler
space |
|||||
Floor area above 50 sq.m
and upto 75 sq.m |
1
car space for every 2 dwelling
units and 1 Two Wheeler
space for every
dwelling unit |
Floor area above 75 sq.m
and upto 100 sq.m |
1
car space for every 2 dwelling
units and 1 Two Wheeler
space for every
dwelling unit |
|||||
Floor area above 75 sq.m |
1
car space for every 75 sq.m |
Floor area above 100 sq.m |
1
car space 100 sq.m |
for every |
||||
Visitors Parking: In addition to the parking spaces specified above, parking spaces for visitors shall
be provided to the extent
of 10% of the number
stipulated above rounded to the nearest
whole number where number of dwelling units exceeds six. |
||||||||
Note: 1.In cases
where the number
of car parking
spaces required in an ordinary residential building does not exceed 3 in number, separate
driveway or aisle is not necessary. 2.
In cases of flatted residential development where the number of car spaces required for a dwelling unit does not exceed 2 in number
separate aisle is not necessary for the second
car space required for that dwelling unit. |
||||||||
(2)
Shops/Shopping Centres/Departmental
Stores/Super Markets
(A) Corporation or Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
||
Floor Area |
Number of Parking Spaces |
Floor Area |
Number of Parking Spaces |
Upto 50 sq.m |
Nil |
Upto 75 sq.m |
Nil |
Above 50 sq.m |
1 car space and 1 Two wheeler space
for every 50 sq.m or part thereof excluding the first 50 sq.m |
Above 75 sq. m |
1 car space and 1 Two wheeler space
for every 75 sq.m or part thereof excluding the first 75 sq.m |
(3)
Automobile Showrooms
1 car space for every 100 sq.m of gross area including
the office area, service area, wash area,
etc. This space is exclusive of the
space provided for the display of new vehicles but inclusive of the space required for parking of service vehicles. |
(4)
Government Offices
Floor Area |
Number of Parking
Spaces |
Upto 500 sq.m |
1
car space for every 150 sq.m or part thereof and 1 Two Wheeler space for
every 25 sq.m or part thereof. |
Above 500 sq.m |
1
car space for every 100 sq.m or part thereof and 1 Two Wheeler
space for every
25 sq.m or part thereof |
Visitors Parking: In
addition to the parking spaces
specified above, parking
spaces for visitors shall be provided to the extent
of 10% of the number
stipulated above subject
to a minimum of 1 car space and 1 Two Wheeler
space. |
(5)
Other Offices including regional offices of
banks, etc.
(A) Corporation or Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1
car space for every 100sq.m of floor area
or part thereof and 1 two wheeler space for every 25sqm of floor area or part thereof |
1
car space for every 100sq.m of floor area
or part thereof and 1 two wheeler space for every 25sqm of floor area or part thereof |
Visitors Parking: In
addition to the parking spaces
specified above, parking
spaces for visitors shall be provided to the extent
of 10% of the number
stipulated above subject
to a minimum of 1 car space and 1 Two wheeler
space. |
(6)
Banks – service branches
(A) Corporation Limit,
Municipalities, |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1 car space for every 75sqm of
floor area or part thereof
and 1 two wheeler space for every 25sq.m
of floor area or part thereof. |
1
car space for every 125sq..m of floor area or part thereof
and 1 two wheeler space
for every 25sqm of floor
area or part thereof |
(7)
ATM Centres
1 car space for every 25sqm of floor area or part thereof |
(8)
Post Offices, Telegraph Offices, Telephone
Offices and Similar establishments
(A) Corporation/ Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1
car space for every 150sq.m of floor area
or part thereof and 1 two-wheeler space for every 50sq.m of floor area or part thereof. |
1
car space for every 250sq.m of floor area
or part thereof and 1 two wheeler space for every 100sq.m of floor area or part thereof |
(9)
IT Offices, IT Enabled Services, Bio
Informatics Centres
1 car space for every 50sq.m
of floor area or part thereof and 1 two-wheeler space for every
25sq.m of floor
area or part thereof. |
(10)
Restaurants and Hotels
(a) Restaurants, Fast
Food outlets |
|
(A) Corporation or Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1 car space for every 50sq.m of
floor area or part thereof
and 1 two wheeler space for every 25sq.m of floor area or part thereof |
1
car space for every 100sq.m of floor area
or part thereof and 1 two wheeler space for every 50sq.m of floor area or part thereof |
(b) Starred Hotels, Major Hotels and Lodges with
more than 50 rooms in CMA |
|
1 car space for every 4-guest rooms
and for the non-room area, 1 car space for every 100sq.m of floor area or part thereof and 1 two wheeler space
for every 50sq.m of floor area or part thereof. For restaurants in these hotels
– same as that
specified for restaurants specified above. |
|
(c) Unstarred Hotels, other Hotels &
Lodges |
|
1 car space for every 10-guest
rooms and for the non-room area, 1 car space for every 100sq.m of floor area or part thereof and 1 two wheeler space
for every 50sq.m of floor area or part thereof. For restaurants in these hotels
– same as that
specified for restaurants specified above. |
(11)
Hostels
1 Two Wheeler for every 10 rooms |
(12)
Auditorium, Kalyana Mandapams, Cinema Halls
(A) Corporation/ Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1
car space and 1 two wheeler space
for the |
1
car space and
1 two wheeler space for the |
every 20sq.m of Auditorium/Kalyana |
every 50sq.m of Auditorium/Kalyana |
Mandapam area or part thereof |
Mandapam area or part thereof |
(13)
Educational Institutions
(a) Government Schools or Local Body
schools |
|
(A) Corporation/ Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1 car space for every 500sq.m of
class room area or part thereof
and 1 two wheeler space
for every 50sq.m
of class room or
part thereof and one cycle space for every 10sq.m of class
room area or part thereof. |
1
two-wheeler space for every
50sq.m of class room area or part thereof and one cycle
space for every
5sq.m of class room area or part thereof. |
(b) Private Schools |
|
(A) Corporation or Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1 car space for every 100sq.m of
class room area or part thereof
and 1 two wheeler space
for every 50sq.m
of class room or
part thereof and one cycle space for every 10sq.m of class
room area or part thereof. |
1 car space for every 300sq.m of
class room area or part thereof and 1 two-wheeler space
for every 50sq.m of class room
area or part thereof and one cycle
space for every 5sq.m. of class room
area or part
thereof. |
Note: 50% of the car spaces specified above shall be provided in the front
area abutting the road so as
to act as a recessed
parking area for the vehicles
coming for drop/pick up for students. |
|
(c) Colleges |
|
1
car space for every 100sq.m
of class room
area or part
thereof and 1 two-wheeler space
for every 50sq.m
of class room area or part thereof. |
|
(d) Tutorial/Parallel colleges |
|
1
car space for every 200sq.m of class room
area or part
thereof and 1 two-wheeler space for every
50sq.m of class room area or part thereof. |
|
(e) Software/Hardware and other training institutes |
|
1
car space for
every 100sq.m of floor area
or part thereof and 1 two-wheeler space for every 30sqm of floor area or part thereof. |
(14)
Hospitals and Nursing Homes
|
(A) Corporation or Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
Floor Area |
Number of Spaces |
Number of Spaces |
Upto 3000sqm |
1
car space and 1 Two
wheeler space for every 50sq.m
or part thereof |
1
car space and 1 Two wheeler space
for every 100sq.m
or part thereof |
Above 3000sqm |
1
car space and
1 Two wheeler
space for every 75sq.m or part thereof |
1
car space and 1 Two wheeler space
for every 150sq.m
or part thereof |
(15) Health
Clubs and Recreational Centres.
(A) Corporation or Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1
car space and 1 Two wheeler space for every
50sq.m of floor area or part thereof |
1
car space and 1 Two wheeler space for every
75sq.m of floor area or part thereof |
(16)
Recreational Clubs
(A) Corporation or Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1
car space for every 75sq.m
of floor area
or part thereof |
1
car space for
every 100sq.m of floor area
or part thereof. |
(17)
Industries
(a) Manufacturing industries, service industries, biotechnology industries |
1
car space for
every 100sq.m of office floor
area or part
thereof and 1 two wheeler space and 1 cycle space
for every 50sq.m
of workshop floor area or part
thereof and 1 lorry space for every 500sqm
or workshop floor area or part thereof |
(b) Cottage Industries |
1
car space for
every 100sq.m of office floor
area or part
thereof and 1 two-wheeler space
and 1 cycle space for every 50sq.m
of workshop floor area or part thereof. |
(c) Garments / Packaging Industries |
1
car space for
every 200sq.m of office floor
area or part
thereof and 1 two-wheeler space
and 1 cycle space for every 50sq.m
of workshop floor area or part thereof. |
(d) Electrical and Electronic Industries including Computer hardware industries |
1
car space for
every 100sq.m of office floor
area or part
thereof and 1 two-wheeler space
and 1 cycle space for every 50sq.m
of workshop floor area or part thereof. |
(e) IT Industries, Software, Bio Informatics Industries |
1
car space for every 50sq.m
of floor area or part thereof and 1 two-wheeler space for every
25sq.m of floor area or part thereof. |
(18)
Godowns, Ware Houses & Wholesale Stores, etc.
(a) Godown, Warehouses, Freight Stations, Containerisation Units |
If
the area is open, 1 lorry space for every
300sq.m of plot area or part thereof If
the area is covered, 1 lorry space for every
300sq.m of covered
area or part thereof. |
(b) Cold Storage |
1
lorry space for every 500sqm
of floor area or part thereof. |
(19)
Religious Buildings
(A) Corporation/ Municipal Areas |
(B) Panchayat Areas |
1
car space for
every 100sq.m of floor area
or part thereof and 1 two wheeler space for every 50sqm of floor area or part thereof |
1
car space for
every 250sq.m of floor area
or part thereof and 1 two wheeler space for every 100sqm of floor area or part thereof |
General Note Where the prescriptions are based on the total
Floor Space Index
(FSI) area, the number of car/two wheeler parking spaces
required shall be calculated for 75% of the total plinth area in the buildings. In
cases of residential developments, the number
of car/two wheeler
parking spaces required for a dwelling shall be based
on the size of the dwelling unit, excluding the common areas like common corridors, staircases, etc. |
PART – II Off Street Parking
Standards
(A)
Stall Size:
The
dimension of the parking stall for different kind of vehicles shall be:
Vehicle Type |
Breadth (m) |
Length (m) |
Car |
2.5 |
5.0 |
Two Wheelers |
1.0 |
1.8 |
LCV |
3.5 |
7.0 |
Lorry/Bus |
3.5 |
10.0 |
Articulated Vehicles [Container Vehicles] |
3.5 |
16.0 |
The
stall dimensions mentioned above shall be clear of any structural members.
Where a stall is adjacent to a large element such as a wall, minimum stall
width shall be 2.7m for parallel parking and where cars cannot be parked by
reversing, minimum stall length shall be 7.2m.
(B)
Parking for Special (physically challenged)
persons
For
Buildings having more than 2 floors 10% of the required car/two wheelers
parking spaces subject to minimum of 2 car spaces and 2 two-wheeler spaces
shall be reserved for the physically handicapped persons near the entrance.
This is to provide an exclusive reservation of car parking for physically
handicapped and also to provide them easy access to the lift and staircase.
(C)
Driveway and Aisle Widths Driveway:
The
driveway width shall be 3.0m for one-way movement and 6.0m for two-way
movement.
Aisle
Widths:
Aisle
is a access lane leading to/abutting the individual parking lot within a
parking facility. The aisle widths for different types of parking shall be:
Vehicle Type |
Parallel Parking |
All angles up to 600 |
Angles above 600 & Perpendicular parking |
Two Wheeler |
1.5m |
1.5m |
1.5m |
Car |
3.0m |
3.0m |
4.5m. |
LCV/Truck/Bus |
7.0m |
7.0m |
10.0m |
The
width of the driveway and the aisle shall be free from kerb and other
encumbrances.
(D)
Width Entry and Exit Gates
The
width of entry or exit gates shall be a minimum of 3.0m
(E)
Gradient
Slope
of parking spaces shall be not more than 4% in any direction.
(F)
Turning Radius
Sufficient
turning radius shall be provided for adequate manoeuvring of vehicle
(G)
Ramps
The
minimum clear width of the ramps shall be 3.0 m for one-way movement and 6.0m
for two-way movement. Gradient shall not be steeper than 1 in 8.
(H)
Headroom
The
clear headroom (between floor and beam bottom) shall be minimum 2.2metres those
parts of a building intended to be used for parking of wheeled vehicles and
also for all approaching parts like ramp, covered access, etc.
PART
– III Standards for Multi Level Parking Lots
(A)
Location of Multi Level Parking Lots
Structures
exclusively for multi level parking shall abut on a road of minimum 7.2m in
width where the height is upto 18.30m and road of minimum 18.0m in width where
its height exceeds 18.30m. As proposed there will not be any FSI/coverage
restriction for such multi level parking lots.
For
automated/mechanically-operated parking the executive authority notwithstanding
anything containing in the rules subject to such conditions as may be decided
by the executive authority may permit parking lots/structures taking into
account safety and environmental aspects.
(B)
Setbacks
The
setbacks all round and spacing between blocks within the site for multi level
parking structures up to 18.30m high shall be a minimum if 4.0m, irrespective
of the area of location of the multi level parking structure. Where the height
of the building exceeds 18.30m, the building shall conform to the norms laid in
the rules for High rise building except in respect of the plot coverage and FSI
requirements.
(C)
Width of Entry and Exit
The
width of entry or exit gates shall be a minimum of 4.5m. The entry or exit gate
shall be located away from junctions. In cases of large sites with frontage
along road exceeds 50 m; additional entry exit may be permitted.
(D)
Other Requirements:
(i)
Parapet/Protection Frame - All floors above
ground floor shall have a RCC parapet/protection frame of height not less than
1.0m
(ii)
Ventilation - In case of parking on ground
floor, all sides shall be left open for ventilation and lighting. In case of
all floors above ground floor, adequate natural ventilation and lighting should
be provided. In case of basement or sub basement parking, adequate mechanical
ventilation and adequate lighting should be provided.
(iii)
Where car/two wheeler lifts are
proposed/provided there shall be at least one ramp to standards from the
parking floors to the ground level.
Annexure
– V
[See rule 36]
List of cottage industries
(1)
Areca nut cutting
(2)
Appalam Manufacturing
(3)
Bee-Keeping (Agriculture) Honey and Bee’s wax
(4)
Bakery - Biscuits, Cakes
(5)
Blanco Cakes and Bee’s wax
(6)
Confectionary – Sweets
(7)
Coffee roasting and grinding
(8)
Dehydrated fruits and vegetables, dried
fruits and dried vegetables
(9)
Fruit canning
(10)
Jaggery manufacture, Gur-making from
sugarcane, date palm of Palmyra and coconut tree, handmade sugar, sugar candy
(11)
Jam, jellies and preserves
(12)
Syrups, aerated water, ice making
(13)
Vermicelli manufacture
(14)
Apparel and ready-made clothing (including
sarees, dhoties)
(15)
Artificial flowers
(16)
Alce fibre extraction - Palmyra, coconut
fibres
(17)
Banian manufacture
(18)
Blanket weaving
(19)
Block engraving for cloth printing
(20)
Brush manufacture
(21)
Button making out of mother of pearl, horns,
brass and tin
(22)
Calico printing
(23)
Canvas shoes manufacture
(24)
Embroidery, knitting, crochets and needle
work
(25)
Hosiery (with hand and power)
(26)
Laundry and cleaning clothes
(27)
Leather goods making, boots, shoes, chappals,
slippers, bed straps.
(28)
Ornaments and jewellery (including bangles,
combs).
(29)
Ornamental Leather craft, money-purses
handbags.
(30)
Weaving cotton, wool, tusser, jute, matka,
silk
(31)
Spinning cotton wool in charkas
(32)
Tailoring
(33)
Woolen fabrics and woolen goods
(34)
Wool clipping and grading
(35)
Fly shuttles, looms making
(36)
Ribbon manufacture
(37)
Cane furniture (also cane and basket ware,
matting)
(38)
Cement ware works.
(39)
Coir, coir making, rope
(40)
Candle sticks manufacture
(41)
Agarbathi making
(42)
Manufacture of Cardboard and cardboard boxes
(43)
Clay modeling, paper mache works
(44)
Crayons
(45)
Engraving on metals
(46)
Enamellings
(47)
Handmade paper and pulp paper cutting and
paper fans
(48)
Inks, inkpads (for rubber stamps)
(49)
Lapidaries work
(50)
Musical instruments – stringed or reed
(51)
Painting on blanks and glass
(52)
Perfumery – essential oils and scents
(53)
Pith works – pith hat, garlands, and flower
(54)
Printing and allied trade – book binding,
block making
(55)
Soap making
(56)
Koraimats, plates, baskets, handbags, window
screen
(57)
Palmyra leaf – fancy and utility articles
midribs
(58)
Palmyra fibre – brush making
(59)
Palmyra rafters and stems – furniture, cots,
weaving of cots and seating from stem strips
(60)
Wood turners industry, other wood works
(61)
Fibre and fibre products
(62)
Icons
(63)
Match sticks manufacture (– manufacture of
splints with wood only)
(64)
Fountain pen manufacture
(65)
Minor Radio parts manufacture
(66)
Braided cord manufacture
(67)
Storing of articles in Frigidaire
(68)
Toys
(69)
Slips
(70)
Decorticating dhal by hand grinding
(71)
Twisting and throwing of silks and cotton
yarns
(72)
Twisting and winding of silk thread, cotton
thread, artificial yarns
(73)
Wax costing on paper and cloth.
Note: - Category of Industries modified time to time by Tamil Nadu Pollution
Control Board will be applicable.
Annexure
– VI
[See rule 36]
Industries classified as “Green”
(1)
Washing of used sand by hydraulic discharge
(2)
Atta – chakkies
(3)
Rice Mills
(4)
Ice Boxes
(5)
Dhal mills
(6)
Groundnut decorticating (dry)
(7)
Chilling
(8)
Tailoring and garment making
(9)
Cotton and woolen hosiery
(10)
Apparel making
(11)
Handloom weaving
(12)
Shoe lace manufacturing
(13)
Gold and silver thread and saree work
(14)
Gold and silver smithy
(15)
Leather foot wear and leather products
excluding tanning and hide processing
(16)
Musical instruments manufacturing
(17)
Sports goods
(18)
Bamboo and cane products only dry operations
(19)
Cardboard box and paper products (paper and
pulp manufacture excluded)
(20)
Insulation and other coated papers (paper and
pulp manufacture excluded)
(21)
Scientific and mathematical instruments
(22)
Furniture (wooden and steel)
(23)
Assembly of domestic electrical appliances
(24)
Radio assembling
(25)
Fountain pens
(26)
Polythene, plastic and PVC goods through
extraction/moulding
(27)
Rope (Cotton and Plastic)
(28)
Carpet weaving
(29)
Assembly of Air coolers, conditioners
(30)
Assembly of by-cycles, baby carriages and
other small non-motorised vehicles.
(31)
Electronic equipment (assembly)
(32)
Toys
(33)
Candles
(34)
Carpentry excluding saw-mill
(35)
Cold storages (small scale)
(36)
Oil ginning/expelling (No hydrogenation and
no refining)
(37)
Jobbing and machining
(38)
Manufacture of steel, trunks and suitcases
(39)
Paper pins and ‘U’ clips
(40)
Block making and card printing
(41)
Optical frames
(42)
Tyres retreading
(43)
Power looms and handlooms (without dying and
bleaching)
(44)
Printing press
(45)
Garment stitching, tailoring
(46)
Thermometer making
(47)
Foot wears (rubber)
(48)
Plastic processed goods
(49)
Medical and surgical instruments
(50)
Electronic and Electrical goods
(51)
Rubber Goods industries
(52)
Factory product, Biscuits and confectionaries
(53)
Instant tea/Coffee processing
(54)
Malted food
Note:
- Category of Industries modified time to time by Tamil Nadu Pollution Control
Board will be applicable.
Annexure
– VII
[See rule 36]
Industries classified as “Orange”
(1)
Manufacture of mirror from sheet glass and
photo framing
(2)
Surgical gauzes and bandages
(3)
Wires, Pipes, Extruded shapes from metals
(4)
Automobiles servicing and repair stations
(5)
Ice cream
(6)
Mineralised water and soft drinks bottling
plants
(7)
Steel furniture, fasteners, etc.
(8)
Fragrance, flavours and food additives
(9)
Aerated water/soft drinks
(10)
Light Engineering industry excluding
fabrication & forging
(11)
Plastic industries like injection moulding
(12)
Readymade garment industries
(13)
Flour Mills upto 20 horse powers
(14)
Designing of fabrics
(15)
Washing of fabrics
(16)
Trimming, Cutting, Using and blanching of
fruits and vegetables
(17)
Washing of equipments and regular food
washing using cooling water
(18)
Separated milk and whey
(19)
Steeping and processing of grain
(20)
Bleaching
(21)
Degreasing
(22)
Phosphating
(23)
Dying and Printing
(24)
Cooking of fibres, digesting
(25)
Juicing of sugarcane, extraction of sugar
(26)
Filtration, Centrifugation, Distillation of
edible oils
(27)
Pulping and fermenting of coffee beans
(28)
Electroplating, Galvanizing
(29)
Cotton spinning and weaving
(30)
Polishing
(31)
Surface quoting
(32)
Granite Industry except quarrying
(33)
Formulations of pharmaceuticals
(34)
Dyeing and printing (small units)
(35)
Laboratory ware
(36)
Wire drawing (cold process) and bailing
straps
(37)
Potassium permanganates
(38)
Textile industry
(39)
Dyes and Dyestuff
(40)
DM plant exceeding 20 kilo litres per day
capacity
Note:
- Category of Industries modified time to time by Tamil Nadu Pollution Control
Board will be applicable.
Annexure
– VIII
[See rule 36]
List
of Industries Permissible in Special and Hazardous Industries Zone
All
Industries classified as “RED” by TNPCB i.e.,
(1)
Lime Manufacture
(2)
Ceramics
(3)
Sanitary wares
(4)
Tyres and Tubes
(5)
Refuse incineration
(6)
Large flour mills
(7)
Vegetable oils including solvent extracted
oils
(8)
Soap with/without steam boiling process and
synthetic detergent formulations
(9)
Steam generating plants
(10)
Manufacture of machineries and machine tools
and equipments
(11)
Manufacture of office and household
equipments and appliances involving use of fossils fuel combustion
(12)
Industrial gases (only nitrogen, oxygen and
O2)
(13)
Miscellaneous glass wears without involving
use of fossil fuel combustion
(14)
Optical glass
(15)
Petroleum, storage and transfer facility
(16)
Surgical and medical products including
prophylactic and latex products
(17)
Manufacture of power driven pumps,
compressors, and Refrigeration units, fire fighting equipments, etc.
(18)
Acetylene (synthetic)
(19)
Glue and gelatin
(20)
Metallic sodium
(21)
Photographic films, papers and photographic
chemicals
(22)
Plant nutrients (manure)
(23)
Ferrous and non-ferrous metals extraction,
refining, casting/forging, alloy making processing, etc.
(24)
Dry coal processing / mineral processing,
industries like sintering, beneficiation, pelletisation, etc.
(25)
Phosphate rock processing plants.
(26)
Cement plants with horizontal rotary kilns
(27)
Glass and Glass products involving use of
coal
(28)
Petroleum refinery
(29)
Petro-chemical industries
(30)
Manufacture of lubricating oils and greases
(31)
Synthetic rubber manufacture
(32)
Coal, oil, nuclear and wood based thermal
power plants
(33)
Vanaspathi hydrogenated, vegetable
oils/industrial purposes
(34)
Sugar Mills (transparent and khandasari)
(35)
Craft paper mills
(36)
Coke oven by-products and coal tar –
distillation products
(37)
Alkalis
(38)
Caustic soda
(39)
Potash
(40)
Electro thermal product (artificial
abrasives, calcium carbide, etc.)
(41)
Phosphorus and its compounds
(42)
Acids and their salts (organic and inorganic)
(43)
Nitrogen compound (cyanides, cynamides and
other nitrogen compounds)
(44)
Explosives (including Industrial explosives,
detonators and fuses)
(45)
Phthalic an hydrides
(46)
Process involving chlorinated hydro carbon
(47)
Chlorine, fluorine, aromine, iodine and their
compounds
(48)
Fertilizer industries
(49)
Paper board and straw board
(50)
Synthetic fibres
(51)
Insecticides, fungicides, herbicides and
pesticides (basic manufacture and formulation)
(52)
Basic drugs
(53)
Alcohol (industrial or potable)
(54)
Leather industry including tanning and
processing
(55)
Coke making, coal liquefaction and fuel gas
making industries
(56)
Fibre glass production and processing
(57)
Refractory
(58)
Manufacture of pulp - wood pulp, mechanical
or chemical (including dissolving pulp) and/paper making.
(59)
Pigment dyes and their intermediates.
(60)
Industrial carbons (including graphite,
electrodes, anodes, midget electrons, graphite, blocks, crucibles, gas carbons
activated, carbon synthetic diamonds, carbon black, black, lamp etc.)
(61)
Electro chemicals (other than those covered
under alkali group)
(62)
Paints, enamels and varnishes
(63)
Ploy propylene
(64)
Poly vinyl chloride
(65)
Chlorates, per chlorates and peroxides
(66)
Polishes
(67)
Synthetic resin and plastic products
Note: - Category of Industries modified time to time by Tamil Nadu Pollution
Control Board will be applicable.
Annexure - IX
[See
rule 35 (23)]
Regulations for Special Provisions for Hospital Buildings.
(1)
Ramps of minimum width 2.4 m and maximum
slope of 1:12 shall be provided in all Hospital Buildings with Ground
Floor/Stilt Floor +First Floor and above and floor area exceeding 300 sq.m. in
each floor.
(2)
Set back space around the building with
access for fire fighting vehicles to operate, as already laid down in the
Development Regulations shall be provided as given below:
(i)
For buildings less than 18.30 metres height,
6.0 metres wide set back around.
(ii)
For buildings between 18.30 metres and 30.0
metres height, 7.0 metres set back around.
(iii)
Set back area should be free of any
obstruction, such as fountains, statues, flower pots, decorative idols, ramps
etc., to facilitate movement of vehicle and people during emergency.
(3)
Minimum of two large 'louvered windows' (with
adequate safety provision) shall be provided in each floor for easy evacuation
of persons, wherever the building is fully glazed.
(4)
Fire Lifts with alternate power supply
outside the building shall be provided.
(5)
Fire fighting training shall be given for
selected employees in each hospital. The Hospital Authorities shall approach
the Directorate of Fire & Rescue Service Department (DF&RS) for
imparting such training.
(6)
Regular mock drills shall be conducted once
in every six months with the help of DF&RS to ensure effective functioning
of all safe guards built for fire and life safety.
(7)
All Government/Private Hospitals shall
display in suitable places, within the premises, declaration enlisting the fire
safety measures and escape routes provided in the hospital. This declaration
should be displayed on a board in Tamil and English.
Annexure
– X
[See
rule 54 (2) (b)]
Sanitation requirements
The
requirement for fitments for drainage and sanitation in the use of buildings
other than residential shall be in accordance with tables below
Table:
1. Sanitation requirements for shops and Commercial Offices
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit/ Fittings |
For Personnel |
1. |
Water closet |
One for every 25 persons or part thereof,
exceeding 15 (including employees and customers). For female personnel 1 for every 15 persons
or part thereof, exceeding 10. |
2. |
Drinking Water Fountain |
One for every 100
persons with a minimum of one on each floor. |
3. |
Wash Basin |
One for every 25 persons or part thereof. |
4. |
Urinals |
Nil up to 6 persons 1 for 7-20 persons 2
for 21-45
persons 3
for 40-70
persons 4
for 71-100
persons From 101 to 200 add at the rate of 3%; For over 200 persons
add at the rate of 2.5%. |
5. |
Cleaners’ Sink |
One per floor minimum, preferably in or adjacent to sanitary rooms. |
Note:
Number of customers for the purpose of the above calculation shall be the average
number of persons in the premises for a time interval of one hour during the
peak period. For male-female calculation a ratio of 1: 1 may be assumed.
Table:2
Sanitation Requirements for Hotels
Individual
guest rooms shall have attached toilets. In addition, the following shall also
be provided.
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
For Residential Public staff |
For non residential Staff |
|
For male |
For female |
|||
1. |
Water Closet (W.C.) |
One per 8 Persons omitting occupants of the attached water closet minimum
of 2 if both sexes are lodged |
1
for 1-15 persons 2
for 16-35
persons 3
for 36-65
persons 4
for 66-100
persons |
1
for 1-12
persons 2
for13-25 persons 3
for 26-40
persons 4
for 41-57
persons 5
for 58-77
persons 6
for 78-100
persons Add 1 for every 6 persons or part thereof |
2. |
Ablution Taps |
One in each W.C |
One in each W.C |
One in each W.C. |
3. |
Urinals |
Nil |
Nil up to 6 persons 1 for 7-20 persons 2
for 21-45
persons 3
for 40-70
persons |
Nil |
|
|
|
4 for 71-100 persons |
|
4. |
Wash Basins |
One per 10 persons |
1
for 15 persons 2
for 16-35 persons 3
for 36-65 persons 4
for 66-100 persons |
1
for 1-12 persons 2
for 13-25 persons 3
for 26-40 persons 4
for 41-57 persons for 58-77 persons 6 for 78-100 persons |
5. |
Baths |
One per 10 persons |
Nil |
Nil |
6. |
Cleaner’s sinks |
One per 10 persons. Less occupants of room with bath in
suite |
Nil |
Nil |
7. |
Kitchen Sink |
One in each Kitchen |
One in each Kitchen |
One in each Kitchen |
Note:
(i) It may be assumed that the two-thirds of the number are males and one-
third females
(ii)
One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons
or part there of in the vicinity of water closet and urinals.
Table:3
Sanitation Requirements For Public halls
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
For Male |
For Female |
1. |
Water Closet |
One per 100 persons upto 400 persons; for over 400 add at the rate
of one per 250 persons or part thereof. |
Two for 10 persons
upto 200 persons; over 200 add at the rate of one per 100 persons
or part thereof. |
2. |
Ablution Taps |
One in each W.C. |
One in each W.C. |
3. |
Urinals |
One for 50 persons
or part thereof. |
Nil, upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons 2
for 21-45
persons 3
for 46-70
persons 4
for 71-100
persons |
4. |
Wash Basins |
One per W.C. and urinal provided |
One per W.C. provided |
5 |
Kitchen Sink |
One in each kitchen |
One in each kitchen |
6. |
Bath (shower) |
One per 10 persons |
|
7. |
Cleaner’s sinks |
One per 30 Bed rooms (one
per floor mimimum) |
|
Note:
(i) It may be assumed that the two-thirds of the number are males and one-
third females
(ii)
One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons
or part thereof in the vicinity of water closet and urinals.
Table:4
Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
Boarding Institutions |
Other educational Institutions |
||
Boys |
Girls |
Boys |
Girls |
||
1. |
Water Closet (W.C.) |
One for 8 boys or part
thereof |
One for 6 girls or part
thereof |
One for 40 boys or part thereof |
One for 25 girls or part
thereof |
2. |
Ablution Taps |
One in each W.C. |
One in each W.C. |
One in each W.C. |
One in each W.C. |
3. |
Urinals |
One per every 25 pupils or part thereof |
-- |
One per every 20 pupils
or part thereof |
-- |
4. |
Wash Basins |
One for every 8 pupils or part thereof |
One for every 6 pupils or part thereof |
One for every 40 pupils
or part thereof |
One for every 40 pupils or part thereof |
5. |
Baths |
One for every 8 pupils or part thereof |
One for every 6 pupils or part thereof |
-- |
-- |
6. |
Drinking Water Fountains |
One for every 50 pupils or part thereof |
One for every 50 pupils or part thereof |
One for every 50 pupils
or part thereof |
One for every 50 pupils or part thereof |
7. |
Cleaner’s Sink |
One per Floor minimum |
One per Floor minimum |
One per Floor minimum |
One per Floor minimum |
Table:5
Sanitation Requirements for Nursery Schools
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
Requirement |
1. |
Water Closet |
One for 15 boys, one for 6 girls |
2. |
Ablution Taps |
One in each W.C. |
3. |
Urinals |
one for 12 boys |
4. |
Wash Basins |
One for every 15 pupils or part thereof |
5. |
Baths |
One bath sink per 40 pupils |
6. |
Drinking Water Fountains |
One for every 50 pupils or part thereof |
7. |
Cleaner’s Sink |
One per floor minimum |
Note:
1. One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof, in the vicinity of water closets and urinal.
2.
For teaching staff, the schedule of sanitary units to be provided shall be the
same as in case of office buildings (Table 1).
Table:6
Sanitation Requirements for Governmental and Public Business Occupancy and
Offices
|
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
For Male Personnel |
For female Personnel |
|||
|
1. |
Water Closet (W.C.) |
One for 25 persons or part thereof |
One for 15 persons
or part thereof |
|||
|
2. |
Ablution taps |
One in each W.C. |
One in each W.C. |
|||
|
3. |
Urinals |
Nil upto 6 persons 1 for 7-20
persons 2
for 21-45 persons 3
for 46-70 persons 4
for 71-100 persons From 101 to 200 add at the rate of
3%; For over 200 persons add at the
rate of 2.5%. |
-- |
|||
|
4. |
Wash Basins |
One for every 25 persons or part
thereof |
One for every 25 persons or part
thereof |
|||
|
5. |
Drinking water fountains |
One for every 100 persons with a
minimum of one on each floor |
One for every 100 persons with a
minimum of one on each floor |
|||
|
6. |
Cleaner’s Sinks |
One per floor minimum; preferably
in or adjacent to sanitary rooms. |
-- |
|||
7. |
Executive
Room / Conference Hall |
Toilet Suite (1 WC, 1 washbasin, optional shower for 24 hr usage) Unit could be common
for Male / Female or separate depending on the number
of user of each facility |
|
||||
Note:
One water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons
or part thereof in the vicinity of water closet and urinals.
Table:
7 Sanitation Requirements for Residences
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
Dwelling with individual conveniences |
Dwelling without individual conveniences |
1. |
Bath Room |
One provided with water
tap |
One for every two tenement |
2. |
Water Closet (W.C.) |
One |
One for every two tenement |
3. |
Sink (or Nahani) in the Floor |
One |
-- |
4. |
Water Tap |
One |
One with drainage arrangement
in each tenement One in common bath rooms and common water closet. |
Note: Where only one water closet is provided in a dwelling, the bath and water
closet shall be separately accommodated.
Table:8
Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theaters,
Auditoria. etc.)
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
For Public |
For Staff |
||
Male |
Female |
Male |
Female |
||
1. |
Water Closet |
One for 100 persons upto 400 persons. For over 400 persons, add at the rate of 1 per 250 persons or part thereof |
Two per 100 persons upto 200 persons. For over 200 persons
add at the rate of 1 per 100 persons or part thereof |
One for 15 persons. Two for 16-35 persons |
One for 1-12 persons. Two for 13- 25
persons add at the rate of 1 per 6 persons or part thereof |
2. |
Ablution Taps |
One in each W.C. |
One in each W.C. |
One in each WC |
One in each WC |
3. |
Urinals |
One for 50 persons
or part thereof |
|
Nil upto 6 persons One for 7-20 persons Two for 21-45 persons |
|
4. |
Wash Basins |
One for every 200 persons or part thereof |
One for every 200 persons or part thereof |
One for 1-15 persons Two for 16-35 |
One for 1-12 persons Two for 13- 25 persons |
5. |
Drinking Water Fountain |
One per 100 persons
or part thereof |
|||
6. |
Cleaner’s sink |
One per floor |
|||
7. |
Shower / Bathing |
As
per trade requirement |
Note:
- (i) One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals.
(ii)
It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one third
females.
Table:9
Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries, Libraries and
Museums)
|
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
For Public |
For Staff |
|||||
|
Male |
Female |
Male |
Female |
|||||
|
1. |
Water Closet (W.C.) |
One for 200 persons upto 400
persons. For over 200 persons, add at the rate of 1 per 250 persons
or part thereof |
One per 100 persons upto 200
persons. For over 200 persons,
add at the rate of 1 per 150 persons
or part thereof |
One for 1-15 persons. Two for 16- 35 persons |
One for 1-12 persons. Two for 13-25 persons, add at the rate of 1 per 6 persons
or part thereof |
|||
|
2. |
Ablution Taps |
One in each W.C. |
One in each W.C. |
One in each W.C |
One in each W.C |
|||
|
3. |
Urinals |
One for 50 persons or part thereof |
-- |
Nil upto persons One for 7-20 persons Two for 21- 45 persons |
-- |
|||
|
4. |
Wash Basins |
One for every 200 persons or part
thereof. For over 400 persons, add at the rate of 1 per 250 persons or part
thereof. |
One for every 200 persons or part
thereof. For over 200 persons, add at the rate of 1 per 150 persons or part
thereof |
One for 1-15 persons Two for 16- 35 |
One for 1-12 persons Two for 13-25 persons |
|||
5. |
Cleaner’s Sink |
One per floor, minimum |
|
||||||
6. |
Drinking Water Fountain |
One per 100 persons
or part thereof |
|
||||||
7. |
Shower/ Bath |
As
per each kitchen |
|
||||||
Table
:10 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants
|
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
For Public |
For Staff |
|||||||||
|
Male |
Female |
Male |
Female |
|||||||||
|
1. |
Water Closet (W.C.) |
One per 50 seats upto 200 seats. For over 200
seats, add at the rate of 1 per
100 seats or part thereof |
One per 50 seats upto 200 seats. For over 200
seats, add at the rate of 1 per 100 seats or part thereof |
1
for 15 persons. 2 for 16-35
persons. 3 for 36-65
persons. 4 for 66-100 persons. |
1
per 1-12 persons. 2 for 13-25
persons. 3 for 26-40
persons. 4 for 41-57
persons. |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 for 58-77
persons. |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
6for 78-100. persons. |
|||||||
|
2. |
Ablution Taps |
One W.C. |
in |
each |
One W.C. |
in |
each |
One in each W.C. |
One in each W.C. |
|||
|
3. |
Urinals |
One for 50 persons or part thereof |
-- |
Nil upto 6 persons. 1
for 7-20 persons. |
-- |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
2 for 21-45
persons. |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
3 for 46-70
persons. |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
4 for 71-100
persons. |
|
|||||||
4. |
Wash Basins |
One for every water closet |
|
||||||||||
5. |
Kitchen Sinks & Dish Washer |
One per each Kitchen |
|
||||||||||
6. |
Service Sink |
One in the restaurant |
|
||||||||||
Table:11
Sanitation Requirements for Factories
Sl. No. |
Sanitary Unit |
For Male Personnel |
For female Personnel |
1. |
Water Closet |
1
for 15 persons 2
for 16-35
persons 3
for 36-65
persons. 4
for 66-100
persons. For 101 to 200 persons add
at rate of 3%. From over 200 persons, add at the rate of 2.5%. |
1
for 1-12 persons 1
for 13-25
persons. 2
for 26-40
persons. 3
for 41-57
persons. 4
for 58-77
persons. 5
for 78-100
persons. For 101 to 200 persons, add at the rate of 5%. From over 200 persons add at the rate of 4%. |
2. |
Ablution Taps |
One in each W.C |
One in each W.C. |
3. |
Urinals |
Nil upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons 2
for 21-45
persons 3
for 46-70
persons 4
for 71-100
persons From 101 to 200 persons add at the rate of 3%; for over 200 persons add at the rate of 2.5%. |
-- |
4. |
Washing Taps with draining arrangement |
One for every 25 persons or part thereof |
|
5. |
Drinking Water Fountains |
One for every 100 persons with
a minimum of one on each floor |
|
6. |
Baths Preferably Showers |
As
required for particular trade or occupation |
|
7. |
Emergency shower and eye wash fountain |
1
per every shop floor per 500 persons |
Note:
(i)
For many trades of a dirty or dangerous
character, more extensive provisions are required.
(ii)
One water tap with draining arrangement shall
be provided for every 50 persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water
closet and urinal
(iii)
Crèches where provided shall be fitted with
water closets (One for 10 persons or part thereof), wash basins (1 for 15
persons or part thereof) and drinking water tap with drinking arrangement for
every 50 persons or part thereof.
Table
-12 Sanitary Requirements for Large Stations and Airports
Sl. No. |
Place |
W.C. for Males |
W.C. for Females |
Urinals for Males
only |
1. |
Junction Stations, Intermediate Stations and Substations |
3
for first 1000 persons, add 1
for subsequent 1000 persons or part thereof. |
8
for first 1000 persons,
add 1 for every additional 1000 persons or part thereof. |
4
for every 1000
person, add 1 for every additional 1000
persons or part thereof. |
2. |
Terminal Stations and Bus Terminals |
4 for first
1000 persons and 1 for every additional 1000
persons or part thereof. |
10 for
every 1000 person and 1 for every additional 1000 persons or part thereof. |
6 for every 1000 person and 1 for every additional 1000 persons or part thereof. |
3. |
Domestic Airports |
2[1] |
4[2] |
1 per 40 persons or part |
Minimum. |
||||
For 200 persons |
5 |
16 |
thereof. |
|
For 400 persons |
9 |
30 |
||
For 600 persons |
12 |
40 |
||
For 800 persons |
16 |
52 |
||
For 1000 persons |
18 |
58 |
||
4. |
International Airports |
6 |
20 |
1
per 40 persons
or part |
For 200 persons |
thereof. |
|||
For 600 persons |
12 |
40 |
||
For 1000 persons |
18 |
58 |
Note:
Provision
for wash basins, baths including shower stalls, shall be in accordance with
part ix section 2- Drainage and Sanitation of National Building Code of India.
Table13
General Standards/Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area
Public Toilet |
On
roads and for open areas:
At every 1 km, including in parks, plaza, open air theatre, swimming area, car parks,
fuel stations. Toilets shall be disabled-friendly and in 50-50
ratio (M/F). Provision may be made as for Public Rooms (Table
4.10 Contd) |
Signage |
Signboards on main streets
shall give directions and mention the distance to reach the nearest public convenience. Toilets shall
have multi-lingual signage
for the convenience of visitors. Helpline number shall be pasted on all toilets
for complaints/queries. |
Modes |
Pay and use or free. In pay and use
toilets entry is allowed on payment to the attendant or by inserting coin and user gets 15
minutes. |
Maintenance/ Cleaning |
The toilet should have both men and
women attendants. Alternatively automatic cleaning cycle covering flush, toilet bowl,
seat, hand wash basin, disinfecting of floor and complete drying after each
use can be adopted, which takes 40 seconds. Public toilet shall be open 24
hours. |
Annexure
– XI
[See rule 51]
Structural Design and Safety
Indian
Standards to be taken into consideration for structural design of foundations,
elements of masonry, timber, plain concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-stressed
concrete and structural steel are given below:
For
General Structural Safety
(1)
IS: 456:2000 “Code of Practice for Plain and
Reinforced Concrete”
(2)
IS: 800-1984 “Code of Practice for General
Construction in Steel”
(3)
IS: 801-1975 “Code of Practice for Use of
Cold Formal Light Gauge Steel Structural Members in General Building
Construction”
(4)
IS 875 (Part 2):1987 “Design loads (other
than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part2 Imposed Loads”
(5)
IS 875 (Part 3):1987 “Design loads (other
than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 3 Wind Loads”
(6)
IS 875 (Part 4):1987 “Design loads (other
than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 4 Snow Loads”
(7)
IS 875 (Part 5):1987 “Design loads (other
than earthquake) for buildings and structures Part 5 special loads and load
combination”
(8)
IS: 883:1994 “Code of Practice for Design of
Structural Timber in Building”
(9)
IS: 1904:1986 “Code of Practice for
Structural Safety of Buildings: Foundation”
(10)
IS1905:1987 “Code of Practice for Structural
Safety of Buildings: Masonry Walls”
(11)
IS 2911 (Part 1): Section 1:2010 “Code of
Practice for Design and Construction of Pile Foundation Section 1
Part
1: Section 2 Bored Cast-in-situ Piles
Part
1: Section 3 Driven Precast Concrete Piles
Part
1: Section 4: 1984 Bored precast Concrete Piles
Part
2: 1980 Timber Piles
Part
3 1980: Under Reamed Piles Part 4 1985: Load Test on Piles”
For
Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection
(12)
IS 875 (3)-1987 "Code of Practice for
Design Loads (other than Earthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Part 3, Wind
Loads"
(13)
Guidelines (Based on IS 875 (3)-1987) for
improving the Cyclonic Resistance of Low rise houses and other building
For
Earthquake Protection
(14)
IS: 1893-2002 "Criteria for Earthquake
Resistant Design of Structures (Fifth Revision)"
(15)
IS: 13920-1993 "Ductile Detailing of
Reinforced Concrete Structures subjected to Seismic Forces - Code of
Practice"
(16)
IS: 4326-1993 "Earthquake Resistant
Design and Construction of Buildings - Code of Practice (Second Revision)"
(17)
IS: 13828-1993 "Improving Earthquake
Resistance of Low Strength Masonry Buildings - Guidelines"
(18)
IS: 13827-1993 "Improving Earthquake
Resistance of Earthen Buildings - Guidelines",
(19)
IS: 13935-1993 "Repair and Seismic
Strengthening of Buildings -Guidelines"
(20)
The repair of structures should be undertaken
as per IS:15988
For
Protection of Landslide Hazard
(21)
IS 14458 (Part 1): 1998 Guidelines for
retaining wall for hill area: Part 1 Selection of type of wall.
(22)
IS 14458 (Part 2): 1997 Guidelines for
retaining wall for hill area: Part 2 Design of retaining/breast walls
(23)
IS 14458 (Part 3): 1998 Guidelines for
retaining wall for hill area: Part 3 Construction of dry stone walls
(24)
IS 14496 (Part 2): 1998 Guidelines for
preparation of landslide – Hazard zonation maps in mountainous terrains: Part 2
Macro-zonation
Note:
Whenever an Indian Standard including those referred in the National Building
Code or Bureau of Indian Standards is referred, the latest revision and
additions of the same shall be followed except specific criteria, if any,
mentioned above against that code.
Annexure – XII
[See rule 51 (8)]
Protection against Natural Hazards
1.
Protection from Earthquakes
(1)
In those areas where there are no dangers of
soil liquefaction or settlements or landslides, all building structures and
infrastructures should be designed using the relevant Indian Standards as
provided in these rules and the National Building Code.
(2)
Soils subjected to liquefaction potential
under earthquake shaking shall be improved by compaction to desired relative
densities, so as to prevent the possibility of liquefaction.
(3)
Buildings and structures shall be founded on
deep bearing piles going to non- liquefiable dense layers.
(4)
Steep slopes shall be made more stable by
terracing and construction of retaining walls and breast walls, and by ensuring
good drainage of water so that the saturation of the hill-slope is avoided.
(5)
Any other appropriate engineering
intervention that may be required to save the buildings, structures, or
infrastructure from the fury of the earthquake shall be made.
2.
Protection from Cyclonic Wind Damage /
Flooding /Tsunami
(1)
Buildings, structures and infrastructures in
the cyclone prone areas shall be designed according to the Indian Standards and
Guidelines as provided in these rules and the National Building Code.
(2)
Light utility structures used for electrical
transmission and distribution and towers for communications, Chimneystacks of
industrial structures require special design considerations against the
cyclonic wind pressures, suctions and uplifts.
(3)
In case the buildings, structures and
infrastructures are founded on marine clay deposits it will be advisable to
adopt either under-reamed or long piles which shall penetrate the marine clay
layer and rest on dense sand stratum, or individual column footing with a
reinforced concrete beam located at the level of the ground, or a continuous
reinforced concrete strip footing, using a very low bearing pressure.
(4)
Wherever, the topsoil could become slushy due
to flooding, the top layer of 30 cm depth of soil shall not be considered for
providing lateral stability.
(5)
In storm surge prone areas, it will be
preferable to construct the community structures, like schools, cyclone
shelters, etc. by raising the level of the ground protected by provision of
retaining walls at sufficient distance away from the building, taken to such
depth that no erosion takes place due to receding storm surge. Alternatively,
construct the community structures on stilts with no masonry or bracing up to
the probable maximum surge level.
(6)
Protection of areas from floods may require
one or more of the following actions:
(a)
Raising the site above the high flood level.
(b)
Construction or improvement of drainage paths
to effectively drain the water from the site area
(c)
Construction of buildings and structures on
deep foundations going below the depth of scour or on stilts with deep enough
foundations under water.
Annexure
– XIII
[See rule 23]
Registration, Qualification and Duties and Responsibilities of Architects,
Engineers, Structural Engineers, Construction Engineers, Quality Auditors,
Geo-Technical Engineer, Town Planners and Developers
(1)
Registered Architect (RA)
(a)
Registration
On
the basis of their academic qualifications and experience, Architects shall be
“Registered” in two “Grades”. (The purpose is not to licence to practice, but
to register such professionals to help to achieve compliance of these rules for
the development or construction by the owners or developers). The eligibility
criteria for registration in each “Grade” and the “Scope of Work” which can be
entrusted to the Architects of each “Grade” are given below.
(i)
Architect Grade-I
Scope
of work: To prepare plans, designs and drawings for any type of buildings or
developments including High rise buildings and layout developments
Eligibility:
The person with B.Arch or equivalent degree with minimum 2 years experience
(after obtaining the degree) in professional work shall have registered with Council
of Architects under the provisions of the Architects Act, 1972.
And
The
evidence for registration of Architects with the council of Architects and
subsequent renewal have to be produced.
(ii)
Architect Grade-II
Scope
of work: To prepare plans, designs and drawings for small developments stated
in clause (1) (a) of Rule 35
Eligibility:
Diploma in Architecture with 5 years experience (after obtaining the Diploma)
in professional work.
(b)
Duties and responsibilities
(i)
He shall be responsible for making adequate
arrangements to ensure not only that the work is executed as per the approved
plans but also is in conformity with the stipulations of the NBC for safe and
sound construction and smooth functioning of the services provided in the
building and for making adequate provisions for services and equipments and
protection from fire hazards as per NBC.
(ii)
He shall on behalf of the owner obtain and
submit the progress certificates, completion report and other details required
for occupancy certificate and any other report as required under the rule and
obtain the same and keep it ready in the site for inspection by the competent
authorities.
(iii)
He is solely responsible for obtaining the
certificates required under this rule from the registered professionals.
(iv)
In the event of any deviations he is the
solely responsible to bring it to the notice of the competent authority
(v)
If the services of the registered architect
on record are terminated he shall immediately inform the competent authority
about his termination and the stage of work at which his services have been
terminated. The registered architect appointed as replacement of the preceding
architect shall inform about his appointment on the job and inform the
competent authority of any deviation that might have occurred on the site with
reference to the approved plan and the stage at which he is taking over the
charge.
(vi)
The registered architect appointed shall
inform the competent authority immediately on termination of the services of
the registered structural engineer on record, registered construction engineer
on record , or any change of owner or registered developer.
(vii)
He shall instruct the concerned person or
agency that adequate provisions are made for ensuring the safety of workers and
others during excavation, construction and erection.
(viii)
He shall instruct the concerned person or
agency that adequate provisions are made for providing safe and adequate
temporary structures required for construction and development
(ix)
He should inform in the progress report about
satisfactory working conditions for the workers as per the various acts in
force and binding on the employers of workers,
(x)
If there are deviations to approved plan or
unauthorized additional construction, the same has to be intimated immediately
(xi)
He should provide all certificates and
reports as required under these rules
(2)
Registered Engineer (RE)
(a)
Registration
On
the basis of their academic qualifications and experience, Engineers shall be
“Registered” in three “Grades”. The eligibility criteria for registration in
each “Grade” and the “Scope of Work” which can be entrusted to the Engineer of
each “Grade” are given below.
(i)
Grade-I
Scope
of work: To prepare plans, designs and drawings for any type of buildings or developments
including High rise buildings and layout developments;
Eligibility:
B. E. Civil or equivalent degree or A.M.I.E. with minimum 10 years experience
(after obtaining the degree) in professional work.
(ii)
Grade-II
(i)
Scope of work: To prepare plans, designs and drawings
for Non High rise building (i.e. upto 18.30m. in height) and layout
developments on lands upto 10 hect. in extent.
(ii)
Eligibility: B. E. Civil or equivalent degree
with minimum 5 years experience (after obtaining the degree) in professional
work.
(iii)
Grade-III
Scope
of work: To prepare plans, designs and drawings for small developments stated
in clause (1) (a) rule 35 and excluding the above mentioned structures for Grade-I
and Grade-II and layout developments on lands upto 5 hect. in extent.
Eligibility:
(i) Diploma in Civil Engineering with 5 years experience (after obtaining the
diploma) in professional work, or
(ii)
B. E. Civil or equivalent degree with minimum 3 years experience (after
obtaining the degree) in professional work,
(b)
Duties and responsibilities
(i)
He shall be responsible for making adequate
arrangements to ensure not only that the work is executed as per the approved
plans but also is in conformity with the stipulations of the NBC for safe and
sound construction and smooth functioning of the services provided in the
building and for making adequate provisions for services and equipments and
protection from fire hazards as per NBC.
(ii)
He shall be responsible to see that the structure
serviceable for its intended uses.
(iii)
To inspect the building construction work
periodically and maintain such records as cube strength, steel test
certificate, etc. as envisaged in NBC. He is responsible for quality of
material and execution.
(iv)
He shall on behalf of the owner obtain and
submit the progress certificates, completion report and other details required
for occupancy certificate and any other report as required under the rule and
obtain the same and keep it ready in the site for inspection by competent
authorities.
(v)
He is solely responsible for obtaining the certificates
required under this rule from the registered professionals
(vi)
In the event of any deviations he is the
solely responsible to bring it to the notice of the competent authority.
(vii)
In the event of any deviations he is the
solely responsible to bring it to the notice of the competent authority.
(viii)
If the services of the registered engineer on
record are terminated, he shall immediately inform the competent authority
about his termination and the stage of work at which his services have been
terminated. The registered engineer appointed as replacement of the preceding
engineer shall inform about his appointment on the job and inform the competent
authority of any deviation that might have occurred on the site with reference
to the approved plan and the stage at which he is taking over the charge.
(ix)
If there are deviations to approved plan or
unauthorized additional construction, the same has to be intimated immediately.
(x)
The registered engineer appointed shall
inform the competent authority immediately on termination of the services of
the registered structural engineer on record , registered construction engineer
on record , or any change of owner or registered developer.
(xi)
He shall instruct the concerned person or
agency that adequate provisions are made for ensuring the safety of workers and
others during excavation, construction and erection and that the employment of
workers are made satisfying the statutory Acts
(xii)
He shall instruct the concerned person or
agency that adequate provisions are made for providing safe and adequate
temporary structures required for construction and development
(xiii)
He should inform in the progress report about
satisfactory working conditions for the workers as per the various acts in
force and binding on the employers of workers,
(xiv) To
provide all certificates and reports as required under this rule.
(3)
Registered Structural Engineer (RSE)
(a)
Registration
On
the basis of their academic qualifications and experience, Structural Engineers
shall be “Registered” in two “Grades”. The eligibility criteria for
registration in each “Grade” and the “Scope of Work” which can be entrusted to
the Structural Engineer of each “Grade” are given below.
(i)
Grade-I
Scope
of work: To prepare structural design and structural drawings for any type of
buildings including High rise buildings
Eligibility:
M. E., or equivalent degree in structures or Earthquake Engineering or Ph.D. in
the subject with minimum 5 years of experience (after obtaining the degree) in
structural design work at a responsible position as a structural designer.
Note:
The experience as stated above shall be under a Structural Engineer on Record.
(This requirement shall be waived for the first ten years of the notification of
these Rules)
(ii)
Grade-II
Scope
of work: To prepare structural design and structural drawings for small
developments stated in clause (1) rule 35 and excluding the above mentioned
structures for Grade-I
Eligibility:
(ii) B. E. Civil or equivalent degree with minimum 3 years experience (after
obtaining the degree) in structural design work at a responsible position as a
structural engineer, or
(iii)
M.E. or equivalent degree in Structures/ Earthquake Engineering or Ph.D. in the
subject with minimum 1 years of experience (after obtaining the degree) in
structural design work at a responsible position as a structural engineer .
Note:
The experience as stated above shall be under a Structural Engineer on Record.
(This requirement shall be waived for the first ten years of the notification
of these Rules)
(b)
Duties and responsibilities:
(i)
To prepare a report on the structural design
and to prescribe the method and techniques of its execution as per relevant IS
specifications and NBC.
In
the case of High rise buildings.
(a)
To get required soil (geo-technical)
investigation done from an approved laboratory and submit the report concerning
the same in prescribed format to the competent authority.
(b)
To get the structural Design checked through
third party verification and submit a certificate concerning the same to the
competent authority.
(ii)
To prepare and submit design basis report
(iii)
To prepare a detailed report on structural
drawings and specifications for execution indicating thereon design live loads,
safe soil baring capacity, specification of materials, assumption made in the
design, special precautions to be taken by contractor or builder to suit the
designs and assumptions etc.
(iv)
To supply copies of structural drawings to
the Registered Construction Engineer on Record (CER) and the site supervisor
and keep it ready for inspection of the competent authority during progress
certification.
(v)
To ensure that the structural components are
executed without any deviation of the submitted structural drawing.
(vi)
to inspect the work at all important stages
and certify the work being executed for structural safety and over all structural
soundness of the building and as per the original structural drawings and
furnish a copy of the certificate to Registered Architect or Registered Engineer
for submission to the competent authority periodically along with progress report,
structural inspection report and completion report.
(vii)
To advice the owner or developer or architect
or engineer for arranging for tests purpose and their report for soil, building
material etc., for his evaluation and design consideration.
(viii)
To review field test result at progressive stages
as per NBC and submit the same to the competent authority. He shall also inform
the competent authority if any deviations in quality of materials or execution.
(ix)
to inform the Registered Architect or
Registered Engineer of any structural deviations noticed by him during the
progress of work, who in turn will inform the same to the competent authority
(x)
To inform in writing the competent authority
within 7 days if for any reason he is relieved of appointment or
responsibilities as the registered structural engineer (RSE) for the
development.
(xi)
Not to provide services to further or advance
work of any type of development that does not comply with these rules or is
unauthorised as per these rules.
(xii)
If there are deviations to approved plan or
unauthorized additional construction, the same has to be intimated immediately
to Registered Architect or Registered Engineer who will inturn will inform the
same to the competent authority
(xiii)
To provide all certificates and reports as
required under this rule.
(4)
Registered Construction Engineer (RCE)
(a)
Registration
The
requirements for registration shall be:
(i)
B.E. Civil or equivalent degree or A.M.I.E.
with five years experience (after obtaining the degree) in construction , or
(ii)
Diploma in Civil Engineering with seven years
experience (after obtaining the diploma) in construction, or
(iii)
B. Arch or equivalent with 5 years of
experience (after obtaining the degree) in construction registered with Council
of Architects under the provision of Architects Act
Note:
The experience as stated above shall be under one or more Construction Engineer
on Record of one or more reputed construction companies. Such company or
companies established within or outside the area of jurisdiction of the
competent authority shall be of minimum ten years of standing.
(b)
Duties and responsibilities
All
construction works (except the small developments defined in the clause (1) (a)
rule 35) shall be carried out under the supervision of a CER.
(i)
To adhere strictly to the structural
drawings, specifications and written instructions of the Registered Structural
Engineer on Record and Registered Architect on Record or Registered Engineer on
Record
(ii)
To ensure that the structural components are
executed without any deviation of the submitted structural drawing.
(iii)
To follow the provisions of NBC. or I.S.
specifications as regards materials, components, quality control and the
process of construction.
(iv)
He shall be responsible to see that the
structure serviceable for its intended uses.
(v)
To inspect the building construction work
periodically and maintain such records as cube strength, steel test
certificate, etc. as envisaged in NBC and submit the reports to Registered
Architect or Registered Engineer. The same has to be kept in the site for
inspection by the competent authority.
(vi)
He is responsible for quality of material and
execution.
(vii)
To provide for safety of workers and others
during excavation, construction and erection.
(viii)
To provide safe and adequate temporary
structures required for construction and erection.
(ix)
To bring to the notice of the registered
Structural Engineer on record and Registered Architect on record or Registered
Engineer on record any situation of circumstances which in his opinion are
liable to endanger the safety of the structure. The Registered Architect or
Registered Engineer will in turn intimate to the competent authority
(x)
To deposit with the Registered Architect or
Registered Engineer for submission to the competent authority one set of
working drawings of the works executed along with the progress certificates
before proceeding with the next stage of the work.
(xi)
He/she shall be in overall charge of the site
and responsible for overall supervision of the work.
(xii)
He/she shall ensure that all the work under
his charge is carried out in conformity with the approved drawings and as per
the details and specifications supplied by the registered Architect on record
or Registered Engineer on record.
(xiii)
He/she shall take adequate measures to ensure
that no damage is caused to the work under construction and adjoining
properties.
(xiv) He/she
shall also ensure that no undue inconvenience is caused in the course of
his/her work to the people in the neighborhood.
(xv)
He shall also ensure that no nuisance is
caused to traffic & neighboring people by way of noise, dust, smell,
vibration etc. in the course of his/her work. If there are deviations to
approved plan/unauthorized additional construction, the same has to be
intimated to Registered Architect or Registered Engineer who will in turn will
inform the same to the competent authority
(xvi) To
provide all certificates and reports as required under this rule.
(5)
Registered Quality Auditor (RQA)
(a)
Registration
The
requirements for registration shall be:
(i)
B.E. Civil or equivalent degree with five
years experience (after obtaining the degree) in testing of building materials
including concrete and/or experience in quality control work with a reputed
construction agency.
(ii)
M.E. (Civil) or equivalent with two years
experience (after obtaining the degree) stated above.
Note:
The experience as stated above shall be under one or more registered quality
auditors/ under one or more reputed construction companies or agencies. Such
companies or agencies established within or outside the area of jurisdiction of
the competent authority shall be of minimum ten years of standing.
(b)
Duties and responsibilities
(i)
The construction work of a High rise building
executed by CER shall be under an independent quality inspection programme
prepared and implemented under the supervision of an independent QAR.
(ii)
At the time of seeking permission from
competent authority for starting construction of a High rise building of
special structures CER shall submit an undertaking from QAR that:
(a)
The QAR is agreeable to accept the assignment
to implement the quality inspection programme, and that the appointed QAR is
acceptable to the Owner/Developer.
(b)
The QAR will get all the testing of building materials,
concrete etc. done by an independent approved testing laboratory.
(iii)
During construction of a High rise building
the QAR shall carry out necessary testing of materials as well as
non-destructive testing of structural components with the help of approved
testing laboratory and submit to the CER, Registered Architect / Registered
Engineer and the owner/developer, the reports as per quality inspection
programme.
(iv)
Upon completion of the construction of High rise
building or the special structure the QAR shall submit the report and
certificate in the prescribed format based on the quality inspection programme.
This report and certificate will be submitted to the CER, Registered
Architect/Registered Engineer and the owner/developer for final submission to
the competent authority to provide all certificates and reports as required
under this rule.
(6)
Registered Geo-Technical Engineer (RGTE)
(a)
Registration
For
foundation work, the requirements for registration Geo-technical Engineer on
Record shall be:
(i)
M.E. (or equivalent) in Geo-technical
Engineering with minimum 5 years of experience(after obtaining the degree)
(ii)
The experience as stated above shall be under
one or more Geo-technical Engineer or agency. Such agencies established within
of outside the area of jurisdiction of the competent authority shall be of
minimum ten years of standing.
(iii)
The Geo-technical Engineer shall state the
Laboratory he will be using.
(b)
Duties and Responsibilities:
All
High Rise Buildings shall have, for foundation work, the services of a
Registered Geo-technical Engineer on Record.
(i)
To carry out soil investigation at proposed
locations as per specifications of Registered Structural Engineer on Record
(SER)
(ii)
To recommend various type foundation for
proposed structure and loading with supporting calculations
(iii)
To enable SER to take site decision in case
strata different investigation report is met with.
(iv)
To list out precautionary measures so that
there is no damage to adjacent property.
(7)
Registered Town Planner
(a)
Registration
For
layout developments /subdivisions, the requirements for registration Town
Planner shall be:
Masters
degree in Town and Country Planning or in Urban Planning or in City Planning or
in Regional Planning or in Housing or an equivalent degree with minimum 2 years
experience (after obtaining the degree), or A.I.T.P. with minimum 2 years
experience (after passing the examination/becoming the member)
(b)
Duties and Responsibilities:
(i)
Preparation of plans for land
subdivisions/layouts,
(ii)
He shall be responsible for making adequate
arrangements to ensure not only that the work is executed as per the approved
plan but also is in conformity with the stipulations / conditions of approval.
He shall inform the competent authority of any deviation with reference to the
approved plan.
(iii)
If the services of the Registered Town
Planner are terminated he shall immediately inform the competent authority
about his termination. The Registered Town Planner appointed as replacement of
the preceding Town Planner shall inform about his appointment on the job and
inform the competent authority of any deviation that might have occurred on
that site with reference to the approved plan and the stage at which he is
taking over the change.
(iv)
The Registered Town Planner shall inform the
competent authority immediately any change of owner or developer before getting
permission for sub division / layout under these rules.
(v)
He shall instruct the concerned person/agency
that adequate provisions are made for ensuring the safety of workers and others
during the layout development.
(vi)
to provide all certificates and reports as
required under this rule.
(8)
Registered Landscape Architect
(a)
Registration
For
the work related to landscape design for building/ layout development for land
extending 5 hectares and above, the requirements of registration of landscape
architect shall be Bachelor or Master’s Degree in landscape architecture or
equivalent from recognized Indian or Foreign Universities.
(b)
Duties and Responsibilities
(i)
Preparation of landscape designs for buildings/
layout developments
(ii)
Shall be responsible for the maintenance of
the natural eco system
(iii)
shall inform the competent authority if there
are any intervention to the natural scape
(iv)
He shall be responsible for making adequate
arrangements to ensure not only that the work is executed as per the approved
plan but also is in conformity with the stipulations / conditions of approval.
(v)
If the service of the Registered Landscape
Architect is terminated he shall immediately inform the competent authority
about his termination. The Registered Landscape Architect appointed as
replacement of the preceding Landscape Architect shall inform about his
appointment on the job and inform the competent authority of any deviation that
might have occurred on that site with reference to the approved plan and the
stage at which he is taking over the change.
(vi)
The Registered Landscape Architect shall
inform the competent authority immediately any change of owner or developer
before getting permission for sub division / layout under these rules.
(9)
Registered Developer
(a)
Registration
(i)
Generally the person / firm who apply to
register as developer shall have experience in the field of construction or
real estate development.
(ii)
The developer have to be an IT Assessee.
(b)
Duties and responsibilities
The
responsibilities of developers shall be:
(i)
To obtain building permission from the
Executive Authority prior to commencement of construction / development
(ii)
To appoint Registered Architect / Registered
Engineer/Construction Engineer and Registered Structural Engineer and other
required professionals stated in these rules
(iii)
The appointment of the Registered Architect/
Registered Engineer /Registered Construction Engineer/ Registered Structural
Engineer shall mean that he (the Developer) has authorised the Registered
Architect / Registered Engineer to do all things necessary and to take all
adequate measures for preparing the design, drawings and specifications for the
project and to appoint on his behalf appropriate persons to act as CER,
required for the proper execution of the project and to retain on behalf of the
owner any other specialist or expert required on the work of the project, in
consultation with the developer.
(iv)
To obtain and submit to the competent
authority, along with application for building permission the required
certificates/report/ undertakings ,each progress report through Registered Architect/Registered
Engineer and application for occupancy certificate.
(v)
To obtain at relevant stages certificates
from them, for submission to the competent authority, through Registered
Architect/Registered Engineer that in designing the building/ development and
providing detailed drawings and specifications for it they have complied with
requirements as laid out in these rules
(vi)
To obtain and adhere to the quality assurance
procedure prepared by the CER.
(vii)
To adequately enable the CER to carry out his
responsibilities.
(viii)
To certify along with the CER that
construction/ development has been carried out as per the design, detailed
drawings and specifications provided by the Registered Architect on Record/
Registered Engineer on Record and Registered Structural Engineer on Record.
(ix)
To regularly submit progress reports and
certificates through Registered Architect/Registered Engineer as required by
the competent authority.
(x)
To inform in writing the competent authority
within 7 days, if for any reason he ceases to be the developer or is relieved
of his responsibilities as the developer.
(xi)
To inform in writing to the competent
authority within 7 days, if for any reason any of the registered professionals
appointed by him have been relieved of their responsibilities or have resigned.
(xii)
He shall not cause or allow any deviations
from the approved drawings in the course of the execution of the project
against the instruction of Registered Architect on Record / Registered Engineer
on Record / Registered Construction Engineer on Record / Registered Structural Engineer
on Record and shall bear all responsibilities for any irregularity committed in
the use and function of the building or its parts for which the approval has been
obtained.
(xiii)
He shall not commence the use of building or
shall not give the possession to occupy the building to any one before
obtaining the completion certificate or occupancy certificate as applicable
from the competent authority.
(xiv) He
shall provide adequate safety measures for structural stability and protection
against fire hazards likely from installation of services like electrical
installation, plumbing, drainage, sanitation, water supply etc. wherever
required under the rules.
(xv)
He shall make available copies of titles for
the land, approved plans and all certificates issued by the competent authority
under these rules to the prospective purchasers of the premises.
(xvi) He
should inform in the progress report about satisfactory working conditions for the
workers as per the various acts in force and binding on the employers of
workers,
(xvii) He
shall instruct the concerned person/agency that adequate provisions are made
for ensuring the safety of workers and others during excavation, construction
and erection and that the employment of workers are made satisfying the
statutory Acts
(xviii)
If there are deviation to approved
plan/unauthorized additional construction, the same has to be intimated
immediately to the competent authority and Registered Architect /Registered
Engineer.
(xix) He
shall be responsible to see that the structure serviceable for its intended
uses.
(xx)
To provide all certificates and reports as
required under this rule.
Annexure – XIV
[See rule 51 (3)]
Form
1
Structural
Design Basis Report
(1)
This report to accompany the application for
Building Developments
Part1 |
General Data |
|||
S.No. |
Description |
Informatio n |
Notes |
|
1. |
Site Address ……………………….. |
|
|
|
2 |
Name of Owner |
|
|
|
3 |
Name of Registered
Developer along with the Registration Number |
|
|
|
4 |
Name of Registered
Architect/Engineer along with the Registration Number |
|
|
|
5 |
Name of Registered
Structural engineer along with the Registration Number |
|
|
|
6 |
Use of the building |
|
|
|
7 |
Number
of stories above ground level (including storeys to be added later,
if any) |
|
|
|
8 |
Number of basements below ground level |
|
|
|
9 |
Type of structure Load bearing walls R.C.C. frame R.C.C. frame and Shear Walls
Steel frame |
|
|
|
10 |
Soil data Type of soil Design safe bearing capacity |
|
IS:1893 C1.6.3.5.2 IS: 1904 IS: 1892 IS: 2131 IS: 2720 |
|
11 |
Dead loads (unit weight adopted) ·
Earth ·
Water ·
Brick masonry ·
Plain cement
concrete ·
Reinforced cement
concrete ·
Floor finish ·
Other fill materials |
|
IS: 875 Part 1 |
|
12 |
Imposed (live) loads |
|
IS: 875 Part 2 |
|
|
Floor loads Roof
loads |
|||
13 |
Cyclone/Wind ·
Speed ·
Design pressure
intensity |
|
IS: 875 Part 3 |
|
14 |
Seismic zone |
|
IS: 1893 (2002) |
|
15 |
Importance factor |
|
IS:1893(2002) Table 6 |
|
16 |
Seismic zone factor (Z) |
|
IS:1893 Table 2 |
|
17 |
Response reduction factor |
|
IS:1893 Table 7 |
|
18 |
Fundamental natural period – approx. |
|
IS:1893 C1.7.6 |
|
19 |
Design horizontal acceleration spectrum value (Ah) |
|
IS: 1893 C1.6.4.2 |
|
20 |
[3]Expansion/Separation Joints |
|
|
|
21 |
Building is regular/irregular |
|
IS 1893 |
|
• In
case terrace garden is provided, indicate additional fill load and live load
along with the detailed drawings drawn to scale
Part 2 Load bearing
masonry buildings |
||||||||
Sl.No. |
Description |
Information |
Notes |
|||||
1 |
Building category |
|
IS: 4326 C1.7 Read with IS:1893 |
|||||
|
Zone Bldg. |
II III IV |
V |
|||||
Ordinary |
B C D |
E |
||||||
Important |
C D E |
E |
||||||
|
||||||||
2 |
Basement Provided |
|
|
|||||
3 |
Number of floors including Ground Floor (all floors including stepped floors in hill slopes) |
|
|
|||||
4 |
Type of wall masonry |
|
|
|||||
5 |
Type and mix of Mortar |
|
IS: 4326 C1.8.1.2 |
|||||
6 |
Re: size and position of openings (See note No.[i]) ·
Minimum distance (b5) ·
Ratio (b1+b2+b3)/11 or (b6+b7)/12 ·
Minimum pier width between consequent opening (b4) ·
Vertical distance (h3) ·
Ratio of wall height
to thickness 4 Ratio of wall length between cross wall to thickness |
|
IS: 4326 Table
4, Fig.7 |
|||||
7 |
Horizontal seismic band ·
at plinth level ·
at window
sill level ·
at lintel
level ·
at ceiling
level ·
at eave level of sloping roof ·
at top of gable walls |
P |
IP |
NA |
(see note No.2) |
|||
|
□ |
□ |
□ |
IS:4326 C1 8.4.6 |
||||
|
□ |
□ |
□ |
IS: 4326 C1 8.3 |
||||
|
□ |
□ |
□ |
IS: 4326 C1 8.4.2 |
||||
|
□ |
□ |
□ |
IS: 4326 C1 8.4.3 |
||||
|
□ |
□ |
□ |
IS: 4326 C1 8.4.3 IS: 4326 C1 8.4.4 |
||||
|
□ |
□ |
□ |
|
||||
|
□ |
□ |
□ |
|
||||
8 |
|
|
|
|||||
|
□ |
□ |
□ |
IS: 4326 C1 8.4.8. |
||||
|
□ |
□ |
□ |
IS: 4326 C1 8.4.9 |
||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
9 |
□ |
□ |
IS:4326 C1 9.1.4 |
|||||
10 |
□ |
□ □ |
□ □ |
|
Notes:
(i) Information in Item 6 should be given on separate A4 sheets for all walls
with large number of openings
(ii)
IP indicated “Information Provided”
IP
indicates “Information to be provided” NA indicates “Not Applicable”
Tick
mark one box
Part 3 |
Reinforced concrete framed buildings |
||
Sl. No. |
Description |
Information |
Notes |
1 |
Type of building ·
Regular frames ·
Regular frames
with Shear Walls ·
Irregular frames ·
Irregular frames
with Shear Walls ·
Soft storey |
|
IS: 1893 C1 7.1 |
2 |
Number of basements |
|
|
3 |
Number of floors
including ground floor |
|
|
4 |
Horizontal floor system ·
Beams and slabs ·
Waffles ·
Ribbed floor ·
Flat slab with drops ·
Flat plate
without drops |
|
|
5 |
Soil data ·
Type of soil ·
Recommended type
of foundation -Independent footings -Raft -Piles ·
Recommended bearing
capacity of soil ·
Recommended type,
length, diameter and load capacity
of piles ·
Depth of water table ·
Chemical analysis of ground water ·
Chemical analysis
of soil |
|
IS: 1498 |
6 |
Foundations Depth below ground level Type Independent Interconnected Raft Piles |
|
|
7 |
System of interconnecting foundations Plinth beams Foundation beams |
|
IS:
1893 C1 7.12.1 |
8 |
Grades if concrete used in different parts of building |
|
|
9 |
Method of analysis used |
|
|
10 |
Computer software used |
|
|
11 |
Torsion included |
|
IS:
1893 C1 7.9 |
12 |
Base shear a.
Based on
approximate fundamental period b.
Based on dynamic
analysis c.
Ratio of a/b |
|
IS:
1893 Cl. 7.5.3 |
13 |
Distribution of seismic forces along the height of the building. |
|
IS:1893
Cl.7.7 (Provide
sketch) |
14 |
The Column of soft ground storey specially designed. |
|
IS:
1893 Cl.7.10 |
15 |
Clear minimum cover provided in ·
Footing ·
Column ·
Beams ·
Slabs ·
Walls |
|
IS:
456 Cl. 26.4 |
16 |
Ductile detailing of RC frame ·
Type of
reinforcement used ·
Minimum dimension
of beams ·
Minimum dimension
of columns ·
Minimum percentage
of reinforcement of beams at any cross section ·
Maximum percentage
of reinforcement at any section of beam ·
Spacing of transverse
reinforcement in 2-d length of beams near the ends ·
Ratio of capacity
of beams in shear to capacity of beams in flexure ·
Maximum percentage
of reinforcement in column ·
Confining stirrups
near ends of columns and in beam-column joints Diameter Spacing ·
Ratio of shear
capacity of columns to maximum seismic shear in the storey. |
|
IS:
456 Cl. 5.6 IS:
13920 Cl.6.1 IS:
13920 Cl.7.1.2 IS:
456 Cl.26.5.1(a) IS:
13920 Cl.6.2.1 IS:
456 Cl.26.5.1.1(b) IS:
13920 Cl.6.2.2 IS:
13920 Cl.6.3.5 IS:
456 Cl.26.5.3.1 IS:
13920 Cl. 7.4 |
17 |
Does the features require clearance by SDRP Example:
High rise building Prefab building Building in hazard prone areas |
|
|
Foundation
(i)
In case raft foundation has been adopted,
indicate K value used for analysis of the raft.
(ii)
Incase pile foundations have been used, give
full particulars of the piles, type, dia, length, capacity
(iii)
In case of high water table, indicate system
of countering water pressure, and indicate the existing water table, and that
assumed to design foundations.
Idealization
for Earthquake analysis
(i)
In case of composite system of shear walls
and rigid frames, give distribution of base shear in the two systems on the
basis of analysis, and that used for design of each system
(ii)
Indicate the idealization of frames and shear
walls adopted in the analysis with the help of sketches.
(iii)
Submit framing plans of each floor
(iv)
In case of basements, indicate the system
used to contain earth pressures.
|
Part 4 |
Buildings in structural steel |
|||||||||
|
1 |
Adopted method of design |
o
Simple o
Semi-rigid o
Rigid |
IS:800 Cl 3.4.4 IS:800 Cl.3.4.5 IS:800 Cl.3.5.6 |
|||||||
|
2 |
Design based on |
o
Elastic analysis o
Plastic analysis |
IS: 800 Section-9 SP;6 (6) |
|||||||
|
3 |
Floor construction |
o
Composite o
Non composite o
Boarded |
|
|||||||
|
4 |
Roof construction |
o
Composite o
Non composite o
Metal o
Any other |
|
|||||||
|
5 |
Horizontal force resisting system adopted |
Frames Braced
frames Frames & shear walls |
Note: Seismic force
As per IS:1893 Would
depend on system |
|||||||
|
6 |
Slenderness ratios maintained |
Members defined in Table 3.1, IS:800 |
IS 800; Cl.3.7 |
|||||||
|
7 |
Member deflection limited to |
Beams, Rafters Crane Girders, Purlins
Top of columns |
IS:800 Cl.3.13 |
|||||||
|
8 |
Structural members |
o Encased in concrete Not encased |
IS: 800 Section-10 |
|||||||
|
9 |
Proposed material |
o
General weld-able o
High strength o
Cold formed o
Tubular |
IS: 2062 IS: 8500 IS: 801, 811 IS: 806 |
|||||||
|
10. |
Minimum metal |
o Hot rolled sections |
IS: 800, Cl.3.8 |
|||||||
|
|
thickness Specified for corrosion protection |
o
Cold formed
sections o
Tubes |
Cl.3.8.1 to Cl.3.8.4 Cl.3.8.5 |
|||||||
|
11 |
Structural connections |
o
Rivets o
CT Bolts o
S H F G Bolts o
Black Bolts o
Welding field Shop
(Specify welding type proposed) Composite |
IS: 800, Section-8 IS: 1929, 2155, 1149 IS 6639, 1367 IS 3757, 4000 IS: 1363, 1367 IS: 816, 814,1395, 7280, 3613, 6419, 6560, 813, 9595 |
|||||||
12 |
Minimum proposed, method |
Fire |
rating with |
o
Rating… hours o
Method proposed. -In tumescent painting -Spraying -Quilting -Fire retardant boarding |
IS: 1643 |
1641, |
1642, |
||||
Part-5
Any special
weakness in the building making it vulnerable for stability related
failure
and the precaution to be taken during execution/completion and finishing to be
indicated.
Part-6
Recommendations
of structural Engineer with respect to special requirements needed with respect
to structural safety and stability to be taken note of by competent authority
feature like incorporation of swimming pool, heavy load on roof ,prefabricated
structure or any other hazardous features should be included.
Form 2
[See rule 9 (1) (g)]
Notice
for Commencement of work
Reference No.
Owner's Name: Location:
Developer's Name with Registration No. :
Submitted on : Received on:
To
.......................................................
........................................................
Ref:
Proposed work of (Title of the project)
.........................
at (Site
address)
......................................for (Name of Owner
/
Developer / Builder), (his address and Tel. No.)
..............................................................................................
.....
I hereby
inform that the construction of the building in (site address)
in..........................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................
will commence on as
per
the permission obtained vide Office communication No ,
dated........................
under the supervision of Architect / Engineer /
Construction
Engineer on record, Registration No. .........................................................
and
in accordance with the plans sanctioned.
Signature of Registered Architect/Engineer
Signature of Owner / Registered Developer with date
Name of Owner / Registered Developer in Block Letters
Address of Owner
Tel. No.
Dated:......................................
Form 3
[See rule 9 (2) (b)]
Progress
Certificate
Plinth
Stage / In case of basement, casting of basement slab stage
Reference No.
Owner’s Name:
Developer’s Name: Location:
Submitted on: Received on:
To
…………………………….
…………………………….
Sir,
(i)
We hereby inform you that the work of
execution of the building as per approved plan, working drawing , detailed
structural drawings and structural specifications prepared by the Registered
Structural Engineer on Record , the detailed Architectural drawings and
Architectural specifications prepared by the Registered Architect on Record
,has reached the Plinth Level casting of basement slab level and is executed
under our supervision.
(ii)
We declare that revised /amended plan is not
necessary at this stage.
(iii)
We also undertake to comply with the rule no.
19 regarding the change of owner/ Developer / Professionals
Yours faithfully,
Signature of the
Registered Architect/Engineer
Signature
of the Owner/
Registered
Developer (with Registration No,)
Date:
Name in block letters: (with Registration No.)
Address:
Registered Construction Engineer on Record Date:
Name
in block letters: (with Registration No.)
Address:
Date:
Name in block letters
Address
Signature
of Structural Engineer
The construction up to this stage has been executed as per the structural drawing
without any deviation with respect to structural component and reinforcement
details in complying with provisions of NBC The recommendations made by me to
ensure adequate safety of the structure are complied with by the owner to my
entire satisfaction.
Signature of the
Registered Construction Engineer on Record Registration No.)
Date:
Name in block letters
Address:
Form 4
[See rule 9 (2) (b)]
Progress Certificate - Last Storey
Reference No.
Owner’s Name: Location:
Registered Developers Name:
Submitted on: Received on:
To
………………………………..
………………………………..
Sir,
1.
We hereby inform you that the work of
execution of the building as per approved plan, working drawing , detailed
structural drawings and structural specifications prepared by the Registered
Structural Engineer on Record , the detailed Architectural drawings and
Architectural specifications prepared by the Registered Architect on Record ,has
reached the -----------storey level and is executed under our supervision
2.
We declare that revised / amended plan is not
necessary at this stage.
3.
We also undertake to comply with the rule
no,19 regarding the change in Owner/Developer/Professionals.
Yours
faithfully,
Signature
of the
Registered Architect/ Engineer
Signature of the Owner/
Registered
Developer (with Registration No.)
Date:
Name in block letters:
(with Registration No.)
Address: Signature of the
Registered Construction Engineer on Record
Date:
Name
in block letters:
Address:
Date:
Name in block letters
Address
Signature of Structural Engineer
The construction up to this stage has been executed as per the structural
drawing without any deviation with respect to structural component and
reinforcement details in complying with provisions of NBC. The recommendations
made by me to ensure adequate safety of the structure are complied with by the
owner to my entire satisfaction.
Signature
of the
Registered Construction Engineer on Record Registration No.)
Date:
Name in block letters
Address:
Form 5
[See rule 21 (1)]
Completion
Report
Reference No.
Owner’s Name: Location:
Submitted on: Received on:
To
Sir,
1.
The work of erection/re-erection of building
as per approved plan is completed under the Supervision of Registered
Construction Engineer on record who has given the completion certificate which
is enclosed herewith.
2.
We declare that the work is executed as per
the approved plan/permission granted and to our satisfaction. We declare that
the construction is to be used for the purpose as per approved plan and it
shall not be changed without obtaining written permission.
3.
We hereby declare that the plan as per the
building erected has been submitted and approved.
4.
We will transfer the area of parking space
provided as per approved plan to the occupants /association before for
occupancy certificate.
5.
Any subsequent change from the completion
drawings will be our responsibility.
6.
One complete set of structural drawings
showing the reinforcement details/structural details/foundation details
including reinforcement drawings certified by structural engineer as executed
have been submitted to the competent authority. The submitted drawing shall
show all features that affect the structural stability including non structural
items.
Yours faithfully,
(Developer’s
Signature)
(Owner’s
Signature)
Name of Registered Developer (with Registration No.)/Name of Owner
Date:
Address:
Encl: Completion Report
Form 6
[See rule 20 (1)]
Building Completion Report by Registered Architect or Engineer
Reference No.
Owner’s Name: Location:
Registered Developers Name:
Submitted on: Received on:
To
Sir,
1.
The building/s has/have been constructed
according to the sanctioned plan.
2.
The building/s has /have been constructed as
per approved plan.
3.
Construction has been done under our
supervision / guidance and adheres to the drawings submitted.
Signature
of the Owner /
Registered Developer Architect on (with Registration No,)
Engineer on
Date
Name in block letter:
Address:
Signature of Registered
Record / Registered Record
Date
Name in block letters:
(with Registration No.)
Address:
Form 7
[See
rule 20 (1)]
Building Completion Report by Registered Construction Engineer
Reference No.
Owner’s Name: Location:
Registered Developers Name:
Submitted on : Received on :
To
Sir,
1.
The building/s has/have been constructed according
to the sanctioned plan.
2.
The building/s has / have been constructed as
per
- the
detailed structural drawings and structural specifications prepared by the
Registered Structural Engineer on Record
- the
detailed Architectural drawings and Architectural specifications prepared by
the Registered Architect on Record.
- detailed
drawings and specifications of all services
3.
All materials used in the construction have
been tested as provided in specifications and a record of test reports has been
kept.
4.
The building was inspected and cleared by the
structural engineer with respect to stability features of structure and
foundation.
Signature of the Owner / Registered Developer
(with Registration No.)
Date
Name in block letter:
Address:
Signature of Registered
Construction
Engineer on Record
Date
Name in block letters:
(with Registration No.)
Address:
Form 8
[See rule 20 (1)]
Building Completion Report of Registered Structural Engineer
Reference No.
Owner’s Name : Location :
Developers Name:
Submitted on : Received on :
To
Sir,
This
is to certify that detailed structural drawings of the buildings/s has / have
been prepared on the basis of a detailed analysis and a detailed design carried
out according to relevant previsions of the latest Indian Standard Codes,
National Building Code and as indicated in the structural design basis report.
The
construction up to this stage has been executed as per the structural drawing without
any deviation with respect to structural component and reinforcement details in
complying with provisions of NBC The recommendations made by me to ensure
adequate safety of the structure are complied with by the owner to my entire
satisfaction.
Signature of the Owner
Engineer
Date
Name in block letters:
Address:
Signature of Registered Structural
on Record
Date
Name in block letters:
(with Registration No.)
Address:
Form 9
[See rules 9 (2) (b) and 51 (5)]
Structural Inspection Report (to be submitted at plinth level and last storey)
(This
form has to be completed by Registered Structural Engineer after his site inspection
and verification regarding compliance of all his recommendations by the owner, which
in the opinion of the registered structural engineer are necessary for safety
of the structure)
I.
Work of ……….. (Title of the project)…….. at [Site
address]………………
II.
Name of the present owner:
III.
Description of the structure:
Class I or Class II (Briefly describe the property in general and the structure
in particular) Indicate whether the structure is regular/irregular as per
IS1893 of the structure is in Zone-III.
(a) Function |
(b) Framed construction |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Residence (with or without shops |
Apart- ments (with
or without shops |
Office Bldg. |
Shopping Centre |
School, College |
Hostel |
Auditoria |
Factory or any other building (pl. state) |
|
|
|
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
S |
6 |
7 |
8 |
A. Load bearing
masonry wall construction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
B. Framed structure |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Construction and structural materials |
Critical load bearing
element |
Brick |
RCC |
Stone |
Timber |
Steel |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
|
||||||||
|
|
Roof Floor |
RCC |
Timber |
RBC |
Steel |
Jack- arch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
IV.
Year of construction
Year
of subsequent additions or rectifications (Please describe briefly the nature
of additions or rectifications).
V.
Date of last inspection report filed: Last
filed by whom (This does not apply to the first report).
VI.
Soil on which building is founded
(i)
Any change subsequent to construction
(ii)
Nearby open excavation
(iii)
Nearby collection of water
(iv)
Proximity of drain
(v)
Underground water-tank
(vi)
RW. Pipes out-lets
(vii)
Settlements
VII.
The Super-structure (R.C.C. Frame structure)
(i)
Crack in beam or column nature and extent of
crack probable causes.
(ii)
Cover spell
(iii)
Exposure of reinforcement
(iv)
subsequent damage by user for taking pipes, :
conduits, hanging, fans or any other fixtures, etc.
(v)
Crack in slab
(vi)
Spalling of concrete or plaster of slab
(vii)
Corrosion of reinforcement
(viii)
Loads in excess of design loads
VIII. The
Super-Structure (Steel Structure)
(i)
Paintings
(ii)
Corrosion
(iii)
Joint, nuts, bolts, rivets, welds, gusset
plates
(iv)
Bending or buckling of members
(v)
Base plate connections with columns or
pedestals
(vi)
Loading
IX.
The Super-Structure (Load bearing masonry
structure) Cracks in masonry walls) (Please describe some of the major cracks,
their nature, extent and location, with a sketch, if necessary.
X.
Recommendations if any
This
is to certify that the above is a correct representation of facts as given to
me by the owner and as determined by me after Site Inspection to the best of my
ability and judgment.
XI.
Indicate any hazard the structure faces such
as cyclone/land slide/Tsunami/weak soil/flooding
The
construction up to this stage has been executed as per the structural drawing
without any deviation with respect to structural component and reinforcement
details in complying with provisions of NBC The recommendations made by me to
ensure adequate safety of the structure are complied with by the owner to my
entire satisfaction.
Signature
of the Registered Structural Engineer
on
Record
Date:
Name
of the registered structural Engineer:
Registration
No.
Address:
Form 10
[See rule 51 (9)]
Model Proforma for Technical Audit Report
1.
Design
|
|
|
COMMENTS |
|||||
|
1.1 |
Design/Drawings available? |
Y/N |
|||||
|
|
Design category Type
design? Specific design ? |
Y/N Design
to be collected to refer to Design Consultant/H.O. |
|||||
|
|
Drawings prepared/checked by competent authority? |
Y/N |
|||||
|
|
Design Drawings/details Structural detailed included Earthquake/cyclone resistant
features included? |
Y/N Y/N |
|||||
|
|
Design verified/vetted by Dept./Govt. approved agency/competent authority? |
Y/N |
|||||
|
|
Design changes approved by dept./govt. approved agency/competent authority? |
Y/N |
|||||
|
2 |
Foundation |
|
|||||
|
2.1 |
Foundation used |
Existing/New |
|||||
|
2.2.1 If existing foundation used 3.4
Depth of
foundation below ground : <50cm/50-70/>70cm 3.5
Type of masonry :
Stone/Bricks/PCC Blocks 3.6
Thickness of
masonry (above ground) : 23cm/35/>35 3.7
Mortar used :
Cement-Sand/Lime/Mud 3.8
Mix of cement
mortar : 1:4/1:6/Leaner 3.9
Height up to
Plinth : cm 3.10
If stone masonry 3.11
Through Stones :
Yes/No, if Yes Adequate/Inadequate 3.12
Corner Stones :
Yes/No, if Yes Adequate/Inadequate 3.13
If new foundation used 3.14
Depth of
foundation below ground : <50/50-70/>70cm 3.15
Type of masonry
blocks : stone/bricks/PCC 3.16
Thickness of
Masonry above plinth : 23 cm/35/>35cm 3.17
Mortar used :
Cement – sand/lime/mud 3.18
Mix of cement mortar
(1:4) : Yes/No 3.19
Height up to Plinth
: <60/>60cm 3.20
If stone
masonry 3.21
Through Stones
: Yes/No, if Yes Adequate/Inadequate 3.22
Corner Stones
: Yes/No, if Yes Adequate/Inadequate 2.4 Verticle reinforcement in foundation : Yes/No |
|||||||
|
3.23
Walling 3.24
Type of masonry :
Stone/Brick/PCC Blocks 3.25
Mortar used :
Cement – Sand/Lime/Mud 3.26
Mix of cement
mortar : 1:4/1:6/Leaner |
|||||||
|
3.27
Thickness of wall :
>23cm/23cm/23cm 3.28
Mixing of mortar :
OK/Not OK 3.29
Joint Property
filled : OK/NOT OK 3.30
Wetting of bricks :
Good/ Medium/ Poor 3.31
If stone masonry 3.32
Through Stones :
Yes/No 3.33
Corner Stones :
Yes/No 3.34
Overall
workmanship : Good / Medium / Poor |
|||||||
|
3.35
Roofing 3.36
Type of roof :
Flat/Sloping 3.37
If sloped : Morbid
tiles/ A.C. sheet/ G.I. sheet 3.38
Purlins :
Angle-Iron / Timber / NA 3.39
Truss type 3.40
Anchorage with
wall : Adequate/ Inadequate/ NA 3.41
Materials 3.42
Cement 3.43
Source Authorised
Dealer/Market |
|||||||
|
3.44
5.1.2 Type of
cement : OPC/PPC/PSC 3.45
5.1.3 If OPC :
Grade (33/ 43/ 53) 3.46
Sand 3.47
Type of sand :
River sand / Stone dust 3.48
Presence of
deleterious materials : Mild / Moderate/ High 3.49
Coarse Aggregates 3.50
Type coarse
Aggregates : Gravel/ Crushed Stone 3.51
Presence of
deleterious material : Mild/ Moderate / High P.C.C. Blocks (Applicable for
onsite production) |
|||||||
|
3.52
Type of P.C.C.
Blocks : Solid blocks/Hollow blocks 3.53
Ratio of concrete
in blocks : 3.54
Interlocking
feature : Yes/No 3.55
Course aggregates
used : Natural/ Crushed stone 3.56
Bricks Blocks,
Stone etc. 3.57
Strength (field
assessment) : Low/Medium/High 3.58
Dimensional
accuracy : Yes/No |
|||||||
|
3.59
Compaction :
Vibrators/Thappies and rods 3.60
Workability : Low
/ Medium / High 3.61
Availability of
water : Sufficient / Insufficient 3.62
Curing :
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory. 3.63
Reinforcing Steel 3.64
Type of Steel :
Plain mild steel/HYSD bars 3.65
Source :
Authorised Dealer/Market 3.66
Whether IS marked :
Yes/No 3.67
Conditions of bars
: Clean/Corroded 3.68
Fixing of
reinforcement as per drawing : Yes/No 3.69
Suitable cover :
Yes/No |
|||||||
3.70
Spacing of bars 3.71
Overlaps as per
specifications 3.72
Form Work 3.73
Type of Form Work 3.74
Use of mould oil 3.75
Leakage of cement slurry 3.76
Source 3.77
Cement |
|
: Regular/Irregular :
Yes/ No : Timber / Ply board
Steel :
Yes/No :
Observed/ Not observed |
|
|||||
5.9.2 |
Sand |
|
|
|||||
5.9.3 |
Coarse Agg. |
|
|
|||||
5.9.4 |
Bricks |
|
|
|||||
5.9.5 |
PCC Blocks |
|
|
|||||
6 |
Seismic Resistance Features |
|
|
|||||
6.1 |
Masonry Structures |
|
|
|||||
6.1.1 |
Provision of 6.1.1.1
Plinth level 6.1.1.2
Sill level 6.1.1.3
Lintel level 6.1.1.4
Roof level
(if applicable) |
bands |
at |
Provided Adequate |
|
|||
|
Yes/No Yes/No |
|
||||||
|
Yes/No Yes/No |
|
||||||
|
Yes/No Yes/No |
|
||||||
|
Yes/No Yes/No |
|
||||||
6.1.2 |
If sloped roof, whether seismic
bands are provide
at |
|
|
|||||
|
6.1.2.1 Gable wall
top |
Yes/No |
|
|||||
|
6.1.2.2 Eaves level |
Yes/No |
|
|||||
6.1.3 |
Provision of vertical steel in masonry
at |
|
|
|||||
|
Provided Adequate |
|
|
|||||
|
Each corner |
Yes/No |
|
|||||
|
Each T-junction |
Yes/No |
|
|||||
|
Each door joint |
Yes/No |
|
|||||
|
Around each window |
Yes/No |
|
|||||
6.1.4 |
Openings |
|
|
|||||
|
6.1.4.1
Total width
of openings : <50%/50*-60%/>60% (*-42% for double storey) 6.1.4.2
Clearance from
corner 6.1.4.3
Pier width between two openings |
OK/Not OK OK/Not OK |
|
|||||
6.2 |
Framed structures |
|
|
|||||
|
6.2.1 Ductile detailing |
|
|
|||||
|
6.2.1.1 Spacing of stirrup |
OK/Not OK |
|
|||||
|
6.2.1.2 Sizes of
members |
OK/Not OK |
|
|||||
|
6.2.1.3 End anchorage |
OK/Not OK |
|
|||||
|
6.2.1.4 Lapping (length, location, etc.) |
OK/Not OK |
|
|||||
|
6.2.1.5 Angle of stirrup hook |
90/135 degrees |
|
|||||
6.3 |
Any
testing carried out by owner/Engineering Supervisor on |
|
|
|||||
|
Testing done Testing results 6.3.1
Water 6.3.2
Cement 6.3.3
Bricks/PCC blocks/Stones 6.3.4
Aggregate 6.3.5
Mortar |
Yes/No OK/Not
OK Yes/No OK/Not OK Yes/No OK/Not OK Yes/No OK/Not OK Yes/No
OK/Not OK |
|
|||||
|
6.3.6
Concrete 6.3.7
Reinforcement |
Yes/No OK/Not OK Yes/No OK/Not OK |
|
|||||
Signature of
Owner/Registered Developer
Name and Address
(in case of Registered
Developer state the Registration No,)
signature of the Registered quality
Auditor
Name and Address
(with Registration No.)
Annexure
- XV
[See rule 37]
Special regulations for schools
Buildings of schools shall conform to the following special regulations:
1.
Site
Site
of the school building
(a)
shall not have opening direct to the National
/ State Highways with heavy vehicular traffic.
(b)
shall not be close to water bodies and
forests.
(c)
shall not be in the close proximity of
garbage dumps, dusty and noisy roads or factories.
2.
No. of floors
The
provisions in the National Building Code 2016 in all aspects apart from
adherence to these rules.
3.
Stair case and exits shall conform to the
following minimum standards.
(a)
Minimum width 1.6m
(b)
One stair case for every 6 class rooms
(c)
Mid landing not less than 1.6m in width
(d)
Continuous stairs from ground level to the
terrace level.
(e)
Travel distance to the stair case from any
part of upper floors shall not be more than 22.6m.
(f)
Exit door if any from the stair case at the ground
level shall open directly to the open space and it shall not be less than 2m in
width and 2.1m in height.
4.
Class rooms shall confirm to the following:
(a)
Minimum size shall be 6m x 6m for student
strength of not exceeding 40 Nos.
(b)
Thickness of wall shall not be less than 23
cms.
(c)
Head room height of the class rooms shall be
minimum 3metres.
(d)
Each class room shall have at least 2 doors
and 2 windows
(e)
Doors and windows should be made of materials
with high fire resistance rating.
5.
Fire safety measures
(a)
Adequate no. of fire extinguishers shall be
provided
(b)
Provision of separate water tank / sump to
meet the requirement of fire fighting during emergency shall be provided.
(c)
Buildings shall be constructed using
non-combustible materials.
6.
Electrical wiring, equipments and
installations shall confirm to the safety standards prescribed in the NBC and
also confirm to the requirements of the Chief Electrical Inspectorate.
7.
Others
(a)
Kitchen if any located within the school
premises shall not be closer to the class rooms or student toilets.
(b)
Where covered verandah / corridor is
provided, it shall be minimum 1.8m. in width in front of class rooms.
(c)
The parapet wall in the open terrace shall be
minimum 23cm in thickness and 100cm in height.
(d)
Toilets enough in number and with adequate
water supply shall be provided.
Annexure – XVI
[See rule 6]
Conservation of heritage sites including heritage buildings, heritage precincts
and natural feature areas
1.
These regulations will apply to those
buildings, artifacts, structures, and/or precincts of historical and/or
aesthetical and/or architectural and/or cultural value (hereinafter referred to
as Listed Buildings/Heritage Buildings and Listed precincts/Heritage precincts)
which will be listed in notification(s) to be issued by the Government and will
not apply to those which have been covered in the notification of Central or
State Archeological Department under their Act/Rules
2.
Restriction on
Development/Redevelopment/Repairs, etc.
(a)
No development or redevelopment or
engineering operation or additions, alterations, repairs, renovation including the
painting of buildings, replacement of special features or demolition of the
whole or any part thereof or plastering of said listed/heritage buildings or
listed/heritage precincts shall be carried out except with the prior written
permission of the competent authority. The competent authority shall act in
consultation with the Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by
Government (hereinafter called “the said Heritage Conservation Committee”).
Provided
that in exceptional cases for reasons to be recorded in writing the competent
authority may over rule the recommendation of the Heritage Conservation
Committee.
Provided
that the powers to over rule the recommendation of the Heritage Conservation
Committee shall not be delegated by the competent authority to any other
Officer.
(b)
In relation to religious buildings in the
said list, the changes, repairs, additions, alterations and renovations
required on religious grounds mentioned in sacred texts, or as a part of holy
practices laid down in religious codes shall be treated as permissible, subject
to their being in accordance and consonance with the original structure and
architecture, designs, aesthetics and other special feature thereof.
Provided
that before arriving at his decision, the competent authority shall take into
consideration the recommendations of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
3.
Preparation of list of Heritage Buildings and
Heritage Precincts:- The list of buildings, artifacts, structures and precincts
of historic, and/or aesthetical /or cultural value etc. to which these
regulations apply shall be notified by the Government after its approval on its
merits with or without modifications.
The
draft list of buildings artifacts etc. to which these regulation shall apply
shall be prepared by the authority in consultation with the Heritage
Conservation Committee and also addressing the owners of the said listed
building/precincts giving an opportunity to represent regarding the proposed
notifications and further notifying in newspapers inviting
objections/suggestions from the general public, and it shall be forwarded to
Government. The Government may accord approval for the said list with or
without modifications as may be decided on its merits and notify the same in
Tamil Nadu Government Gazette, and also in local newspapers.
This
list may be supplemented, altered, deleted, or modified from time to time by
the Government on receipt of the proposals from the Executive Authority or suo
motto by the government after following the procedures of giving opportunity to
the owners/ lessees and also the general public stated above after notification
in the Tamil Nadu Government Gazette.
4.
Power to Alter, Modify or Relax Regulations:
- With the approval of Government and after consultation with the said Heritage
Conservation Committee, the competent authority shall have the power to alter,
modify or relax the provisions of other Regulations if it is needed for the
conservation, preservation or retention of historical, aesthetical, cultural or
architectural quality of any listed Buildings/Heritage Buildings or listed
Precincts/Heritage Precinct.
5.
Hearing etc. to persons likely to be
affected: - Provided that in case any alterations, modifications or relaxations
of any of the provisions of the Development Regulations, will cause undue loss
to the owners or persons who have development right over the Heritage
Buildings/Heritage Precincts, the competent authority shall give an opportunity
of hearing to the said owner or persons who have development right over the
Heritage Buildings and to the public, before taking final decision in the
matter.
6.
Grant of Transferable Development Rights in
cases of loss of Development Rights: - If any application for development on a
private land is refused under this Regulation or conditions are imposed while
permitting such development therein which deprive the private owner/lessee who
is not a Government or a quasi Government department or agency or a religious
institutions or a trust a society, or a charitable institutions etc., of any
unconsumed FSI otherwise the private owner/lessee could have availed
considering the land use, road width, setback etc., as per these rules the said
owner/lessee shall be compensated by grant of Development Rights Certificate as
may be prescribed by Government from time to time, on transfer of the right to
the competent authority through a registered gift deed. The extent of TDR for
which Certificate to be granted may be determined by the competent authority if
required in consultation with the Heritage Conservation Committee, and will not
be awarded unless sanctioned by the Government.
7.
Maintaining Sky Line: - Buildings included in
Listed Heritage Precincts shall maintain the sky line in the precincts (without
any High Rise Development) as may be existing in the surrounding area, so as
not to diminish or destroy the value and beauty of the said listed Heritage
Buildings/Heritage precincts. The development within the precincts shall be
accordance with the guidelines framed by the competent authority in
consultation with Heritage Conservation Committee.
8.
Restrictive Covenants: - Restrictions
existing as on date of this notification imposed under covenants, terms and
conditions on the leasehold plots whether by State Government or by the
Municipal Corporation or any other local bodies or any other Government or
quasi Government agency including Hindu Religious and Charitable Endowment
Board, Wakf Board shall continue to be imposed in addition to Development
Regulations. However, in case of any conflict with the heritage preservation
interest, the said Regulations shall prevail.
9.
Repair Fund: - Buildings included in the said
list shall be repaired by the owners/lessees of the said buildings themselves
With a view to give monetary help for such repairs to a limited extent in
deserving cases where the owner/lessee could not repair it a separate fund may
be created, which would be kept at the disposal of the Executive Authority, who
will make disbursement from the funds in consultation with Heritage
Conservation Committee.
10.
Grading of the Listed Buildings/Listed
Precincts: - Listed Heritage buildings/listed Heritage Precincts may be graded
into three categories. The meaning of these Grades and basic guidelines for
development permissions are as follows:
Listing
does not prevent change of ownership or usage. However such usage should be in
harmony with the said listed precinct/buildings. Care will be taken to ensure
that the development permission relating to these buildings is given without
delay.
|
Grade-I |
Grade-II |
Grade-III |
|||||
|
A.
Definition |
|
|
|||||
|
Heritage Grade-I comprise |
Heritage Grade-II (A and
B) |
Heritage
Grade-III comprises |
|||||
|
of
buildings, and precincts |
comprises of buildings, or |
importance for town space;
they |
|||||
|
of national or historical |
regional or local |
evoke architectural
aesthetic or |
|||||
|
importance, embodying |
importance, possessing |
sociological interest though
not |
|||||
|
excellence in architectural |
special architectural or |
as much
as in Heritage |
|||||
|
style, design, technology |
aesthetical merit, cultural |
Grade-II. These contribute to |
|||||
|
and material usage. They |
or historical value,
though |
determine the character
of the |
|||||
|
may be associated with a |
of a lower scale
than in |
locality, and can be |
|||||
|
great historical event, |
Heritage Grade.
They are |
representative of
lifestyle of a |
|||||
|
personality, movement or |
local landmarks, |
particular community
or region |
|||||
|
institution. They have |
contributing to the image |
and may, also
be distinguished |
|||||
|
been and are, the
prime |
and identity of the City. |
by setting on a
street line, or |
|||||
|
landmarks of the City. |
They may not be
the work |
special character of the façade |
|||||
|
|
of
master, craftsman or |
and uniformity of height width |
|||||
|
|
may be models or |
and scale. |
|||||
|
|
proportion
and |
|
|||||
|
|
ornamentation, or
designed |
|
|||||
|
|
to suit particular climate. |
|
|||||
|
B. Objective – |
|
|
|||||
|
Heritage Grade-I |
richly |
Heritage Grade-II deserves |
Heritage Grade-III |
deserves |
|||
|
deserves |
careful |
intelligent Conservation. |
protection of unique |
features |
|||
|
preservation. |
|
|
and attributes. |
|
|||
C. Scope
for changes. |
|
|
|
|||||
No interventions would be permitted either on the exterior or interior unless it is necessary in the interest of strengthening, and prolonging, the life of the buildings or precincts or any part or features thereof. For this purpose, absolutely essential and minimal
changes would be allowed and they
must be in accordance with the original. |
Grade-II (A) Internal changes and adaptive reuse
will be generally allowed, but external changes will be subject to scrutiny. Care would be taken
to ensure the conservation of all special aspects
for which it is included in Heritage Grade-II. Grade-II (B) In addition to above extension or additional buildings in the same plot
or compound could in certain circumstances, be allowed provided that the extension/additional buildings is in harmony with (and
does not detract from) existing heritage building(s) or precincts especially in terms
of height and facade. |
External and internal changes, and adaptive reuse
would generally be allowed. Changes
can include extensions, additional
buildings in the same plot or
compound provided that extension/additional buildings is in harmony
with and does not attract
from the existing heritage buildings/ Precinct especially in terms of height
and/or façade. Reconstruction may
be allowed when the building
is structurally weak or unsafe or when it has been affected by accidental fire or any other calamity or if reconstruction is required to consume the permissible FSI and no option other
than reconstruction is available. However unless absolutely essential, nothing should
spoil or destroy any special
features or attributes for which
it is placed in the Heritage List. |
|
|||||
D.
Procedure |
|
|
|
|||||
Development permission for the changes
would be given
by the Planning Authority on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee
to be appointed by State
Government. |
Development
permission for the changes would be
given by the Planning Authority on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by State Government. |
Development permission would be given for changes by the Planning Authority on the advice
of the Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by State Government |
|
|||||
E.
Vistas/Surrounding Development. |
|
|
|
|||||
All development in areas surrounding Heritage Grade-I shall be regulated and controlled, ensuring that it does not mar the grandeur of or views from, Heritage Grade-I. |
|
|
|
|||||
11.
Composition of heritage conservation
committee for areas other than Chennai Metropolitan Area.
The Heritage
Conservation Committee shall be appointed by the State Government comprising
of:
1. |
District Collector |
Chairman |
2. |
Representative from PWD at District level |
Member |
3. |
Representative from State Archeology |
Member |
4. |
Representative from Central Archeology |
Member |
5. |
Town Planning Officer from
the concerned local |
Member |
6. |
Historian |
Member |
7. |
Conservation Architect |
Member |
8. |
Representative from
DTCP |
Member Secretary |
(a)
The Committee shall have the powers to co-opt
upto three additional members who may have related experience.
(b)
The tenure of the Chairman and Members of
other than Government Department / Local Bodies shall be three years.
(c)
The Committee already constituted for Chennai
Metropolitan Area shall continue.
Annexure – XVII
[See rule 9]
Development Prohibited or Restricted areas:
(1)
Area around Indian Air Forceor Naval Air
station:
Lands
to a depth of 100m around the boundary of the Indian Air Force stations is
prohibited for development as per the Government of India Notification.
(2)
Area around Airport or Aerodrome:
(a)
The buildings/structures in the vicinity of
civil and defence aerodromes shall conform to the regulations of the Civil
Aviation and Defence authorities concerned.
However,
latest rules, including amendments if any notified by the Directorate General
of the Civil Aviation shall be followed in all such cases of building
constructions in the vicinity of aerodromes. If the site is located within 20
kms. from the aerodromes reference point, for constructions, which rise to 30
metres or more in height, no objection certificate shall be obtained from the
Directorate General Civil Aviation. Areas within Chennai Metropolitan Area
which fall in the approach funnel, the transitional area and trough around
runways are given in the map annexed.
(b)
The area around Hill stations which are those
areas where the Tamil Nadu District Municipalities (Hill Stations) Buildng
Rules, 1993 apply, land surrounding the nuclear station notified by the
Ministry of Atomic Energy, Government of India as “Sterlised Zone”, areas in
the vicinity of reserved forests/wild life/ bird sanctuaries would be permitted
for development after taking into account the provisions in the relevant Act
and Rules.
(3)
Proximity to quarries and crushers
(a)
No subdivision or layout for building
purposes shall be made and no building for Residential, Commercial, Industrial
or Institutional or any structure for occupation shall be constructed within
500m from an existing live quarry. (If a quarry is claimed as abandoned, then a
certificate from the local body or the licensing authority concerned to that
effect shall be produced when necessary).
(b)
No subdivision or layout for building
purposes shall be made and no residential or commercial or institutional
building shall be constructed within the radius of 500m from an existing
crusher.
(c)
No crusher is permissible within a distance
of 500m. from an existing residential area.
(4)
Construction of buildings in other restricted
or prohibited areas:
Where
the site on which the building proposed to be constructed is located in the
restricted or prohibited areas such as monument zone, heritage town or any
other zone or area specified by the Central or State Government for any
restriction or prohibition, in addition to these rules, the regulations /rules
/guidelines issued by the Central or State Government from time to time for
construction of buildings in those areas shall also be followed and necessary
clearance/ permission from them shall be obtained by the applicant.
(5)
Others
SI. No. |
Description |
Minimum Requirement |
1. |
[4]Low tension power lines.- (a)
From the portion of building accessible to Persons (b)
From the portion of building inaccessible to persons |
Min. Horizontal clearance - 1.50 m Min. Vertical clearance - 4.50 m Min. Horizontal clearance - 1.25 m Min. Vertical clearance - 2.50 m |
2. |
[5]High tension power
lines.- (a)
From the portion of building accessible to persons (b)
From the portion of building inaccessible to persons |
Min. Horizontal clearance - 1.75 m Min. Vertical clearance - 4.50 m Min.
Horizontal clearance - 1.25 m Min. Vertical clearance - 2.50 m |
3. |
Cremation and burial Grounds |
30m from the cremation or
burial grounds Wherever piped water supply
syatem not availadle. |
4 |
Electric / Gasified crematorium |
For constructions around the
crematoria site, no clearance is required; however
the crematorium structure shall be constructed with a setback of minimum 10m all around
within its site. |
5 |
Railway tracks |
30
m from the railway boundary; however with clearance obtained by the applicant from the Railway authority concerned, constructions can be permitted. |
(6)
Construction of religious buildings
The
competent authority shall not entertain any building application for
construction of buildings in relation to any religious institution unless such
application is accompanied with a No Objection Certificate obtained from the
District Collector concerned.
Explanation-
For the purpose of this rule, the religious institution shall mean any temple,
math, mosque, church or any other place of worship, which is dedicated for the
benefit of or used as of right, by the public as a place of religious worship.
(7)
Constructions around the ASI notified
monuments.
(i)
In case of sites located within the distance
upto 100 m in all directions from the protected monuments as notified under the
Archaeological Monuments and Ancient Sites and Remains Act 2010, no
construction is allowed.
(ii)
For sites located within the distance of
above 100 m to 300m in all directions from the protected monuments as notified
under the Archaeological Monuments and Ancient Sites and Remains Act 2010, the
construction is allowed only after obtaining prior permission from the
competent authority under the above said act.
(8)
Defence Establishments:
In case
of sites within 500m distance from the boundary of defense areas / Military
establishments’ prior clearance of defense authority shall be obtained.
(9)
Oil / Gas Pipelines:
In
case of sites in the vicinity of Oil / gas pipelines, clearance distance and other
stipulations of the respective authority shall be complied with.
(10)
Solid Waste Dumping Yards:
No
habitable use within a distance of 30 m from the Solid Waste Dumping Yard is
allowed.
(11)
Aquifer recharge area:
The
areas, which have good aquifers and recharge potential have been declared as
aquifer recharge area. Description of the aquifer recharge area and the regulation
for developments therein are given in Appendix -A
(12)
Catchment area (only for CMA):
Redhills
and Puzhal lakes are the main sources of water supply to the Chennai city. In
order to protect this water source from the negative impacts of the urban
developments contiguous areas in the catchments of these lakes has been declared
as 'Redhills catchments area'. The description of the catchments area and
regulations for development therein is given in Appendix -B
(13)
Pallikaranai Swamp area (only for CMA):
Considering
its importance and drainage system in the area, the contiguous swamp area in
Pallikaranai has been declared for conservation as swamp area, prohibiting
development therein.
APPENDIX
-A
Regulation
for developments in the Aquifer Recharge Area
(1)
In the interest of maintaining the aquifers
in the area and to realise the full benefits of recharge into this aquifer
during precipitation, this aquifer recharge area that serve as one of the major
sources for city water supply has been declared as aquifer recharge area
restricted for development. Details of villages covered in the aquifer recharge
area are given in Map no MP-II/CMDA.10/2008 and it is bounded by city limits in
the north, CMA limits in the south, B'canal in the west and coastal line in the
east falling in the following villages:
(i)
Kottivakkam
(ii)
Palavakkam
(iii)
Neelankarai
(iv)
Okkiamthuraipakkam
(v)
Injambakkam
(vi)
Karapakkam
(vii)
Sholinganallur
(viii)
Uthandi
(2)
Parts of the Restricted Development Zone area
to a depth of 500 m from the High Tide Line of the sea and 100 m from the
Buckingham canal lie in the Coastal Regulation Zone as per the Coastal Zone Management
Plan. Developments there in shall also be subject to the Coastal Zone
Regulation notified by Government of India under the Environment (Protection)
Act, 1986 and the amendments made from time to time.
(3)
In the Restricted Development Zone, Non High
Rise upto 9m height with 6 dwelling units residential and commercial buildings,
institutional and other non High rise building shall be permitted only for the
following purposes and accessory uses.
Permissible
Deveopments.
(i)
Any Non High Rise upto 9m height with 6
dwelling units residential building including dwelling, detached,
semi-detached, tenements or flats and service apartments.
(ii)
Professional consulting offices and
incidental uses thereto occupying a floor area not exceeding 40 sq.m. and G+1
floors in height
(iii)
Schools of Commerce including Tutorial
Institutions not exceeding 100 sq.m. in floor area and G+1 floors in height
(iv)
Petty shops dealing with daily essentials
like retail sale of provisions, soft drinks, etc., tea stalls, bakery,
confectionary, retail shops, mutton stalls, milk kiosk, cycle repair shops,
tailoring shops etc. occupying a floor area not exceeding 40 sq.m. and G+1
floors in height
(v)
Nursery schools, Primary Schools, High
Schools, Higher Secondary Schools, Libraries and reading rooms.
(vi)
Parks, play grounds, farms, gardens,
nurseries, including incidental buildings thereon
(vii)
Cottage industries listed in Annexure - V
(with number of workers not exceeding 8 and electric machineries not exceeding
5 H.P.) with G+1 floors in height
(viii)
Storage of domestic cooking gas cylinders not
exceeding 300 M2 in floor area subject to the conditions prescribed in
G.O.M.sNo.329 dated 24.2.1977 viz. necessary the Applicant should obtain
clearance from the Director of Fire & Rescue Services and from the Dept. of
Explosives of the Govt. of India.
(ix)
Hostels and dormitories not exceeding 500
sq.m. in floor area and G+1 floors in height
(x)
Working women's hostel / old age homes with
G+1 floors in height
(xi)
Assembly halls, welfare institutions not
exceeding 300m2 in floor area and 18.30m in height (upto crown level in case of
leaned roofs).
(xii)
Govt./Semi Govt. Offices, Banks, Pay Offices,
Post Office, Offices of Electricity Board, Tamil Nadu Cooperative Milk
Producers Federation Limited, etc.
occupying a floor area not exceeding 300 sq.m. and G+1 floors in height
(xiii)
Daily or weekly markets serving local needs
not exceeding G+1 floors.
(xiv) Transport
depots. bus terminals and railway stations.
(xv)
Service industries serving the local needs
such as flourmills, repair shops, service workshops with installations not
exceeding 15 HP, 300m2 in floor area and G+1 floor in height.
(xvi) Public
Utility Buildings like sewage-pumping stations, water works, Fire stations,
Telephone exchanges not exceeding 18.30m in height.
(xvii) Restaurants
not exceeding 300 sq.m. in floor area with G+1 floors in height provided the
width of the abutting road is minimum 10 metres
(xviii)
Clinics, Nursing Homes, Dispensaries and
other Health facilities not exceeding 300 sq.m. in floor area with G+1 floors
in height provided the width of the abutting road is minimum 10 metres
(xix) Departmental
stores with a floor area not exceeding 100 Sq.m and with G+1 floors in height
provided the width of the abutting road is minimum 10 metres
(xx)
Fuel filling stations and service stations
with installations not exceeding 5 HP and with G+1 floors in height provided
the width of the abutting road is minimum 10 metres
(xxi) Swimming
Pools attached to residential activity in a plot.
(xxii) Air-conditioned
Cinema Theatres and open-air theatres not exceeding 18.30m in height abutting
min. 12 m wide road.
(xxiii)
Burning burial grounds, crematoria and
cemeteries.
(xxiv)
Religious buildings not exceeding 300 sq.m.
in floor area
(xxv)On plots/sites not
less than 1 Hect. in extent:
(a)
Beach cottages, hotels and tourism-based
developments as may be decided by the Authority not exceeding 18.30m in height.
(b)
Recreational activities not exceeding 18.30m.
in height
(c)
Educational, technical and research
institutions not exceeding 18.30m in height
(4)
(a) In the Natham sites, and the sites shown
as EWS Area in the Master Plan Map the activities listed as A(i) to (viii) and
B(i) to (xii) are only permissible.
(b) In
other areas, all the activities listed in (3)A and (3)B are permissible.
(c) Permissible
non-residential activity shall be limited to one in a subdivision / plot in
cases where it is a residential plot in an approved layout.
(5)
The extent of the site, plot coverage, FSI,
Set back, etc. for the developments shall be regulated as given below:
(i)
Non High Rise Buildings upto 9m height
Residential / Commercial Buildings and Other Small developments:
(1)
Non High Rise building upto 9m heigt
residential / predominantly residential, clinics, Dispensaries, Nursing homes
stated above
(2)
Working women hostels stated above
(3)
Service apartments stated above
(4)
Cottage industries (with number of workers
not exceeding 8 and electric machineries not exceeding 5 H.P.) stated above
(5)
Nursery schools, primary schools not
exceeding 300 sq.m.
(6)
Reading rooms, libraries, post office, EB
office, telegraphic office, Local body maintenance offices not exceeding 300
sq.m.
(7)
Govt., semi Govt. office stated above
(8)
Religious building stated above
|
Natham/declared EWS areas
/ EWS plots |
Other Areas |
|
Minimum plot extent |
80 sq.m. |
220 sq.m. |
|
Minimum frontage |
4.5m |
12
m |
|
Max. FSI |
1.00 |
0.80 |
|
Max. Plot coverage |
50% |
40% |
|
Max. height |
9.0m (G+1 or stilt +2 floors) |
9.0m (G+1 or stilt +2 floors) |
|
Min. set back: In accordance with the Rule 8 Where street alignment and building lines
have not been specified, it shall be as given below. |
|||
Min. Front Set Back |
1.5m |
Abutting road Width |
Min. FSB |
Upto 9m |
1.5 m |
||
Above 9m but less than 18m |
3.0 m |
||
Above 18m but less than 30.5m |
4.5 m |
||
Above 30.5 m |
6.0 m |
||
SSB |
Nil |
2m
on either side |
|
RSB |
Nil |
2m |
Note:
(a)
Other parameters such as Parking, width of corridor
etc shall be regulated as provided elsewhere in these rules.
(b)
For New Sub-divisions and layouts, plot
extent and frontage shall be minimum as prescribed above.
(c)
In cases of earlier approved layout plots or
approved sites, it shall be as per the approved layout plan or approved site
plan and no further sub division shall be allowed or recognised after the date
of coming into force of these rule unless it satisfies the regulations
applicable for development in Restricted Development Zone. Further even in such
approved layout plots or approved sites construction for which permissions
sought shall comply with these rules applicable for developments in RDZ.
(d)
In the rear set back of residential premises
structures like lavatory, lumber room, garage, etc. not intended for human
habitation and servant quarters may be permitted provided that such structures
do not occupy more than one-third of the rear width of the site and 6 m from
the rear boundary; provided further that the height of such structures do not
exceed 4 m measured from the ground level of the site.
(ii)
Other large institutional developments such
as Religious Buildings, Higher Educational, Technical and Research Institutions
shall be regulated with reference to the planning parameters given in rule 37
subject to a maximum FSI of 0.80 and maximum plot coverage of 40%. Assembly
halls and other assembly buildings /places of public assembly shall have
minimum set back of 6m all around.
(iii)
Service industries stated in (3) (xiv) above
shall be regulated with reference to the planning parameters given in rule 36 subject
to maximum FSI of 0.80 and maximum plot coverage of 40 %.
(iv)
Beach cottages, hotels, tourism based developments
and recreational activities stated in sub rule (3) (xxv) (a) and (b) and also
daily or weekly markets and other commercial activities stated above shall be
regulated with reference to planning parameters given in rule 35, subject to a
maximum FSI of 0.80 and maximum plot coverage of 40%.
(6)
The laying out and sub division /
amalgamation/reconstitution of land for building purposes shall be carried out
in accordance with the provisions specified in rule 47 subject to minimum plot
extent and frontage as specified above. No new subdivision or layout shall
obstruct the access to beach by general public and the developers shall provide
access of adequate width to beach when such developments are made
(7)
Rain water harvesting – (a) Within the site
major part of the area which is not covered by the buildings / structures shall
not be paved and it shall be maintained as green space with proper rain water
harvesting provisions allowing the storm water collected during precipitation
percolates below and recharge the aquifer.
(b) Any
direction / instruction given by the approving authority in the matter of
preservation of the aquifer recharge shall be carried out by the applicant,
land owners, buyers, developers. If any direction / instruction is not carried
out, action may be taken by the approving authorities to carry out the work and
the expenditure incurred for that work shall be collected from those who failed
to carry out the direction / instruction as if it is an arrear of land revenue
by the authority concerned or by the Taluk Tahsildar.
(c) Any
failure to carry out the direction / instruction or fulfill the condition shall
be the sufficient ground for ordering for discontinuance of the activity in the
premises.
(8)
The sewage disposal system within the
premises shall be so designed not to pollute the aquifer.
APPENDIX B
Regulations for Redhills catchment area
(1)
In the interest of maintaining the Redhills
and Puzhal lakes catchments area free from possible contamination and to
realise the full benefits of surface run off during precipitation the areas in
the catchment of these lakes which serve as the major source for city water
supply has been declared as Redhills catchment area restricted for development.
(2)
Details of the villages covered under the
catchment area are given in the Map No. MP-II/CMDA.11/2008 and the villages
list is given below:
(1)
Attanthangal
(2)
Pammadukulam
(3)
Pothur
(4)
Vellanur
(5)
Morai
(6)
Pulikutti
(7)
Tenambakkam
(8)
Arakkambakkam
(9)
Pandeswaram
(10)
Melpakkam
(11)
Kadavur
(12)
Karlambakkam
(13)
Kilkondaiyur
(14)
Alathur
(15)
Vellacheri
(16)
Pakkam
(17)
Palavedu
(18)
Mittanamallee
(19)
Muktha pudupattu
(20)
Kovil padagai
(21)
Vijayanallur
(22)
Palaya Erumaivetti palayam
(23)
Alamadi
(24)
Thirumullaivoyal (Part) - (All S.Nos. north
of M.T.H. Road)
(25)
Nallur (Part) - (All S.Nos. west of G.N.T.
Road)
(26)
Oragadam (Part) - (All S.Nos. north of
Ambattur Redhills Road)
(27)
Padianallur (Part) - (All S.Nos. west of
G.N.T. Road)
(3)
In the areas zoned as Primary Residential use
zone and Mixed Residential use zone, Industrial use zone (covering the existing
industries of National importance) and the areas covered in approved layouts,
and areas reserved for commercial exploitation within 122 m. (400 ft.) wide
ORR, developments are allowable subject to satisfying zoning regulations and
planning parameters prescribed in these rules.
(4)
Other use zone classifications such as
commercial use zone and Institutional use zone etc have not been made in these
villages specifically for prohibition of such activities in this catchment
area. Existing authorised activities may continue without expansion or
enlargement.
(5)
Contiguous Government lands in these areas
are deemed to have been zoned for Open space and Recreational use zone for
developing social forestry.
(6)
No lands shall be reclassified into any urban
use zone.
Annexure
– XVIII
[See rule 33]
Zoning Regulations
Residential
use zone
(1)
In this zone buildings or premises shall be
permitted only for the following purposes and accessory uses. Permissible
non-residential activity shall be limited to one in a sub-division.
(i)
Any residence including dwelling, detached,
semi-detached, tenements or flats and service apartments.
(ii)
Professional consulting offices and
incidental uses thereto occupying a floor area not exceeding 40 sq.m.
(iii)
Nursery schools, Primary Schools, High
Schools, Higher Secondary Schools, Libraries and reading rooms.
(iv)
Parks, play grounds, farms, gardens,
nurseries, including incidental buildings thereon.
(v)
Cottage industries listed in G.O.Ps.Nos.565
and 566 dated 12.3.1962 as amended and indicated in Annexure - V, with number
of workers not exceeding 8 and electric machineries not exceeding 5 H.P.
(vi)
Installation of Motor for pumping water, Air
conditioning, Lifts, Solar Heaters, Dish Antennas, etc.
(vii)
Storage of domestic cooking gas cylinders
subject to the conditions prescribed in G.O.M.sNo.329 dated 24.2.1977 viz. the
applicant should obtain necessary clearance from the Director of Fire and
Rescue Services and from the Dept. of Explosives of the Govt. of India.
(viii)
Working women hostels, old age homes
(ix)
Professional consulting offices, Schools of
Commerce including Tutorial Institutions, Govt./Semi Govt. Offices, Banks, Pay
Offices, Post Office, Offices of Electricity Board, Chennai City Corporation,
Tamil Nadu Cooperative Milk Producers Federation Limited, etc. occupying a
floor area not exceeding 300 sq.m.
(x)
Public Utility Buildings like sewage pumping
stations, water works, Fire stations, Telephone exchanges.
(xi)
Swimming Pool attached to residential
activity in a plot.
(xii)
Daily or weekly markets serving local needs.
(xiii)
Transport depots, Bus Terminus and Railway
Stations.
(xiv) Burning,
Burial grounds, crematoria and cemeteries.
(xv)
Air-conditioned Cinema Theatres abutting min.
12 m wide road.
(xvi) Banks
and Safe Deposit Vaults, Business Office and other Commercial or Financial
Institutions occupying floor area not exceeding 500 sq.m. provided the width of
the abutting road is minimum 10m.
(xvii) Hotels,
Restaurants occupying a floor area not exceeding 500 sq.m.
(xviii)
Hostels, Dormitories, Boarding and Lodging
houses and Welfare Institutions occupying a floor area not exceeding 500 sq.m.
(xix) Clinics,
Hospitals, Dispensaries, Nursing Homes and other Health facilities occupying a
floor area not exceeding 500 sq.m. provided the width of the abutting road is
minimum 10m.
(xx)
Establishments and shops retailing in
vegetables, fruits, flowers, fish, meat and such other daily necessities of the
residents, including provisions, soft drinks, newspapers, tea stalls, milk
kiosks, cycle repair shops, internet / computer centres, ATMs etc. departmental
stores occupying floor area not exceeding 500 sq.m. or organized markets.
(xxi) Bakeries,
Confectionaries, Laundries, tailoring, Goldsmith shops, hairdressing saloons
occupying floor area not exceeding 500 sq.m.
(xxii) Fuel
filling stations, and automobile service stations with installation not
exceeding 30 HP.
(xxiii)
Industries listed by the Tamil Nadu Pollution
Control Board as ‘Green’ Industries listed in Annexure - VI and subject to
maximum installation of 30 HP.
(xxiv)
Taxi stands and car parking including
multilevel parking
(xxv)Automobile workshop
with floor area not exceeding 300 sq.m and electrical installations not
exceeding 15 H.P.
(xxvi)
Religious buildings and welfare institutions
occupying a floor area not exceeding 500 sq.m.
(2)
All uses/activities not specifically
mentioned under sub-regulations (1) above shall be prohibited in this zone.
Commercial
use zone
(1)
In this zone, buildings or premises shall be
permitted only for the following purposes and accessory uses:
(i)
All activities that is permissible in
Residential Zone without restriction of floor area (except industries)
(ii)
All commercial and business uses including
all shops, stores, markets, shopping centers and uses connected with the
display and retail sale of merchandise but excluding explosives, obnoxious
products and other materials likely to cause health hazards and danger to
lives.
(iii)
Fuel filling stations, automobile service
stations and workshops with installation not exceeding 50 HP.
(iv)
Industries listed out by the Tamil Nadu
Pollution Control Board as “Green” Industries listed in Annexure - VI and as
“Orange Industries” listed in Annexure - VII subject to a maximum installation
of 50 HP.
(v)
Research, Experimental and Testing
laboratories not involving danger of fire, explosives or health hazards.
(vi)
Warehouses and other uses connected with
storage of wholesale trade in commodities not notified under the Specified
Commodity Act, but excluding storage of explosives or products which are either
obnoxious or likely to cause health hazards.
(vii)
Buildings for development of software and its
associated computer technology applications, IT Parks.
(viii)
Broadcasting, telecasting and
telecommunication stations.
(ix)
Helipads subject to clearance by Civil
Aviation department, Directorate of Fire and Rescue Services and police
department.
(x)
Manufacture of computer hardware
(xi)
Preview theatres and dubbing theatres.
(xii)
Colleges, higher educational, technical and
research institutions.
(xiii)
Foreign Missions, Embassies and Consulates.
(xiv) Air-conditioned
Cinema Theatres along roads of width min. 12 m and Assembly Halls and Kalyana
Mandapams along roads of width min. 15 m and Multiplex / Malls along roads of
width min. 18m.
(2)
All uses/activities not specifically
mentioned under sub-regulations (1) shall be prohibited.
Industrial
use zone
(1)
In this zone, buildings or premises shall be
permitted only for the following purposes and accessory uses:
(i)
In approved layouts residential, commercial,
institutional and other activities as designated therein.
(ii)
Using electrical H.P or with employees not
exceeding 100 in number but excluding industries of obnoxious and hazardous
nature by reasons of odour, effluent, dust, smoke, gas, vibration or other wise
likely to cause danger or nuisance to public health or amenity.
(iii)
Residential buildings for security and other
essential staff required to be maintained in the premises.
(iv)
All use permissible in Residential and
commercial use zones
(v)
Storage of petroleum timber and explosives
and inflammable and dangerous materials
(vi)
All industries (without restrictions of H.P
or floor area or number of workers) except those industries listed under as Red
category in Annexure of these regulations.
(vii)
Container terminals (at sites abutting or
gaining access from minimum 18 metre wide public road)
(2)
All uses not specifically mentioned under
sub-regulations (1) shall be prohibited in this zone.
Special and Hazardous Industrial use zone
(1)
In this zone buildings or premises shall be
permitted only for the following uses and accessory uses:
(i)
All Industrial activities permissible in
Industrial zone
(ii)
All special and hazardous industries
(classified as 'Red' by the Tamil Nadu Pollution Control Board) without
restriction of Horse Power that are likely to be dangerous to human life or
health or amenity, but sufficient precaution to the satisfaction of the TNPC
Board have been taken to eliminate noxious or dangerous effluents and to
alleviate danger to human life or health or amenity (Annexure - VIII).
(iii)
Uses involving storage, handling and other
uses, incidental to such industries.
(iv)
Residential, commercial, Institutional and
recreational uses incidental to the uses listed above.
(2)
All uses not specifically mentioned under
sub-regulations (1) above shall be prohibited.
Institutional use zone
(1)
In this zone buildings or premises shall be
permitted only for the following purposes and accessory uses:
(i)
Educational institutions including colleges
and institutions of higher education, research, technical and training in
nature.
(ii)
Govt. and quasi Govt. offices and
institutions
(iii)
Professional and business offices
(iv)
Art galleries, Archives, Museums, Public
Libraries, Social and Cultural Institutions and Religious buildings.
(v)
Hospitals, Sanatoria, and other medical and
public health institutions.
(vi)
Parks, Play fields, Swimming pools and other
public and Semi public open spaces.
(vii)
Broadcasting, telecasting, installations and
Weather stations.
(viii)
Public utilities, municipal and community
facilities.
(ix)
Nursery, Primary and Secondary Schools.
(x)
Social and Cultural Institutions including
Sabhas.
(xi)
Residential and commercial spaces not
exceeding 500 sq.m.permissible in this use zone.
(xii)
Transport terminals, bus and railway
stations, Airport, Harbour, and parking lots including multilevel parking lots
(xiii)
Cinema theatres and others entertainment
centres and Kalyana mandapams.
(xiv) Clubs,
community halls, Assembly halls, Auditoriums and Theatres
(xv)
Sports stadium, Recreation Complexes,
Exhibition, Fares.
(xvi) Burial
Ground, Burning Ground, Cemeteries, crematoria
(xvii) Buildings
for development of software and its associated computer technology applications
I.T.Parks
(xviii)
Manufacture of computer hardware
(xix) Bio-
informatics centres.
(xx)
Container terminals at sites abutting and
gaining access from public roads of width minimum 18 metres
(xxi) Foreign
mission, Embassies, Consulates
(xxii) All
public and semi public recreational uses and open spaces, parks and play
grounds, zoological and botanical gardens, nurseries, waterfront developments,
museums and memorials.
(xxiii)
Theme parks and amusement parks
(xxiv)
Open Air Theatre, Exhibitions, Circuses,
Fairs and Festival grounds, public utilities.
(xxv)Installations that
may be necessary for the uses mentioned above.
(xxvi)
Installations that may be necessary for the
uses mentioned above.
(2)
All uses not specifically mentioned under sub
regulations (1) shall be prohibited.
Note:
In
the rest of the state, areas zoned for public and semi public use zone and
educational use zone shall be equated to institutional use zone and the activities
shall be regulated accordingly.
Open
Space and Recreational use zone (only in CMA)
(1)
In this zone buildings or premises shall be
permitted for the following purposes and accessory uses:
(i)
All public and semi public recreational uses
and open spaces, parks and play grounds, zoological and botanical gardens,
nurseries, waterfront developments, museums and memorials.
(ii)
Theme parks and amusement parks
(iii)
Open Air Theatre, Exhibitions, Circuses,
Fairs and Festival grounds, public utilities.
(iv)
Burial and burning grounds or crematoria.
(v)
Incidental residential uses for essential
staff required to be maintained in the premises.
(vi)
Incidental commercial uses
(vii)
Hotels and restaurants not exceeding 300
sq.m.
(viii)
Beach cottages each not exceeding 100 sq.m.
in floor area and 7.5 m in height.
(ix)
Sports stadia and recreational complexes.
(x)
Installations that may be necessary for the
uses mentioned above.
(2)
All uses not specifically mentioned in sub
regulations (1) shall be prohibited.
Urbanisable use zone (only in CMA)
(1)
In this use zone, buildings or premises shall
be permitted for the following purposes and accessory uses.
(i)
All uses permissible in commercial and
institutional use zones
(ii)
All industries with installations not
exceeding 200 H.P and permissible in industrial use zone
(2)
All uses not specifically mentioned in sub
regulations (1) shall be prohibited.
Non-Urban use zone(only in CMA)
(1)
In the Non-Urban use zone, buildings or
premises shall be permitted for the following purposes and accessory uses:
(i)
All Agriculture uses
(ii)
Burning, Burial grounds, crematoria and
cemeteries
(iii)
Salt pans and salt manufacturing.
(iv)
Brick, earthen tile or pottery manufacturing.
(v)
Stone crushing and quarrying.
(vi)
Sand, clay and gravel quarrying.
(vii)
Installation of electrical motors not
exceeding 50 HP that may be required for the uses mentioned above.
(viii)
Incidental residential uses
(2)
All uses not specifically mentioned in sub
regulations (1) shall be prohibited.
Agricultural use zone:
(1)
In the Agricultural use zone buildings or
premises shall be normally permitted for the following purpose and accessory
uses:
A.
Normally permissible uses:
(i)
All Agricultural uses.
(ii)
Farm houses and buildings for agricultural
activities.
(iii)
All the uses permissible in the residential
use zone within the natham boundaries (settlements)
(iv)
Dairy and cattle farms
(v)
Piggeries and poultry farms
(vi)
Forestry
(vii)
Storing and drying of fertilizers
(viii)
Installation of electric machinery of not
exceeding 15 horse power may be allowed for the uses mentioned above.
(ix)
Sewage farms and garbage dumping sites.
(x)
Mills for grinding, hulling, etc. of cereals,
pulses, food grains and oil seeds provided the site has proper access and
installations do not exceed 50 H.P.
(xi)
Burning and Burial grounds, Crematoria and
Cemeteries.
(2)
All uses not specifically mentioned in sub
regulations (1) shall be prohibited.
Annexure
– XIX
[See rule 39]
Areas
set apart for High Rise Buildings in Chennai Metropolitan Planning Area
High Rise Buildings are permissible in the Chennai Metropolitan Area excluding
the following areas: -
(a)
Area bounded by two arms of Cooum river
starting near Park Station to the mouth of Cooum river (Napier Bridge)
generally known as Island Grounds.
(b)
Aquifer Recharge Area bounded in
the North by Thiruvanmiyur Village the East by Bay of Bengal
the West by Buckingham Canal
the South by Chennai Metropolitan Area boundary
(c)
Redhills Catchments Area stated in the
regulation no. 24 (2) (c)
Annexure – XX
[See rule 61]
Swimming Pool and Pool
1. Definitions.
(1)
In this rules, unless the context otherwise
requires
(i)
“Executive Authority” means the Commissioner
of a Municipal Corporation or a Municipality or the Executive Officer of a
Municipality or a Town Panchayat, as the case may be;
(ii)
“Urban Local Body” means a Municipal
Corporation, Municipality or Town Panchayat in the State;
(iii)
“Appurtenance” means an accessory facility or
feature at a swimming pool;
(iv)
“Bather Load” means the maximum number of
persons that may be allowed in the pool area at one time without creating undue
health or safety hazards;
(v)
“Competent Authority” means the
Member-Secretary of Composite Local Planning Authority or the Member-Secretary
of New Town Development Authority or Regional Deputy Director of Town and
Country Planning or Regional Assistant Director of Town and Country Planning or
the Member Secretary of Chennai Metropolitan Development Authority, as the case
may be;
(vi)
“Committee” means the Committee constituted
under rule 4 to examine and consider the issue ‘No Objection Certificate’ to
use a swimming pool;
(vii)
“Deep Area” means an area of a swimming pool
in which the water depth exceeds 1.5 metre;
(viii)
“Diving Pool” means a pool designed and
intended exclusively for diving;
(ix)
“Form” means a Form appended to these Rules;
(x)
“Inlet” means an opening or fitting through which
filtered water enters the pool;
(xi)
“Inspecting Authority” means -
(a)
The Commissioner of Police, Chennai City in
respect of Chennai Metropolitan Area;
(b)
The District Collector concerned in respect
of districts, except Chennai Metropolitan Area;
(c)
Regional Senior Manager, Sports Development
Authority of Tamil Nadu (SDAT);
(d)
Joint Director, Public Health and Preventive
Medicine Department of every District or area concerned;
(e)
Divisional Officer (Fire and Rescue Services)
of the respective District or area concerned;
(f)
Member-Secretary of composite local planning
authority / Member- Secretary of new town development authority/ Regional
Deputy Director of Town and Country Planning/ Regional Assistant Director of
Town and Country Planning of the area concerned;
(g)
Member Secretary of Chennai Metropolitan
Development Authority in respect of Chennai Metropolitan Area;
(h)
Executive Engineer, Tamil Nadu Water Supply
and Drainage Board in the respective area except Chennai Metropolitan Area;
(i)
Executive Engineer, Metro Water in respect of
Chennai Metropolitan area;
(j)
Joint Director in the office of the
Directorate of School Education of the concerned area;
(k)
The Joint Director of Collegiate Education in
the office of the Collegiate Education of the concerned area;
(l)
The Executive Engineer, Public Works
Department of the area concerned, in respect of swimming pools with a diving
board.
(xii)
“Main Drain” means the outlet or outlets in
the floor of the swimming pool;
(xiii)
“Make-up Water” means the water added to a
pool to replace the water which is lost;
(xiv) “No
Objection Certificate” means a certificate to be issued to operate swimming
pool;
(xv)
“Pool Depth” means the vertical distance
between the pool floor and the water level;
(xvi) “Pool
manager” means the person entirely responsible for the actual daily operation,
or for the supervision of the operation of a swimming pool;
(xvii) “Shallow
Area” means an area in a swimming pool, in which the water depth does not
exceed 1.5 m at any point;
(xviii)
“Skimmer” means a mechanical device connected
to the recirculation piping which is used to skim the pool surface;
(xix) “Swimming
Pool or Pool” means an artificial body of water having the water surface area
of 7.0 square metre or more and having water depth of 0.6 metre or more used by
an individual or collectively by a number of individuals primarily for the
purpose of swimming and includes related equipment, structures, areas, and
enclosures intended for the use of individuals using or operating the swimming
pool such as equipment, dressing booth, locker, shower and bath rooms;
(xx)
“Swimming pool in-ground” means any pool
whose sides rest in partial or full contact with the natural ground; and
(xxi) “Swimming
pool on-ground or suspended pool” means any pool whose sides rest fully above
the natural ground;
(xxii) Public
Swimming Pool: The Swimming Pool in schools, amusement parks of public
congregation, hotels and similar places
(xxiii)
Residential Swimming Pool: The Swimming Pool
in Residential Complex
(xxiv)
“Transition Point” means a location in a
shallow area of a swimming pool where an area, having a floor slope of not more
than 30 cm vertical in 3.65 m horizontal, adjoins an area where the floor slope
exceeds one in 12;
(xxv)“Turnover Period”
means the time required to re-circulate a volume of water equivalent to the
water volume of the pool through the filtration system;
(xxvi)
“Water Level” means the level of the overflow
lip of a perimeter overflow system or the midlevel of surge weirs, if present,
or the mid-level of the skimmer operating range;
(xxvii)
“Zero-Depth Edge” means that portion of the
perimeter of a zero-depth pool where the pool floor intersects the pool water
surface; and
(xxviii) “Zero-Depth
Pool” means a swimming pool where the pool floor intersects the water surface
along a portion of its perimeter.
(2)
Words and expressions used, but not defined
in these rules shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in the
Acts.
2. Application for Permission
for Construction and Operation of a Swimming Pool.
(1)
Every owner or occupier of a land, who
intends to construct a swimming pool therein, shall submit application to the
Executive Authority. competent authority depending upon the development, for
construction of swimming pool along with the planning permission application
itself. Only after obtaining the necessary permissions the applicant shall
begin the construction of the swimming pool.
(2)
After completion of the construction of the
residential swimming pool along with the building, the owner or occupier shall
submit an application for issue of completion certificate for entire premises .
There is no separate requisition for issue of NoC for Residential Swimming Pool
to operate.
(3)
After completion of the construction of the
public swimming pool, the owner or occupier of the public swimming pool shall
submit a completion report together with an application in Form-IV to the
Executive Authority for grant of permission to operate the swimming pool. The
application in Form-IV shall be submitted along with an affidavit in a
non-judicial stamp paper for Rs.100/- in Form V.
(4)
The Executive Authority, shall, on receipt of
completion report and the application in Form-IV from the owner or occupier,
submit the same before the Committee for its consideration to issue ‘No
Objection Certificate’. On receipt of recommendation of the Committee, the
Executive Authority shall either grant permission to operate the public
swimming pool in Form VI or refuse to grant permission for reasons to be given
in writing. The owner or occupier shall operate the swimming pool only after
grant of permission in Form VI.
3. Committee.
(1)
There shall be a Committee in each district
and in the Chennai Metropolitan area for the purpose of issuing No Objection
Certificate to operate a swimming pool.
(2)
The Chairman of the Committee shall be the
Commissioner of Police, Chennai City in respect of Chennai Metropolitan Area
and the District Collector concerned in respect of other districts.
(3)
Each Committee shall consist of the following
members, namely:-
(i)
Regional Senior Manager, Sports Development
Authority of Tamil Nadu (SDAT);
(ii)
Joint Director, Public Health and Preventive
Medicine Department of the Local Body concerned;
(iii)
Divisional Officer (Fire and Rescue
Services);
(iv)
Executive Authority of the local body
concerned in which the swimming pool is constructed–Convener;
(v)
Member Secretary of the composite local
planning authority/Member- Secretary of the new town development authority/
Regional Deputy Director of Town and Country Planning/ Regional Assistant
Director of Town and Country Planning/ Member-Secretary of Chennai Metropolitan
Development Authority, as the case may be, in which the swimming pool is
constructed;
(vi)
Executive Engineer, Metro Water in respect of
Chennai Metropolitan area and the Executive Engineer, Tamil Nadu Water Supply
and Drainage Board in respect of other areas:
Provided
that the Joint Director, Office of the Directorate of School Education
Department concerned shall be a member of the Committee in respect of swimming
pools in schools and the Joint Director, Office of the Collegiate Education
concerned shall be a member of the committee in respect of swimming pools in
Colleges and Universities:
Provided
further that the Executive Engineer, Public Works Department of the area
concerned shall be a member of the Committee in respect of swimming pools with
a diving board.
(4)
The committee shall meet at least once in a
month so as to consider the issue of No Objection Certificate, to operate the
swimming pools. The members of the Committee shall inspect the swimming pool
before giving their recommendations in writing to the Chairman of the
Committee.
(5)
The Chairman of the Committee shall issue or
refuse to issue a No Objection Certificate to operate the swimming pool based
on the recommendations of the members of the Committee. Where the Chairman of
the Committee refuses to issue No Objection Certificate, he shall give reasons
in writing for such refusal.
4. Inspection of Swimming Pool.
Regular
and random inspections of swimming pools shall be carried out by the Executive
Authority and the Inspecting Authority. If the Executive Authority finds out
any defects in a swimming pool during such inspection, he shall issue a show
cause notice to the owner or occupier of that swimming pool and he may also
specify a period within which the defects are to be rectified. The reply to the
show cause notice shall be submitted within seven days from the date of receipt
of the notice or within the time prescribed, if any, in the show cause notice.
The Executive Authority may order suspension of usage of the swimming pool even
before the receipt of the reply for the show cause notice. He may also suspend
the usage of the swimming pool, if the defects pointed out in the show cause
notice are not rectified within the time given in the notice or on the advice
of the inspection Authority. If the inspection carried out by any Inspecting
Authority reveals any defects, he shall intimate the same to the Executive
Authority immediately and the Executive Authority shall take further action as
prescribed above. After rectification of the defects, the Executive Authority
may allow operation of the swimming pool after getting the report from the
respective Inspecting Authority The defects shall be categorized as
construction and Civil wrk, water Quality (Health & Sanitation) and Fire
& Rescue Safety.
5. Appeal.
Any
person aggrieved by the order of the Executive Authority / Competent Authority
under clause (b) of sub-rule (2) of rule 3 or sub-rule (4) of rule 3 shall make
an appeal to the Secretary to Government, Housing and Urban Development
Department within a period of thirty days from the date of receipt of the
order. The decision on order of the revisionary authority shall be final.
6. General provision for penalty,
punishment of offences.
whoever
contravenes any of the provisions of these rules, shall be imposed with a
penalty of Rs.100 shall be levied. If such contravention of rules is repeated
by the owner or occupier of the swimming pool, the usage of the pool shall be suspended
by the Executive Authority immediately on its notice till the violation is
rectified.
7. Existing Swimming Pool.
In respect
of existing swimming pools for which approvals are issued prior to 07.07.2015 there
is no requirement of obtaining a separate NoC for operation of swimming pool.
8. Dimensions.
(1)
A Swimming pool may be of any shape and of
any dimension. However, in case of swimming pools in Educational Institutions,
their dimensions and shape shall be as mentioned below:-
(a)
The shape shall be rectangular only; and
(b)
The dimensions shall be:-
(i)
category-I: 50m x 25m;
(ii)
category-II: 25m x 16m;
(iii)
category-III: 15m x 10m; or
(iv)
category-IV: 10m x 6m.
(2)
In case, a pool is designed to have zero
depth edge, the transition from shallow to zero depth should be a distance over
and above the minimum pool dimension.
9. Structure.
(1)
In case of educational institutions, there
shall be swimming pool-in ground only and there shall be no pool-on ground or
suspended pool.
(2)
The prospective New Swimming Pool shall be so
designed that it shall withstand all anticipated hydraulic structural loadings
for both full and empty conditions. All appurtenances to the pool, such as
diving boards and slides, shall be designed to carry the anticipated load. Any
obstruction creating a safety hazard shall not extend into or above the pool
and shall not protrude from the floor of the pool. The water spread area of the
swimming pool should not be used for any purpose other than bathing or
swimming. Designers shall refer Industrial Standard Code 6494:1988 for
providing the guidance on the procedures and the precautions to be taken during
construction of swimming pool to ensure the water tightness of the structure.
The design of the pool shall be certified by a structural engineer. The
location of the pool shall be easily accessible for emergency vehicles. In case
of pools in amusement parks, an exclusive drive way of minimum width of 3.5m from
a public road shall be made available without any obstruction up to a distance
of at least 30m from the swimming pool.
10. Material.
Any
suitable material which is non-toxic and provide a rigid watertight shell with
a smooth, impervious, light colored finish shall be used to construct the pool.
The floor of shallow areas shall have a slip-resistant finish. Sand or earth
shall not be permitted to be used as an interior finish in a swimming pool.
11. Floor slopes.
Slope
of the floor of the pool shall be made downward toward the main drain. All
slopes should be uniform. The slope in shallow areas shall not exceed 30 cm
vertical in 3.6m horizontal except for a slope directed downward from a
transition point, which shall not exceed 30cm vertical in 1m horizontal. In
portions of the pool with a depth greater than 1.5 m, the front slope of the
deep area shall not be steeper than 30 cm in 1 m. The slope requirements of a
pool floor are illustrated in the figure given in Annexure - I.
12. Transition point.
Transition
points shall be marked with a stripe on the pool floor having a width of at
least 10 cm and a color that contrasts with that of the floor, and with a
buoyed safety rope with colored buoys, installed at least 30 cm on the shallow
side from the transition point. In other pools having adjoining shallow and
deep areas, a safety rope with colored buoys shall be installed where the water
depth reaches 1.5 m.
13. Pool walls.
(1)
Where the pool depth is 1 m or less, pool
walls shall be vertical to the floor and the junction of the wall with the
floor shall consist of a cove with a radius not exceeding 15 cm. Where the pool
depth exceeds 1 m, pool walls shall meet one of the following criteria:-
(a)
The wall shall be vertical for a distance of
at least 1.5 m below the water level, below which the wall may angle to the
floor; or
(b)
The wall shall be vertical for a distance of
at least 1 m below the water level, below which the wall shall form a curve to
the floor. The curve shall be tangent to the pool wall and shall have a radius
of curvature at least equal to the vertical distance between the centre of
curvature and the pool floor.
(2)
All junctions between pool walls and the pool
floor, shall be coved with a minimum radius of 25 mm.
14. Water depth.
Water
depth at the shallow end of the swimming pool shall be 106 cm for all
categories of the pools, whereas, the deeper end shall not be more than 167 cm.
In case of educational institutions, the deeper end of the pools shall not be
more than 167 cm for category I and II pools and shall not be more than 152 cm
for category III and IV pools, referred to in clause (b) of sub-rule (1) of
rule 10.
15. Walkways and deck areas.
(1)
Pools shall have deck that is at least 3 m in
width on the larger side of the pools. There shall be no obstructions or
interruptions of the pool deck within the 3m width other than necessary
structural supports, or appurtenances such as perimeter overflow systems,
starting blocks, handrails, stand having life jackets, stand for life guard
etc. A clear, unobstructed walkway of at least 1.1 m in width shall be
maintained at the place of such obstructions or interruptions. The walkway and
deck area shall have a setback of atleast 1.5 m on the larger side of the pool.
There shall be no obstructions or interruptions of the setback space within the
3m adjacent to the deck. The setback space shall have a level difference of not
less than 10 cm and not more than 15 cm below the level of the deck area. In
case of swimming pools in single dwelling unit, the minimum requirement is 1m
wide deck area around the pool and the deck area shall have a setback of at
least 1m from any adjacent structure or boundary of the site.
(1)
Structural supports located within the minimum
required deck width or within 3m of the swimming pool shall be no closer than 3
m apart measured parallel to the adjacent perimeter of the pool, with the
dimension of any single support in a plane parallel to the adjacent pool perimeter
not greater than 1 m and the sum of all such support dimensions no greater than
10 per cent of the pool perimeter.
(2)
The deck between two adjacent swimming pools
shall be at least 6m wide. All decks and walkways shall have an unobstructed
overhead clearance of at least 2m.
(3)
Synthetic material having the following
criteria shall be used for deck coverings:-
(i)
Non-fibrous material which allows drainage
and will not remain wet or retain moisture;
(ii)
Inert material, which will not support
bacterial or fungal growth;
(iii)
Durable;
(iv)
Cleanable; and
(v)
Provides a slip-resistant finish.
(4)
The decks and walkways shall have a paved
surface. The surface of the pool deck and other surfaces used for foot contact,
such as gratings of perimeter overflow systems, shall be slip-resistant.
16. Ladders, Step-Holes,
Steps and Ramps.
(1)
The New Swimming pool shall have at least two
means of egress, located near opposite ends. A means of egress shall consist of
a ladder, step-holes and grab rails, stair, ramp, or zero-depth edge. Pools of
9 m or more in width shall have at least four means of egress that shall be
located near each end and on opposite sides. The distance from any point with a
depth greater than 76cm in the swimming pool to a means of egress shall not
exceed 15 m. At least two ladders or sets of step-holes shall be located at the
deep area of the swimming pool.
(1)
Step-holes shall have a minimum tread depth
of 12 cm. Where step-holes or ladders are provided, there shall be a handrail
or grabrail at the top on both sides which extends to the edge of the pool.
(2)
Steps shall be of contrasting color or marked
to contrast from the pool floor and have uniform size treads of at least 30 cm
and a rise of not more than 23 cm. Steps shall be located where the water depth
is 1.4 m or less and shall have no pointed or sharp edges. One sturdy handrail
or grabrail per 4 m of step width or fraction thereof, extending the length of
the steps shall be provided. In case of category – IV swimming pool of
educational institutions, the overall dimension of the steps shall be over and
above the required 10 m of minimum length of the pool.
(3)
All ladders, step-holes and steps shall have
slip-resistant surfaces and provisions may be made for the use of physically
challenged persons also.
(4)
Slope of the ramp shall not be more than one
in twelve. Ramp shall have a slip- resistant surface; handrails on both sides
and its width shall not be more than 1.4 m.
17. Diving Area.
(1)
No diving board shall be permitted in pools
of educational institutions and single dwelling units.
(i)
The dimensions of the diving area of a pool
that has diving boards or platforms of three metre or less in height shall
conform to those shown in the figure in Annexure - II. In such pools, the
distance from the plummet to the pool wall ahead shall be at least 11 m.
(ii)
Swimming pools with the diving, facilities in
excess of three meters in height shall comply with dimensions illustrated in
the figure in Annexure – III and the Table there under. If the pool is used for
swimming as well as diving, then transition slope from the deep to the shallow
end shall not be steeper than one in three.
(iii)
There shall be no obstruction extending from
the wall or the floor into the clear area of the diving portion of the pool.
There shall be an unobstructed distance of 5 m above the diving board measured
from the centre of the front end of the board and this clearance shall extend
at least 2.5 m behind, 2.5 m to each side, and 5 m ahead of the measuring
point.
(iv)
Handrails shall be provided at all steps and ladders
leading to diving boards. Platforms and diving boards which are one metre or
higher shall be protected with guard railings. One metre diving board guard
rails shall be at least 76 cm above the diving board and extend to the pool
water’s edge. All platforms or diving boards higher than one metre shall have guard
rails which are at least 76 cm above the diving board or platform and extend to
the pool water’s edge. Three metre platforms and boards shall have a side rail
barrier.
18. Starting Platforms.
Starting
Platforms shall be located in the deck area in the deep side of the pool.
Starting Platform shall be from 0.50 m to 0.75 m above the surface of water.
The maximum height of the platform above the water shall be 0.75 m where the
water depth is 1.2 m or greater and 0.50 m when the water depth is less than
1.2 m. The surface area of each platform shall be 0.5m x 0.5 m with a maximum
slope of not more than 100. Surface of each block shall be covered with
non-slip material and with back stroke hand grip facility.
19. Electrical Installation
– Lighting.
(1)
Artificial external lighting shall be
provided at all indoor and outdoor pools that are open for use after sunset
which shall be atleast 33.5 lumens or 2.2 watts per square metre of pool water
surface area and deck area. There shall be a provision for emergency lighting,
in case of failure of routine source of power. The emergency lighting shall be
atleast half of the prescribed artificial external lighting i.e., 16.75 lumens
or 1.1 watts per square metre of pool water surface area and deck area. The
pool shall not be put to use without such emergency lighting.
(2)
Where portable electric vacuum cleaning
equipment is used, electrical receptacles with ground-fault circuit interrupter
protection shall be provided. Separation between receptacles shall be a maximum
of 30 m. All receptacles installed in the swimming pool area shall have
waterproof covers and ground-fault circuit interrupter protection.
(3)
Lighting controls shall not be accessible to
the public.
20. Ventilation.
For
New Swimming Pool a dequate ventilation shall be provided in facilities to
prevent objectionable odour. In case of indoor pools, sufficient number of
windows and ventilators providing a total ventilation area of not less than one
fifth of enclosed water surface area and floor area or proper mechanical ventilation
shall be provided. The windows and ventilators shall be abutting at least for a
length of not less than 2.5 metre on an open space, either external or internal.
Such open space shall not be less than 1.75 metre in width.
21. Shower and bathroom.
(1)
Separate shower, dressing booth and sanitary
facilities shall be provided for each gender. The rooms should be well lit,
drained, ventilated and of good construction using impervious materials. They
shall be developed and planned to ensure maintenance of good sanitation
throughout the building at all times. Floors shall have a slip-resistant
surface and sufficiently smooth to ensure ease in cleaning.
(2)
A Minimum of one shower and one dressing room
for each gender up to a area of 75 sq.m of swimming pool, with additional one
shower and one dressing room for additional each 75. sq.m of swimming pool area
or part there of. :
Provided
that in case of swimming pool in single dwelling unit, the above provision is
optional.
(3)
Necessary structural provision shall be made
in the toilets to enable the physically challenged also to use them.
22. Fencing And Exits.
(1)
All indoor and outdoor pools shall be fenced.
Fencing shall be at least 1.2 m height and it shall not have any hand or
footholds that can enable a young child to climb it. Care shall also be taken
to ensure that pool side equipment is not positioned such that it may be used
to climb the fence and access the pool.
(2)
All indoor and outdoor pool premises shall
have sufficient number of exits for safe exit from the swimming pool premises
with at least two exits of minimum width of 2.0 m located near opposite ends.
23. Swimming Pool Water
Treatment System.
(1)
General.—A water treatment system shall be
provided to filter, chemically balance and disinfect the swimming pool water.
The system shall be so designed for the recirculation flow rate that turnover
period shall not exceed 6 hours.
(2)
Hair and Lint Strainer.—A hair and lint
strainer shall be installed on the suction side of the pump except on vacuum
filter systems. The strainer basket shall be easily removable. Valves shall be
installed to allow the flow to be shut off during cleaning, switching baskets,
or inspection.
(3)
Inlets.—Inlets for filtered water shall be
located and directed suitably to produce uniform circulation of water to
facilitate the maintenance of a uniform disinfectant residual throughout the
entire pool without the existence of dead spots, and to produce surface flow
patterns that effectively assist skimming.
(4)
Outlets.—Pools shall be provided with a main
drain at the deepest point. The main drain shall be connected to the
recirculation system. Openings must be covered by grating which cannot be
removed without the use of tools. Openings of the grating shall be at least four
times the area of the main drain pipe or have an open area. The maximum width
of grate openings shall be 3.5 cm. Main drains and all other suction outlets
installed in the pool shall be designed to prevent bather entrapment. Pool
shall not be used if any of the covers are missing, unsecured or damaged.
(5)
Make-up Water.—Make-up water shall be added
through a fixed air gap of at least 15 cm to the pool, surge tank, vacuum
filter tank, or other receptacle. When make-up water is added directly to the
pool, the fill-spout shall be located under a low diving board or immediately
adjacent to a ladder rail, grab rail, or fixed lifeguard chair.
(6)
Filtration.—The design filtration rate in the
particular application in which the filter is utilized shall not exceed the
maximum design filtration rate for which the filter was installed. Wash or
backwash water from diatomaceous earth filters shall be passed through a
separation tank designed for removal of suspended diatomaceous earth and
solids, prior to disposal.
(7)
Disinfection.—The pool water shall be
continuously disinfected by suitable disinfecting agent that imparts easily
measured residual. Gaseous chlorine, chlorine compounds, bromine compounds or
other bactericidal agents should be used to maintain the quality parameters of
water specified in rule 28.
(8)
In the case of swimming pools in single
dwelling units, the above provisions are optional only.
25. Personnel.
(1)
Pool Manager.- A competent pool manager shall
be provided at all swimming pools who possess adequate swimming capabilities. He
shall be held responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of all the facilities
and upkeep of all the life safety measures of the swimming pool and accountable
for any lapse. In case of swimming pools in single dwelling unit, provision of
pool manager is optional.
(2)
Life Guard and Swimming Coach / Instructor.—(i)
Competent lifeguards shall be provided at all swimming pools except for swimming
pool in single dwelling units. The minimum number of life guards shall be one for
a pool size of 150 square metre and below and proportionate increase for larger
size pools.
(ii)
In case of swimming pools in educational institutions, in addition to the life
guard, competent swimming coach/instructor shall also be provided, who has
adequate knowledge of first aid and artificial respiration. At least two
coaches or instructors for category-I and II pools and at least one coach or
instructor for category-III and IV pools shall be provided. At least four life
guards for category-I and II pools and at least 2 life guards for category-III
and IV pools shall be provided.
(3)
Qualification for the coach, instructor and
life guard.—(i) Swimming instructor.— A person possessing National Institute of
Sports Certificate (6 week course) in swimming issued by National Institute of
Sports is eligible for appointment as Swimming Instructor to teach swimming to
beginners and novices.
(ii)
Swimming coach.—A person possessing National Institute of Sports diploma course
(Regular) in coaching swimming issued by National Institute of Sports is
eligible for appointment as a swimming coach to coach swimmers for competitive
swimming training and for teaching novices.
(iii)
Life guard.—For appointment as a Life Guard, a person must possess the
following qualifications, namely:-
(a)
Minimum 8th standard pass;
(b)
Pool life guard course certificate conducted
by Rashtriya Life Saving Society –India (RLSS)
(c)
experience in Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation
(CPR) Procedure.
(iv)
The working hours of the Life Guards shall not be more than 4 hours at a
stretch. He shall be rested for atleast four hours before he is put on duty
again. Sufficient number of reserve life guards with prescribed qualification
shall be made available.
(v) The
practical ability and alertness of the Instructors, coaches and life guards in
rescuing children during emergency times should be tested before they are
actually deployed. The Fire and Rescue Service personnel, shall, before the
grant of No Objection Certificate for operating the swimming pools, verify the
abilities of the life guards, instructors and coaches.
(4)
Duty time of personnel:—The pool manager
shall ensure that the minimum number of swimming coaches/ Instructors and
lifeguards specified for different categories of pools in sub-rule (2) is made
available on duty while the swimming pool is in use. And at the same time, the
duty time of swimming coaches/instructors and life guards shall not be more
than eight hours in a day and not more than four hours at a stretch.
25. Specific Safety
Features.
(1)
A chair placed on the top of a removable
stand of three and a half foot high shall be provided for seating of the
lifeguard at a location so that all areas of the pool are visible to the
lifeguard. A lifeguard shall be dressed in uniform swimming attire and be
identified as a lifeguard. The coach/instructor and the lifeguard shall have
undergone the training for giving first aid.
(2)
The owner or occupier of the pool shall
provide necessary life saving devices in adequate numbers such as First aid
box, oxygen cylinder, breathing equipments, artificial respirator, buoys for
beginners, at least two life jackets, life belts, stretcher, life saving hook,
Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation pocket mask, rescue tubes, life guard stand,
etc.
(3)
The owner or occupier of the pool shall -
(i)
place a life saving instructions chart at the
pool.
(ii)
place the safety/sanitary rules board at the
pool.
(iii)
provide necessary fire fighting appliances in
the premises which must be maintained in proper condition.
(iv)
not allow undesirable elements in the
vicinity of the pool and shall take adequate precautions to prevent harassment
of women.
(v)
require a beginner to wear red cap for easy
identification.
(vi)
provide proper uniform to the life guards.
(vii)
install a Flag to indicate that a life guard
is on duty.
(viii)
insure all the swimming pool users against
any mishaps.
(ix)
display emergency contact numbers at a
conspicuous place of the pool.
(4)
Rescue Equipment:—(i) General purpose first
aid kit shall be provided to handle minor bumps, bruises and sprains. A
swimming pool facility shall have a first- aid kit which contains at least the
following items, namely:-
(a)
Band-Aids.
(b)
Sterile 100 x100 mm bandage compress.
(c)
Self-adhering gauze bandage.
(d)
Disposable gloves.
(e)
Chemical cold compress.
(ii)
The first-aid kit shall be prominently mounted in the swimming pool enclosure,
or a sign stating its location shall be posted near the swimming pool. The
first-aid kit shall be accessible when the swimming pool is open. Items which
have a shelf life shall be within the period of expiry.
(iii)
An emergency response kit shall be provided which includes items like emergency
survival blanket, 10 cm (4 inch) offset bandage compress, rescue breather, ambu
bags, gloves, wipes and a thunderbolt (low frequency) whistle with lanyard.
(5)
The following life saving equipments shall be
provided:-
(i)
Life buoys (Ring Buoys) .– Life Buoys of the
following specifications shall be used in rescue operations in water.
(a)
Material: Cork with polyurethane covering. A
grab line secured to life buoy at four equidistant points by cotton cord.
(b)
Dimension: Circular in shape with elliptical
cross section.
(c)
Colour: Orange
(d)
Life Buoys shall be tested for strength and
buoyancy.
(e)
Te type, date of test, manufacturer’s batch
number shall be marked on all life buoys by intelligible colour.
(f)
It shall be marked with Bureau of Indian
Standard certification.
(g)
Reflectors in the form of strips shall be provided
for use in night.
(h)
All other specifications shall conform to IS
5326 – 1969 and requirements under the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958 and the rules
made there under.
(i)
Buoy surface shall resist weather and
temperature extremes and shall feature an integral rope of 6 mm diameter line
that has a length of 1.5 times the maximum width of the pool or 15.2 m
whichever is less for easy handling.
(ii)
Life Jacket .- Life Jackets (size 1) of the
following specifications shall be used for providing means of safety for the
wearers while performing rescue work connected with water.
(a)
Material – Unicellular plastic with Kapok
fiber filler of first grade flotation quality.
(b)
Colour – Orange or light yellow
(c)
Design – It shall be provided with a collar
or other suitable means for supporting the head of floating unconscious wearer
above water. The buoyancy shall be obtained essentially by the use of buoyant
materials as given in BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARD specifications.
(d)
Donning – It shall be capable of being donned
and secured within 30 seconds by a wearer. After having been familiarized with
the method of donning, the jacket shall fit securely the body of wearer. It shall
afford reasonable comfort and to allow freedom of movement to the wearer both
in and out of water.
(e)
All other specifications shall confirm to
Bureau of Indian Standard 6685-1972;
(f)
The jacket shall be legibly marked with
following information:-
(A)
Trade Mark of manufacturer;
(B)
Size and date of manufacturer;
(C)
“Front” and “Back” words in appropriate
position where a possibility of confusion exists;
(D)
Self illuminated light may be provided for
use in night;
(E)
Jacket shall be marked with Bureau of Indian
Standard certification.
(iii)
Life vests (Buoyant Life vests):- It is like life
jackets and are made of nylon and Poly ethylene foam and feature 3 buckles and
open side with visible colours in red and blue.
(iv)
Rescue boards (Spine boards):- The most
versatile and easy to handle board especially good for two guard rescues. Made
of 5/8” marine plywood with capped wood runners on the bottom and capped
bombers. Head immobilizer secures to board with pressure sensitive Velcro for
quick and accurate immobilization.
(v)
Emergency survival blanket:- This blanket
shall be made of thermal material (blend of wool or manmade fibres) that
retains 90% of body heat.
(vi)
Ring Buoy line (Throw rope or rescue lines):-
Made from heavy duty floating line.
(vii)
Rescue cans: – Rescue can shall be
constructed of rotationally molded polyethylene to be both light weight and
durable.
(viii)
Rescue hook:- It shall meet International Red
Cross specifications and features a blunt end life hook large enough to safely
encircle a victim. It is made up of heavy duty aluminium mounted on a light,
super tough, highly visible fibre glass pole with rubber end cap.
(ix)
Storm whistle: – Professional life guard
whistle can be blown under water with whistle lanyards.
(x)
Underwater goggles:– One piece flexible Poly
Vinyl Chloride frame with water tight seal.
(xi)
Emergency Eyewash Station: – This self
contained system shall provide victims with immediate eye flushing with a
sterile, soothing, normal saline wash that neutralizes varying quantities of
acids or caustics depending on the concentration.
(xii)
Body flush station: – Self contained system
for immediate body flushing with a sterile, buffered isotonic saline solution.
It shall be fitted with highly visible back plate.
(6)
Emergency Telephone and Emergency Contact
List:—A telephone shall be accessible in the vicinity of the swimming pool, in
or within 90 m of the pool enclosure. The telephone numbers of the local
police, State Police, fire department, physician, ambulance service, and a
hospital, shall be displayed in a conspicuous place near the telephone. The
location of the emergency telephone shall be displayed in the swimming pool
area unless the telephone is located in the pool area.
(7)
Depth Markers :—(i) The depth of water shall
be marked at or above the water surface on the wall of the pool and on the edge
of the deck next to the pool so as to be readable by persons entering or in the
pool. Depth markings shall be provided at the shallow and deep ends of the
pool, the transition point, and the point of maximum depth, and shall be spaced
at not more than 7.5 m intervals measured peripherally, except that depth
markings are not required at a zero- depth edge.
(ii)
Depth markers shall indicate pool depth in metric system, and shall be of a
color that contrasts with the background. Numerals indicating depth shall be a
minimum of 10 cm high.
(iii)
In shallow areas, “no diving” markers or symbols at least 10 cm high must be
located at not more than 7.5 m intervals around the pool perimeter except at a
zero-depth edge.
26. Water Quality.
(1)
The clarity of water shall be that a 4 inch
black-and-transparent object in the deepest water is clearly visible from the pool
deck. The pH of the pool water shall be between 7.2 and 8.0 and the free
residual chlorine count shall be from 0.6 to 1.5ppm depending on the pH.
(2)
Disinfection.- (i) The area around the pool
must be cleaned and disinfected regularly.
(ii)
In order to prevent the transmission of contagious diseases, the water in the
pool must have powerful and lasting disinfectant properties.
(iii)
Water in the swimming pool must comply with the following requirements for
safety and swimmers’ comfort, namely :-
(a)
The water shall be transparent, that is, the
lane marked on the bottom of the pool shall be clearly visible and a dark
object (measuring 0.30 m along each side) placed in the deepest part of the
pool shall be easily discernible.
(b)
The water shall not irritate the eyes, skin,
or muscle membranes.
(c)
The quantity of substances that oxidize in
hot potassium permanganate in an alkaline medium, expressed as oxygen shall
must not exceed the levels present in the water used to fill the swimming pool
by more than 4 mg/ ltr.
(d)
The water shall not contain substances which
may affect the health of swimmers.
(e)
The pH of pool water shall be contained
between 7.2 and 8.0
(f)
In one millilitre of water, the number of
aerobic bacterial revival at 37 degree centigrade shall be less than 100.
(g)
In 100 millilitre of water the number of
total coliforms shall be less than 10 and no fecal coliforms shall be present.
Millilitre samples taken from pool water shall be free of pathogenic
staphylococcus germs.
(h)
The water shall be disinfected and also act
as a disinfectant.
(i)
The water shall contain no pathogenic germs.
(3)
Disinfectant Residual.- (i) Where chlorine is
used as a disinfectant, the chlorine residual shall be maintained between 1.0
and 4.0 ppm. as free chlorine residual. A free chlorine residual of at least
2.0 ppm. shall be maintained when the pool water temperature exceeds 30o C.
(ii)
Where bromine is used as a disinfectant, a bromine residual shall be maintained
between 2.0 and 8.0 ppm. as total bromine. A bromine residual of at least 4.0
ppm. shall be maintained when the pool water temperature exceeds 30o C.
(iii)
Where chlorinated cyanurates are used, the cyanuric acid concentration shall
not exceed 100 ppm.
(iv)
Where silver/copper or copper ion generators are used, the concentration of
copper shall not exceed 1.3 ppm. and the concentration of silver shall not
exceed 0.05 ppm.
(v) Where
ozone is used, the ambient air ozone concentration shall be less than 0.1 ppm.
at all times either in the vicinity of the ozonator or at the pool water
surface.
(vi)
For all other physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters, the quality of
water used in swimming pools in continuous circulation type shall conform to IS
3328:1993.
27. Operation And
Maintenance.
(1)
Pool and Pool Area.-
(i)
The pool manager shall keep the water in the
pool clean and change it at least once in six months in a year and at short
intervals if directed by the Inspecting authority. Monthly water test report
shall be maintained and entered in a register, which is subject to inspection
by the Executive Authority.
(ii)
The swimming pool shall be maintained free
from sediment, lint, dirt and hair. The walls, ceilings, floors, equipment and
the pool area shall be properly maintained so that they are protected from
deterioration. Cracks and other defects in the pool, if appear, shall be
repaired immediately. All equipment shall be maintained in proper condition,
with all required components in place.
(iii)
Pool decks shall be rinsed daily. Indoor pool
decks shall be disinfected at least weekly. No furniture, plants or other
furnishings shall be placed within 1.2 m of the pool. This area shall be kept
free from obstructions such as chairs, baby strollers and maintenance
equipment.
(iv)
Floats or tubes not in use shall be removed
from the pool. Safety ropes shall be kept in place except when the swimming
pool is being used exclusively for lap swimming or competition.
(v)
Planting of trees or shrubs that attract
insects near the pool and furnishing shall be situated away from the pool edge
or shall be avoided.
(vi)
Starting platforms and starting blocks shall
not be used for any other purpose other than competitive swimming activities.
Starting blocks shall be securely anchored when in use but removed or
prohibited from use when not being used in conjunction with competitive
swimming or training.
(2)
Perimeter Overflow and Skimmers.- The
perimeter overflow systems or automatic surface skimmers shall be kept clean
and free of leaves or other debris which will restrict flow. The strainer
baskets for skimmers shall be cleaned daily. The flow through each skimmer shall
be adjusted as often as necessary to maintain a vigorous skimming action which
will remove all floating matter from the surface of the water. The pool water
shall be maintained at an elevation such that effective surface skimming is
accomplished. For pools with perimeter overflow systems, adequate surge storage
capacity should be maintained so that flooding of the perimeter overflow system
does not occur during periods of peak usage.
(3)
Inlet Fittings.- Inlets shall be checked
frequently so that the rate of flow through each inlet establishes a uniform
distribution pattern. Inlets in pools with surface skimmers shall be adjusted
as necessary to provide vigorous skimming.
(4)
Security.- The owner or occupier of the pool
shall provide sufficient number of guards at the pools, except in swimming
pools of single dwelling unit, both during operational and non-operational time
to regulate access. Doors or gates in the swimming pool enclosure shall be kept
closed and locked when the swimming pool is closed.
(5)
Bather Loads.- (i) The pool manager shall not
allow any person who does not know swimming or a beginner to enter the water in
the absence of a qualified Life Guard, Coach or Instructor , as the case may
be.
(ii)
The number of persons permissible within a swimming pool depending on the depth
of the pool is as follows:-(a) Where depth is less than 1.0 m, 1 bather per 2.2
square metre (b) Where depth is between 1.0m and 1.5 m, 1 bather per 2.7 square
metre (c) Where depth is more than 1.5 m, 1 bather per 4.0 square metre
(iii)
In case of educational institutions, the number of persons within a swimming
pool shall not exceed 30 in case of category-I and II pools and it shall not
exceed 15 in case of category-III and IV pools which is subject to the full
complement of swimming coach/instructor and life guards as prescribed in
sub-rule (2) of rule 26.
(iv)
Except in swimming pools in single dwelling units, the bather load shall be
pasted at the pool entrance or at a location where it can be seen by all
bathers and shall be enforced by the pool manager.
(v) No
person shall be allowed to be in the pool for (except in swimming pools of
single dwelling unit) more than one hour except with the consent of the life
guard or the coach, as the case may be.
(6)
Operational timings.- (i) Permission for
specific operational timings shall be obtained from the Committee. Swimming
pools in Schools shall be kept open for use only between 6.00 a.m. and 6.00
p.m. In case of higher educational institutions, the swimming pool shall be
kept open for use only between 6.00 a.m and 9.00 p.m. In respect of
institutions other than education institution, the owner or occupier of the
swimming pool shall get specific permission from the Committee for required operational
time. The swimming pool shall not be kept open for use other than the timings
specified in this rule except with special permission in writing from the
Committee.
(ii)
Recycling of pool water shall not be made during the operational timings.
(iii)
The full contingent of personnel indicated in rule 26 shall be available during
the operational timings.
(7)
Electrical Systems.- Electrical system in the
pool premises shall be maintained in accordance with the National Electrical
Code.
(8)
Operation of Mechanical Equipment.- (i)
Manufacturers’ instructions for operation and maintenance of mechanical and
electrical equipment, as well as pump performance curves, shall be kept
available at the pool. All valves and piping in the equipment room shall be
permanently identified as to use and direction of flow. A valve operating
procedure must be provided in the equipment room for each operation (e.g.,
recirculation, filtration, backwashing, etc.).
(ii)
Recirculation pumps shall be kept in good repair and condition. The pump
discharge or inlet supply line valve shall be adjusted as necessary to maintain
the design flow rate.
(iii)
Filtration equipment:- The filtration flow rate shall not exceed the maximum
filtration design flow rate specified by the filter manufacturer for public
swimming pool usage. Where the filtration flow rate is not known or has not
been determined, it shall not exceed 67 litre per minute per square foot of
filter area for high-rate sand filters.
(iv)
Hair and Lint Strainers:- Hair and lint strainers shall be cleaned to prevent
clogging of the suction line and cavitations. The pump shall be stopped before
the strainer is opened to avoid drawing air into the pump and losing the prime.
(v) Flow
meters shall be maintained in an accurate operating condition and shall be
readable.
(vi)
Vacuum and Pressure Gauges:- The lines leading to the gauges shall be bled
occasionally to prevent blockage.
(vii)
Gas Chlorinators:- (a) The manager or operator shall post the telephone numbers
of the appropriate emergency personnel to contact, in the event of a chlorine
gas emergency;
(b) Chlorine
cylinders shall be stored indoors in the area designed for that purpose and
away from a direct source of heat. They shall be chained or strapped to a rigid
support to prevent accidental tipping. Cylinders shall not be moved unless the
protection cap is secured over the valve. Gas mask, approved for use in a chlorine
atmosphere, shall be kept outside the chlorine room in an unlocked container at
all times. The gas mask canister shall be replaced regularly as per the
manufacturer’s recommendations;
(c) Chlorinators,
gas lines, injectors, vent lines and cylinders shall be checked daily for
leaks. In case of a chlorine leak, corrective measures shall be undertaken only
by trained persons wearing proper safety equipment. All other persons shall be
evacuated from the dangerous area until conditions are again safe.
(viii)
Positive Displacement Feeders:- (a) Positive displacement feeders shall be
periodically inspected and serviced.
(b)
When a chemical feeder is used with calcium hypochlorite solution, to minimize
sludge accumulation in the unit, the lowest practicable concentration of
solution shall be used, and in no case shall this concentration exceed five
percent. If liquid chlorine solution is used, the dilution with water is not
critical to the operation of the unit. After thoroughly rinsing with water, a
small amount of mild acid solution may be fed through the unit periodically, to
dissolve sludge accumulations.
(ix)
pH Adjustment:- (a) Soda ash or caustic soda shall be used to raise the pool
water pH. Protective equipment and clothing, including rubber gloves and
goggles, must be available for the handling and use of these chemicals.
(b)
Sodium bisulfate, carbon dioxide gas or muriatic acid shall be used to lower
pool water pH. Carbon dioxide cylinders shall be securely chained or otherwise
restrained in a manner that will prevent tipping. Protective equipment and
clothing, including rubber gloves and goggles, must be available for handling
these chemicals.
(x) Miscellaneous
Chemicals:- (a) Chemicals shall be kept covered and stored in the original, labeled
container, away from flammables and heat and in a clean, dry, well-ventilated
place which prevents unauthorized access to the chemicals.
(b)
If polyphosphates are used for sequestering iron, the concentration of
polyphosphates shall not exceed ten pm.
(xi)
Acoustics:- Suitable arrangement shall be made to ensure that safety
instructions can be heard, considering the noise level in peak hours.
(xii)
Monitoring and Reporting:- (a) Operation reports: The pool manager shall keep
the daily record of swimming pool or other pool operational data.
(b) Water
quality testing:- Disinfectant residual and pH tests shall be made on samples
collected from the shallow and deep areas of swimming pool, at least twice
daily. Where chlorine is used as a disinfectant, testing for combined chlorine
shall be performed at least daily. In addition, where chlorinated cyanurates
are utilized as a chlorine disinfectant, testing for cyanuric acid
concentration shall be performed at least daily. Where ozone is utilized,
testing to determine the ozone concentration immediately above the pool water
surface shall be performed monthly. Necessary testing kits should be made
available for checking the pH and disinfectant residual. The person responsible
for testing shall be thoroughly familiar with the procedure for checking.
Records of water quality testing shall be kept intact.
(c) Refuse
disposal:-The equipment provided for the storage, collection, and disposal of
refuse produced at a swimming pool or bathing beach shall be such that the
creation of conditions detrimental to public health, such as rodent harborage,
insect breeding areas, odors, air pollution and accidents are prevented. All
refuse shall be stored in water-tight, metal or rigid plastic containers having
tight-fitting lids. Containers shall be provided as needed throughout food
preparation areas and eating areas to provide for enough collection of trash.
(xiii)
Besides the specifications prescribed in these rules, the following Industrial
Standard codes of practice shall also be followed and any breach thereof shall
be deemed to be a breach of the requirements under these rules:-
(a)
3328:1993 Quality tolerances for water for
swimming pools (First Revision);
(b)
6494:1988 Code of practice for water-proofing
of underground water reservoirs and swimming pools;
28. Regulations for swimming
pool users.
(1)
Restriction of users:- The pool manager shall
maintain a register of enrollment of persons for allowing them to use swimming
pool.
(2)
Restrictions of user for enrolment:- (i)
Persons below 8 years of age and of height less than 121.6 cm shall not be
allowed in the pool. However, such children may be allowed with parental
supervision. Consent of parents or guardians shall be obtained in respect of
children using swimming pools in Schools.
(ii)
Person using the pool shall produce a self declaration that he is free from any
chronic diseases like epilepsy, heart problem, severe respiratory illness, skin
disease, venereal disease, or any other contagious disease, before using the
pool.
(iii)
In case of swimming pool in amusement parks, a resident doctor who shall be a
registered medical practitioner, shall be made available within the premises.
(iv)
In case of swimming pools in educational institutions, person using the pool
shall produce a medical certificate from a registered medical practitioner that
he is free from any chronic diseases like epilepsy, heart problem, severe
respiratory illness, skin disease, venereal disease, or any other contagious
disease, for enrolment to use the pool.
(3)
The pool manager shall not allow any person –
(i)
to enter the pool if he has not taken a
shower bath and a foot bath in the bathroom provided in the premises;
(ii)
to enter the pool in any apparel other than
the recognized swim wear or the costume trunk;
(iii)
to enter the pool, if he has consumed
alcohol;
(iv)
in the pool before educating him through a
class the basic safety aspects of using the pool;
(v)
in the pool during lightning, thunder,
raining and or any other natural calamity like storm, cyclone, earthquake etc
and if any person is found in the pool during such times, he shall be evacuated
immediately from the pool;
(vi)
either before or after entering the water of
the pool, to use soap, oil or any substance or preparation whereby the water of
the pool may be rendered turbid or unfit for use of the bathers;
(vii)
to enter who may willfully or otherwise, foul
or pollute the water of the pool by spitting or in any other matter whatsoever;
(viii)
to use the pool, who suffers from temporary
illness like cold, cough, fever etc.,
(ix)
to enter the pool or remain in the pool at
any time other than the prescribed timings under the rules or to enter or remain
on the premises surrounding the swimming pool fifteen minutes before or after
the opening and closing hours;
(x)
accompanying any animal to enter the swimming
pool or the premises surrounding the swimming pool thereto; and
(xi)
to use the pool before certifying the minimum
water standard by testing daily and registering the same in a register kept for
the purpose.
APPENDIX
FORM – I
Application
for permission for construction of swimming pool
(see rule 3(1))
From
(Name
and address of the Owner/ Occupier of the Land/
Power
of attorney holder/ Lease Holder)[6]
To
The
Executive Authority,
……………………
Sir,
I
hereby apply for permission to construct a swimming pool in the —————————— in
S.No.———— of Block No……… of Revenue Division No…………..
I,
forward herewith the following particulars in quadruplicate, duly signed by me,
and the licensed Surveyor.
(a)
A key-map of the area showing the site in
relation to existing streets and street intersections, discharging clearly
therein the boundaries of the site under reference and the adjoining lands
owned or controlled by me.
(b)
A detailed site plan of the land for
development to a scale of not less than 1:800.
(c)
A plan or plans of the swimming pool showing
the ground plan, and the sectional and front elevation of the pool.
(d)
Clearance Certificate obtained from the
Public Works Department, in case of swimming pools with diving facility.
(e)
The particulars in the Annexure.
I,
the owner / occupier legal representative of every part of the land specified above
request that permission for the construction of a swimming pool may be
accorded.
UNDERTAKING
(i)
I agree to not to proceed with the
construction of the swimming pool until the local body grants permission for
the construction.
(ii)
I agree to not to do any development
otherwise than in accordance with plans which have been approved and any of the
provisions of the relevant rules.
(iii)
I agree to keep one of the approved site plan
and one set of copies of the sanctioned plan of the swimming pool at the site of
the pool at all times when the construction is in progress and also agree to
see that such plans are available and the construction is open at all
reasonable times for the inspection of the Executive Authority or any officer
authorised by him in that behalf.
(iv)
I agree to obtain the letter of acceptance of
the completion report from the Executive Authority before making the pool functional.
Signature
of the Owner / Occupier of the Land/
Power of attorney Holder/Lease holder
ANNEXURE
TO
BE COMPLETED BY THE OWNER OR OCCUPIER OF THE LAND OR POWER OF ATTORNEY
HOLDER/LEASE HOLDER:
1.
Applicant (in Block Capital)
Name
….….
Address ….….
Tel. No. ….….
2.
Particulars of land in which the swimming
pool is proposed to be constructed:
(a)
Full address or location of the land to which
this application relates and site area
Door/Plot
No. Town Survey No./ S.F.No. Division or
Ward
No. Road or Street name Name of Local Authority
Site
area
(b)
State whether applicant owns or controls any
adjoining land and if so give its location and extent.
(c)
State whether the proposal involves:
(i)
Swimming pool only
(ii)
New Building(s)
(iii)
Alteration, extension or addition to buildings
(iv)
Change of use.
3.
Particulars of proposed, present and previous
use of swimming pool, buildings with the dimension of the pool and extent of
the buildings in sq. mts.
Signature
of the Owner/Occupier of the Land/
Power of attorney holder/Lease Holder
Signature
of the
Licensed Surveyor/Architect
FORM – II
Affidavit by the Applicant
(see rule 3(2)(a))
This deed of undertaking executed at …………… on the………………… day...................................................................of………………………20….by
Thiru/Tmt/Selvi……………….................................... Son/Daughter of ……………………aged…………………………..residing
at ...........................................................No.……………………………………….....................................………....................................in
favour of the Executive Authority of the local body having its office at
————————————— witnesseth as follows:-
1.
I have applied for the permission for
construction of a swimming pool at…… premises No.………………………………………………………………… by submitting
an application to the —————————local body in accordance with the norms
prescribed in the Tamil Nadu Urban Local Bodies (Regulation and Monitoring of
Swimming Pools) Rules, 2015. I am associated with the swimming pool as Land
Owner / occupier / Power of Attorney Holder/lease holder. I assure that I will
put up the construction only in accordance with the approved plan without any
deviation and if any construction is later on found to be not in accordance
with the approved plan and any unauthorised addition is made, I agree to
demolish such deviation marked by the ———————— local body within the time
prescribed by the authority after such notice, failing which, the ————— local
body may demolish or cause to demolish such unauthorised or deviated
constructions at the site under reference and recover the cost of demolition
from me.
2.
I also assure that the swimming pool will be
kept as specified in the approved plan and it will not be converted into any
other use except the purpose for which it is approved. If any structural
modification or usage differs from the approved plan, the —————————— local body
is at liberty to remove any structural modification or usage at any time and
the expenses incurred by the ———————————— local body is recoverable from me for
non-compliance of their order.
3.
I further assure that I will not convert any
place of the swimming pool in contravention of the approved plan. If any
construction work, converting them for any other purpose, is done either by me
or by my successor or by any other person to whom the said construction is
transferred in future, without getting appropriate order for doing so from the
competent authority, the Authority is at liberty at any time to take any action
to remove any structural modification or usage and the expenses incurred by the
Authority is recoverable from me/my successor or from any other person to whom
the said construction is transferred in future.
4.
I hereby undertake that, I am, jointly and
severally responsible with the Land Owner/Power of Attorney Holder/Lease Holder
to carry out the development in accordance with the permission granted and also
for payment of necessary charges levied from time to time by the Authority and also
liable for penalty for the developments made in contravention of the relevant Rules.
5.
This deed of undertaking is executed by me on
the… day of…………………………………….20………with the full knowledge of the contents of this
document.
DEPONENT
Witnesses:
1.
2.
Duly attested by the Notary Public
SEAL
FORM III
Permission to Construct a Swimming Pool
(see rule 3(2)(b))
From
The Executive Authority,
……………………
To
(Name
and address of the Owner/Occupier of the Land/ Power of attorney holder/Lease
Holder) *
Sir,
Permission is hereby accorded for the construction of swimming pool in the ———————/in
S.No.———— of Block No………of Revenue Division No… subject to the conditions
specified below and the provisions contained in the Tamil Nadu Urban Local
Bodies (Regulation and Monitoring of Swimming Pools) Rules, 2015. If any
deviations or violations are found, strict action shall be taken as per rule 8 of
the said Rules and the permission granted herein will be suspended.
Signature
of the Executive Authority
Date
Place
This permit is subject to the following conditions:-
(i)
Every person engaged in the construction of
swimming pool shall follow all the provisions contained in the said Rules.
(ii)
In case of violation of any of the provisions
of the said Rules, the Executive authority shall not permit the continuance of
construction of swimming pool.
FORM IV
Application
for Grant of Permission to Operate Public Swimming Pool
(see
rule 3(3))
From
(Name
and address of the Owner / Occupier of the Land / Power of attorney holder /
Lease Holder)[7]
To
The Executive Authority,
.................................
Sir,
I hereby apply for grant of permission to operate the swimming pool in ————————
the land in S.No.———— of Block No……… of Revenue Division No…………
I, forward herewith the following particulars:
(a)
Concurrence obtained from the competent authority
under clause (c) of sub- rule (2) of rule 3 of the Tamil Nadu Urban Local
Bodies (Regulation and Monitoring of Swimming Pools) Rules, 2015 along with the
approved plans;
(b)
Order granting permission for construction of
the swimming pool obtained under clause (b) of sub-rule (2) of rule 3 of the
said Rules in Form III along with the approved plans;
(c)
Completion Report of the swimming pool;
(d)
Particulars in the Annexure.
UNDERTAKING
(i)
I agree to not to use the swimming pool until
the Executive Authority grants permission for operating the pool.
(ii)
I agree to not to do anything otherwise than in
accordance with plans which have been approved or in contravention of any
provisions of the said rules.
(iii)
I agree to keep a copy of the permission
granted in Form VI to operate the pool at the site of the pool at all times and
keep the swimming pool open at the reasonable times for the inspection of the
Executive Authority or the Inspecting Authority or any officer authorised by
them in that behalf.
Signature
of the Owner/Occupier of the Land/
Power of attorney Holder/Lease holder
ANNEXURE
To
be completed by the owner / occupier of the land/power of attorney holder/lease
holder:
1.
Applicant (in Block Capital) …. ….
Name …. ….
Address …. ….
Tel. No. …. ….
2.
Particulars of proposal for which permission
or approval is sought
(a)
Full address or location of the land to which
this application relates and site area Door/Plot No.
Town Survey No./S.F.No. Division or Ward No.
Road or Street name Name of Local Authority Site area
(b)
State whether applicant owns or controls any
adjoining land and if so give its location and extent.
State
whether the proposal involves:
(i)
New Building(s)
(ii)
Alteration, extension or addition
(iii)
Change of use.
3.
Particulars of present and previous use of
Buildings Extent in Sq. mts. of the building Present use of building.
4.
Information regarding the proposed uses
Extent in Sq.mts.
(a)
Total floor area of all buildings to which
the application relates
Signature of the Owner of the Land/Power of
attorney holder / Lease Holder
Signature of the
Licensed Surveyor/Architect
FORM – V
Affidavit
by the Applicant
(see rule 3(3))
1. This deed of undertaking executed at on the…………………day...............................................of
…………………… 20.. by Thiru/Tmt/Selvi…………...................................Son/Daughter
of………………. aged……………. residing at.............................................No.
in favour of the Executive Authority,———————having office at ————————————
witnesseth as follows:-
2. I
have applied for the grant of permission to operate the swimming pool
at………............................................premises No. by submitting an
application in accordance with the norms prescribed in the Tamil Nadu Urban
Local Bodies (Regulation and Monitoring of Swimming Pools) Rules, 2015. I am
associated with the swimming pool as Land Owner/Power of Attorney Holder/lease
holder. I assure that I shall operate the swimming pool only in accordance with
the said rules and if any deviation of the said Rules is later on found, I
agree to abide by the action taken by the Executive Authority.
3. I hereby undertake that, I am, jointly and severally responsible with the
Land Owner/Power of Attorney Holder/Lease Holder to carry out the operations in
accordance with the conditions laid down in the permission so granted and also for
payment of necessary charges levied from time to time by the Authority and also
liable for penal provisions for developments made in contravention of the rules
and these presents.
4. This deed of undertaking is executed by me on
the……………………day........................................................................of…
20… ………with the full knowledge of the contents of this document.
5.
DEPONENT
Witnesses:
1.
2.
Duly attested by the Notary Public
SEAL:
FORM
– VI
Permission to Operate Public Swimming Pool
(see rule 3(4))
From
The Executive Authority ,
……………………
To
(Name
and address of the Owner / Occupier of the Land / Power of attorney holder /
Lease Holder) *
Sir,
Permission
is hereby accorded for the operation of swimming pool in the ————— ————— in
S.No.———— of Block No………….of Revenue Division No… subject to the conditions
stipulated below and the provisions contained in the Tamil Nadu Urban Local
Bodies (Regulation and Monitoring of Swimming Pools) Rules, 2015. If any
deviations or violations there of are found, strict action shall be taken as
per Rule 8 of the said Rules and the permission granted herein to operate the
swimming pool will be suspended.
Signature of the Executive Authority
This
permit is subject to the following conditions:-
(i)
Every person operating the swimming pool
shall follow all the rule provisions contained in the said Rules.
(ii)
In case of violation of any of the provisions
of the said Rules, the Executive authority shall not permit operation of the
swimming pool.
ANNEXURE
– I
(see
rule 13)
"This content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at
info@legitquest.com"
ANNEXURE – II
(see rule 19 (2) (i))
"This content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at
info@legitquest.com"
|
|
|
||
A – End wall to
Tip of Board |
|
1 |
1.5 |
1.5 |
B – Centre
of board to sidewall or adjacent board |
|
3 |
3 |
3.6 |
C – Centre
of board laterally to point of required depth |
|
1.2 |
1.2 |
1.8 |
D – Depth
at end of board and for beyond
3.6 m |
|
2.8 |
3 |
3.6 |
ANNEXURE
– III
(see rule 19 (2) (ii))
LONGITUDINAL
CROSS
SECTION
"This content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at
info@legitquest.com"
THE TABLE
Dimensions
of swimming pools with diving facilities in excess of three meters in height
Sl.No. |
Dimensions |
Designation |
5m Platform (m, Min) |
7.5m Platform (m, Min) |
10m Platform (m, Min) |
|
(1) |
(2) |
(3) |
(4) |
(5) |
(6) |
|
i |
Length |
|
6.0 |
6.0 |
6.0 |
|
i |
Width |
|
1.5 |
1.5 |
1.5 |
|
ii |
From Plummet: back to pool wall |
A |
1.5 |
1.5 |
1.8 |
|
iv |
Back to platform directly
below |
|
- |
1.5 |
1.5 |
|
v |
From Plummet
to pool wall at side |
B |
3.9 |
4.5 |
5.2 |
|
vi |
From plummet
to adjacent plummet |
C |
- |
- |
3.6 |
|
vii viii |
From
plummet to pool wall ahead On
plummet from board to ceiling overhead |
D E |
10.5 3.6 |
11.0 3.6 |
13.7 3.6 |
|
x |
Clear overhead behind and each side plummet |
F |
2.7 |
3.0 |
5.0 |
|
x |
Clear overhead ahead of plummet |
G |
5.0 |
5.0 |
5.0 |
|
xi |
Depth of water at plummet |
H |
4.3 |
4.5 |
5.2 |
|
xii |
Bottom
distance ahead of plummet |
J |
6.0 |
8.0 |
12.2 |
|
xiii |
Bottom depth
ahead of plummet |
K |
3.3 |
4.0 |
4.5 |
|
xiv |
Bottom distance each side of plummet |
L |
3.6 |
4.0 |
4.3 |
|
xv |
Bottom depth each side of plummet |
M |
4.3 |
4.5 |
5.2 |
|
Annexure – XXI
[See rule 65]
Installation of Closed Circuit Television units in public buildings
1. Short title and
Commencement
(i)
These rules may be called the Tamil Nadu
Urban Local Bodies (Installation of Closed Circuit Television Units in Public
Buildings) Rules, 2012.
(ii)
They shall come into force on the 14th day of
December 2012.
2. Definitions.
(1)
In these Rules, unless the context otherwise
requires :-
(a)
“Act” means the Chennai City Municipal Corporation
Act, 1919 (Tamil Nadu Act IV of 1919), the Tamil Nadu District Municipalities
Act, 1920 (Tamil Nadu Act V of 1920), the Madurai City Municipal Corporation
Act, 1971 (Tamil Nadu Act 15 of 1971), the Coimbatore City Municipal Corporation
Act, 1981 (Tamil Nadu Act 25 of 1981), the Tiruchirappalli City Municipal Corporation
Act, 1994 (Tamil Nadu Act 27 of 1994), the Tirunelveli City Municipal
Corporation Act, 1994 (Tamil Nadu Act 28 of 1994), the Salem City Municipal
Corporation Act, 1994 (Tamil Nadu Act 29 of 1994), the Tiruppur City Municipal Corporation
Act, 2008 (Tamil Nadu Act 7 of 2008), the Erode City Municipal Corporation Act,
2008 (Tamil Nadu Act 8 of 2008), the Vellore City Municipal Corporation Act,
2008 (Tamil Nadu Act 26 of 2008) and the Thoothukudi City Municipal Corporation
Act, 2008 (Tamil Nadu Act 27 of 2008), as the case may be ;
(b)
“Commissioner” means the Commissioner of a
Municipal Corporation or a Municipality;
(c)
“ Executive Authority” means the executive authority
of a Municipality or a Town Panchayat;
(d)
“public building” means, any building where public
have an access for any purpose and used as a -
(i)
higher secondary school or a college or a University
or other similar educational institutions (including private institutions) ;
(ii)
hostel where more than 100 persons reside;
(iii)
hospital, nursing home, dispensary, clinic,
maternity centre or any other similar institution, having a floor area of 500
square metre and above;
(iv)
boarding and lodging house or a star hotel;
(v)
choultry or marriage hall;
(vi)
cinema theatre, amusement park, swimming pool,
recreation centre, motion picture house, assembly hall, auditorium, exhibition
hall, museum, skating rink, gymnasium, dance hall, recreation pier, stadium or
bar;
(vii)
market for the display and sale of
merchandise, shop or a store either wholesale or retail having a floor area of
500 square metre and above;
(viii)
bank, ATM Counter, Insurance company; (ix)
jewellery shop;
(ix)
shopping mall, a building providing multiple
services or facilities to the public like shopping, cinema theatres,
restaurants, etc., for example a multiplex or a shopping complex;
(x)
petrol filling station;
(xi)
industry carrying the activities of
production, manufacturing and services where more than 100 persons are
employed;
(xii)
institution of information technology
services, radio broadcasting station or television station;
(xiii)
place of religious worship or a place of religious,
political or social congregation by the public or any class or section of the
public, where more than 500 persons assemble at a time;
(xiv) office
of the Central Government or any State Government or any local authority or any
body corporate owned or controlled by the Central Government or any State
Government, where more than 100 persons are employed or having a floor area of
500 square metre and above ;
(xv)
office of any Quasi-Governmental organization
or any Government undertaking controlled by the Central Government or any State
Government, where more than 100 persons are employed or having a floor area of
500 square metre and above;
(xvi) library,
lecture room, public concert room, hotel, coffee house, eating house, club or a
club room, having a floor area of 500 square metre and above ;
(xvii) Bus
Station or a Bus Terminal ; and
(e)
“urban local body” means a Municipal
Corporation, a Municipality or a Town Panchayat .
(2)
Words and expressions used but not defined in
these rules shall have the meanings respectively assigned to them in the Acts.
3. Provision of Closed Circuit
Television Units.
(1)
In every public building, within the
territorial area of an urban local body, Closed Circuit Television units shall be
installed by the owner or occupier of that building in the manner specified
below :
Provided
that, in a building, where public have an access or gather in large numbers and
not covered under clause (d) of rule 2 or in any other place where the public
gather in large numbers for religious, social, political or any other purpose, Closed
Circuit Television units shall be installed by the owner or occupier of that building
or place, if required by the District Collector, on the recommendation of a police
officer not below the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police or Assistant Commissioner
of Police, or otherwise, to do so, for the purpose of crime control or for maintaining
public order and peace or for any other reasons, to be recorded in writing, within
a reasonable time given by the District Collector.
(2)
In every public building, Closed Circuit Television
units shall be installed at the rate of one unit for every 300 square metre of
floor area and part thereof.
(3)
The Closed Circuit Television units shall be installed
at suitable vantage points such as entry points, exit points, corridors, reception
area, etc., in such a manner that the movement of the public can be closely
surveilled.
(4)
Every person intend to construct or
reconstruct a public building shall make necessary provision in the building plan
itself for the installation of Closed Circuit Television units in the manner prescribed
in sub-rules (2) and (3), while making application to the Commissioner or the Executive
Authority of the urban local body concerned for granting of permission for the
execution of that work.
(5)
The Commissioner or the Executive Authority
of the urban local body concerned shall, before giving permission for the
construction of a new public building or reconstruction of an existing building
as a public building ensure that necessary provisions have been made in the
building plan for the installation of Closed Circuit Television units in the manner
as prescribed in sub-rules (2) and (3).
(6)
In all existing public buildings, Closed Circuit
Television units shall be installed in the manner as prescribed in sub-rules (2)
and (3) by the owner or occupier of the building within a period of 6 months
from the date of coming into force of these rules. If the Closed Circuit Television
units are not installed within such time limit, the regular type Trade or
Business License issued by the competent authority under the relevant statutes
to the owner or occupier of that building may, at any time, be cancelled or
suspended. The Commissioner or the Executive Authority of the urban local body shall
ensure that the Closed Circuit Television units have been installed in such
buildings in the manner as prescribed in sub-rules (2) and (3).
(7)
Where a building, which is not used as a public
building, is proposed to be used as a public building, Closed Circuit Television
units shall be installed in such building by the owner or occupier, before such
change of use and the concerned licensing authority competent to permit such business,
trade or profession shall permit to carry out such change of use in the
building only after ensuring that Closed Circuit Television units have been installed
therein in the manner as prescribed in sub-rules (2) and (3).
(8)
The Commissioner or the Executive Authority
of the urban local body concerned shall, while receiving the notice of completion
of construction or reconstruction of a public building, to be given by the owner
of that building, shall ensure that the Closed Circuit Television units have
been properly installed in such building in the manner as prescribed in
sub-rules (2) and (3).
Annexure
– XXII
[See rules 35 (5) and 63 (1)]
Rainwater Conservation
Water Conservation:
A.
Rain Water Harvesting
Effective
measures shall be taken within each premises (roof top and campus) for
conservation of rainwater, and RWH structures to the following standards shall
be provided; the same shall be shown in the plan applied for planning
permission.
(a)
Non High Rise Buildings – Buildings of height
up to 12m
Following
are the recommended designs that can be adopted in the non High Rise Buildings
ie., Independent Houses and Apartments with Ground + two floor or Stilt + 3
floors and not more than 16 dwelling units).
(i)
In plots that are being developed/buildings
with a dug (source) well, rooftop water to be diverted to a sump for immediate
use (if that is relevant), through a first flush cum pebble-sand filter
combination or a Special filter and the overflow to be diverted to the source
well. The rain falling on the driveway or paved setback areas (around campus)
and from rooftop pipes that are not connected to the sump or source well to be intercepted
near the gate(s) either by means of a gutter (provided with a perforated lid)
or a bump/speed breaker arrangement and led to a recharge well. (Drawing 1A
& 1D).
(ii)
In plots to be developed/buildings without an
open well, rooftop water to be diverted to a sump for immediate use (if that is
relevant), through a first flush cum pebble-sand filter combination or a
Special filter and the overflow to be diverted to a recharge well. The rain
falling on the driveway or paved setback areas and from rooftop pipes that are
not connected to the sump or recharge well to be intercepted near the gate(s)
either by means of a gutter (provided with a perforated lid) or a bump/speed
breaker arrangement and led to a recharge well. ( Drawing 1B & 1D)
(iii)
In plots to be developed/buildings where the
setback area is very small, not enough to dig a recharge well or sewers, water
line, electrical cable running below, rooftop water brought down by pipes
should be led to percolation pits, one per pipe. (Drawing 1C)
(b)
Non High Rise Buildings more than 12m height
and upto 18.3m heighrand Industries and Institutional Buildings
In
case of Non High Rise developments, Industries, Institutional Buildings as
mentioned in all the above cases, rooftop water can be diverted to a sump for
immediate use (if that is relevant), through a first flush cum pebble-sand
filter combination or a Special filter that is available in the market and the
overflow to be diverted to either a dug (source) well or a recharge well depending
on the availability of a source well. Depending on the need and relevance any
combination of the above methods can be chosen.
(i)
In the above mentioned categories, rain falling
on the setback areas as well as some of the rooftops will flow on the driveway
itself and runoff to the streets and get wasted. This runoff should be
intercepted by means of a bump/speed breaker arrangement constructed in one or
more locations within the premises and discharged into suitably designed
recharge well (s) located nearby. (Drawing 3A.)
(ii)
Rain falling on the setback areas as well as
some of the rooftops will flow into the storm drains constructed along the
periphery of the building, whose slope will always be towards the gate(s) in
order to discharge the runoff onto the street. This flow within the drain can
be intercepted inside the drain by a baffle wall and injected into several
recharge wells located close to the drain. (Drawing 3B.)
(c)
High Rise Buildings (Residential/Commercial)
(i)
In plots that are being developed/buildings
with a source well, rooftop water to be diverted to a sump for immediate use
(if that is relevant), through a first flush cum pebble-sand filter combination
or an Special filter that is available in the market and the overflow to be diverted
to the source well. The rain falling on the driveway or paved setback areas or
from rooftop pipes not connected to the sump or source well to be intercepted near
the gate(s) either by means of a gutter (provided with a perforated lid) or a
bump and led to a recharge well. ( Drawing 2A & 2D)
(ii)
In plots to be developed/buildings without an
open well, rooftop water to be diverted to a sump for immediate use (if that is
relevant), through a first flush cum pebble-sand filter combination or a
Special filter that is available in the market and the overflow to be diverted
to a recharge well. The rain falling on the driveway, paved setback areas, and
from rooftop pipes that are not connected to the sump or recharge well to be intercepted
near the gate(s) either by means of a gutter (provided with a perforated lid)
or a bump/speed breaker arrangement and led to a recharge well. (Drawing 2B, 2C
& 2D)
B.
Recycling Of Grey Water:
Effective
measures shall be taken within each premise for recycling of Grey water (water
used for washing of cloths and bathing) and structures to the following
standards shall be provided, the same shall be shown in the plan applied for
Planning permission.
The
methodology for the recycling of Grey water for the uses of Ground water
recharge (Drawing 4) and flushing of toilet (Drawing No.4B).
Prepare
a soil bed of garden soil whose area should be at least 2.5 sq ft per each
individual. Lay the water-loving plant at a distance of one foot from each
other laterally and longitudinally. The soil area need not have a regular
shape. It can have any shape as long as the requisite area is provided. But the
level of the soil bed should be uniform so that the grey water will spread over
the entire bed and soil over the entire area is available for cleaning the
water. If there are slopes, water will tend to flow more in the lower areas
alone and the purification will be incomplete. The plants must receive at least
moderate amount of sunlight so that they will grow in a healthy manner.
The
plants should be watered with fresh water for two or three weeks till they take
root and are stabilised and then the grey (used) water should be diverted to it
in progressively increased volumes over a week. Thereafter, the process is
practically self- sustaining. (Drawing 4A)
If
the treated water is to be physically recovered, a sump has to be built for
this purpose. The treated water can then be pumped to the relevant compartment
of the over- head tank or to an exclusive tank, for flushing. If there is
excess of treated water, the overflow can be connected to a suitable water
recharge structure. (Drawing 4B)
Drawing
– 1A
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 1B
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 1C
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 1D
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 2A
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 2B
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 2C
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 2D
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 3A
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 3B
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 4A
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Drawing
– 4B
"This
content is in vernacular language. Kindly email us at info@legitquest.com"
Annexure
XXIII
[See rule 20 (6)]
Completion
Certificate Norms
(1)
The following guidelines are issued for the
purpose of treating the building as completed for issue of completion
certificate
(a)
In respect of commercial buildings, the following
items should have been completed in all respects. However, interior completion works,
fixtures, flooring and partition need not be insisted.
(i)
Terrace Floor with weathering course
including parapet wall
(ii)
Lift Machine Room, OHT and Stair-case Head
room
(iii)
Electrical installations (switch boxes and
fixtures not to be insisted)
(iv)
Sanitary and water supply installations
(fixtures not to be insisted)
(v)
Sump for water storage
(vi)
Outer plastering of the building
(vii)
Frames for joinery
(viii)
No dowel rods left out in the building for
vertical or horizontal expansion
(ix)
Completion of Internal Plastering and
Flooring need not be insisted
(b)
In case of residential buildings, the
following items shall have been completed in the said project to consider it
for issue of Completion Certificate
(i)
Terrace Floor with weathering course
including parapet wall
(ii)
Lift Machine Room, OHT and Stair-case Head
room
(iii)
Electrical installations (switch boxes and
fixture not to be insisted)
(iv)
Sanitary and Water Supply installations (fixtures
not to be insisted)
(v)
Sump for Water storage
(vi)
Outer plastering of the building
(vii)
Frames for Joinery
(viii)
Kitchen (Provision on Modular Kitchen is
permitted provided provision for water supply / drainage is made)
(ix)
Internal partition walls
(x)
No dowel rods left out in the building for
vertical or horizontal expansion
(xi)
Completion of Internal Plastering and
Flooring need not be insisted.
(2)
Completion Certificate Norms
(a)
Norms for Non High Rise buildings with GF +
2F or Stilt + 3F subject to a maximum of 12m height with 16 dwellings or up to
300 square meters of commercial building shall be regulated according to the
table below:
Sl. No |
Parameters |
Norms |
||||||
1. |
Dimension of the Building |
The increase in the dimension of
the building shall not exceed
0.30 mts in length and 0.30 mts in width. |
||||||
2. |
Set Backs |
The reduction in setbacks
is allowed on all sides by 0.30
mts, subject to availability of minimum set
back of 1.20 mts. in the event
of prescribed minimum
setback being 1.5m and by 0.20 mts subject
to availability of minimum set back of 0.80
mts. In the event of prescribed minimum setback being 1.0m |
||||||
3. |
Height of the Building |
Increase in height of the building
is permitted not exceeding 3% of
the building height approved as long
as such increase does not exceed 12m and does
not constitute an additional floor. In case of Institutional building if it does not exceed 18.30 mts. |
||||||
4. |
FSI Tolerance Limit |
FSI Tolerance limit will be maximum
of 15 sq.m over and above the permissible FSI. |
||||||
5. |
Over Head Tank |
Change in the location/ Architectural orientation
permissible. In case of increase in the
size of the over head tank necessary fees to
be collected. |
||||||
6. |
Inter connection between two flats |
Permissible requirement. |
as |
long |
as |
it |
satisfies |
parking |
7. |
Change in the position
of the columns
and introduction of new columns
in the stilt floor |
Permissible as long as it does not affect minimum parking lots
required as per approved plan is left as car parking space.
Movement and parking
of required number
of cars on ground can be taken
irrespective of certain
deviations from the approved plan,
subject to conformity to DR provision relating to Parking and Driveway. |
||||||
8. |
Non FSI area |
Change in location of incident use as long
as within non-FSI
area permissible limit. |
||||||
9. |
Variation between document dimension and site dimension |
If
on site measurements area are less than originally approved from PLR line, but even, this
lesser set backs
on the site confirm
to these rules. |
||||||
10. |
Entrance Arch / Pillar |
As
per the provision of these rules. |
||||||
11. |
Pergola |
Permissible for elevation purpose
in the terrace |
||||||
|
|
not exceeding 10 % area of the
respective floor Pergola projections in other places will be treated as
architectural features, as per the provisions of these rules. |
||||||
12. |
Rain Water Harvesting |
Should be provided. |
||||||
13. |
Compound wall constructed including
the land left for road widening |
Not permissible. Permanent compound
wall to be constructed as per the approved plan after leaving the street
alignment or road widening portion. |
(b)
Norms for Non High Rise buildings upto 18.30m
height and exceeding 16 dwelling units and exceeding 300 square meters of
commercial building shall be regulated according to the table below::
Si. No. |
Parameters |
Norms |
||||||
1. |
Dimension of the building |
The increase in the dimension of
the building shall not exceed
0.30 mts. In length and 0.30 mts. in width. |
||||||
2. |
Set
Backs / Distance Between Blocks. |
0.30 mts. reduction in setbacks is allowed on all sides,
subject to availability of minimum set back of 1.20 mts. in the event of prescribed minimum
setback being 1.5m and by 0.20 mts subject to availability
of minimum set back of 0.80 mts. In the event of prescribed minimum
setback being 1.0m |
||||||
3. |
Height of the Building |
Increase in height of the building is Permitted not exceeding 3% of the building height
approved as long as such increase does not exceed 18.30 mts. and does not constitute an additional floor.
In such cases,
additional setback for the additional height increase shall not be insisted. |
||||||
4. |
FSI Tolerance Limit |
FSI Tolerance limit will
be 0.03 of FSI or 50 Sq.mt. floor
area whichever is higher over and above
the permissible FSI. |
||||||
5. |
OHT |
Change in the location/orientation
permissible. In case of increase in
the size of the OHT, development charges to be collected. |
||||||
6. |
Inter connection between two flats |
Permissible requirement. |
as |
long |
as |
it |
satisfies |
parking |
7. |
Change in the position of
the columns and introduction of new columns
in the stilt floor. |
Permissible as long as it does
not affect minimum 3.00 mts. driveway for
vehicular movement and
the no. of minimum parking
lots required as per approved plan is left as car parking
space. Movement and parking of required number of cars on ground can be taken
irrespective of certain
deviations from the approved plan,
subject to conformity to TNCBR provision relating to Parking and Driveway. |
||||||
8. |
Non FSI area |
Change in location of incidental
use within non-FSI area permissible limit. |
||||||
9. |
Variation between document
dimension and site dimension |
If on site measurements are less
than originally approved from PLR line, but even this lesser set backs on the
site conform to these rules- Permissible. |
||||||
10. |
Entrance Arch / Pillar |
As per the provision of these
rules. |
||||||
11. |
Pergola |
Permissible for elevation purpose
in the terrace not exceeding 10% area of the respective floor. |
||||||
12. |
Rain water harvesting |
Should be provided. |
||||||
13. |
Compound Wall constructed including
the land left for road widening. |
Not permissible. Permanent compound wall to be
constructed as per the approved plan after leaving the Street Alignment or
Road widening portion. However, the land left for road
widening may be utilized for landscaping with temporary grill / barbed wire
fencing, with or without Dwarf wall not exceeding 0.60 mts. height. |
||||||
14. |
Fire license |
As per the provisions of TNCBR |
||||||
15. |
OSR land |
As the OSR space is vested with competent
authority or Local Body, no structure shall be constructed or erected on OSR
land. |
||||||
16. |
Structures permitted in the set
back area |
Access steps to Ground floor and
ramps, (without affecting ventilation of Basement Floor) closed Well, Water
and Sewage Treatment Plant, Generator, Box type transformers are permitted in
the set back area subject to availability of minimum driveway of 3.00 mts.
and parking requirements as per the approved plan. |
||||||
17. |
Structures permitted in the Terrace
Floor |
AC Plant and Two toilets in every
block are permitted in the Terrace Floor Architectural feature in the
periphery on the top most floor (Terrace Floor) up to 3.00 mts. height is permissible
subject to the condition that the portion constructed over allowable 1.5 mts.
height parapet wall shall be non continuous with solid portion not exceeding
50% of the surface area. |
||||||
18. |
Installation of Solar Energy System |
1/3 rd area of the total terrace area
to be reserved for erecting Solar Photo Voltaic Panels. The approximate space
required for erecting Solar Voltaic Panel is 10 sq.mt for generating 1 KW of
electricity. |
(c)
Norms for High Rise buildings shall be
regulated according to the table below::
Si. No. |
Parameters |
Norms |
1. |
Dimension of the building |
The increase in the dimension of
the building shall not exceed
0.30 mts. in length and 0.30 mts. in width. |
2. |
Set
Backs / Distance Between Blocks. |
The reduction of 0.30 mts. In the set back space is permissible on all sides,
subject to availability of minimum 6.70 mts., for the buildings of within 30 mts. height. With increase in height above
30 mts. corresponding increase in setback
to be insisted. |
3. |
Height of the Building |
Increase in height of the building
is permitted not exceeding 5% of the building height
approved as long
as such increase does not constitute an additional floor.
In such cases, additional setback for
the additional height
increase shall be insisted on pro- rata basis. (For instance, for a
30 mts. height building with 5% increase in height the additional set back insisted
will be 0.25 mts.) However, the total height should
be within the height permitted by AAI / IAF. |
4. |
FSI Tolerance Limit |
FSI Tolerance limit will be 0.03 of
FSI or 50 Sq.mt., floor area
whichever is higher over and above the permissible FSI. |
5. |
Architectural projection & service
ducts |
Service ducts upto 1.0 mt. here and there
and not to the entire width and length of the
building and Architectural
projection upto 0.60m. in width where it is continuous
and upto 1.0 mt. where it is dis- continuous
are permissible, subject to availability of
minimum clear set back of 6.70 mts. where required set
back is 7.0 mts. and
minimum clear set
back of 7.70 mts. where required set back
is 8.0 mts. and minimum set back of 8.70m. where
required set back is 9.0 mts.and so on |
6. |
OHT |
Change in the location/orientation
permissible. In case of increase in
the size of the OHT, development charges to be collected. |
7. |
Inter connection between two flats |
Permissible as long as it satisfies parking
requirement. |
8. |
Change in the position of
the columns and introduction of new columns
in the stilt floor. |
Permissible as long as it does not
affect driveway of minimum 3.00
mts. for vehicular movement and the no. of minimum parking
lots required as per approved plan and left as car parking space
.
Movement and parking of required number of cars on ground can be taken
irrespective of certain
deviations from the approved plan, subject to conformity to TNCBR provision relating to Parking |
|
|
and Driveway. |
9. |
Non FSI area |
Change in location of incidental
use within non-FSI area permissible limit. |
10. |
Variation between document
dimension and site dimension |
If on site measurements are less
than originally approved from PLR line, but even this lesser set backs on the
site confom to these rules - Permissible. |
11. |
Entrance Arch / Pillar |
As per the provision of these
rules. |
12. |
Pergola |
Permissible for elevation purpose
in the terrace not exceeding 10% area of the respective floor. |
13. |
Rain water harvesting |
Should be provided. |
14. |
Compound Wall constructed including
the land left for road widening. |
Not permissible. Permanent compound wall to be
constructed as per the approved plan after leaving the Street Alignment / Road widening portion. However, the land left for road
widening may be utilized for landscaping with temporary grill / barbed wire
fencing, with or without Dwarf wall not exceeding 0.60 mts. height. |
15. |
Fire license |
Compliance Certificate from
DF&RS is required. |
16. |
OSR land |
As the OSR space is vested with
competent authority/ Local Body, no structure shall be constructed / erected
on OSR land. |
17. |
Structures permitted in the set
back area |
Access steps to Ground floor and
ramps, (without affecting ventilation of Basement Floor) closed Well, Water
and Sewage Treatment Plant, Generator, Box type transformers are permitted in
the set back area subject to availability of minimum set back of 6.7 mts. and
satisfying the parking requirements. |
18. |
Structures permitted in the Terrace
Floor |
AC Plant and Two toilets in every
block are permitted in the Terrace Floor. Architectural feature in the
periphery on the top most floor (Terrace Floor) up to 3.00 mts. height is
permissible subject to the condition that the portion constructed over
allowable 1.5 mts. height parapet wall shall be non continuous with solid
portion not exceeding 50% of the surface area. |
19. |
Installation of Solar Energy System |
1/3 rd area of the total terrace area
to be reserved for erecting Solar Photo Voltaic Panels. The approximate space
required for erecting Solar Voltaic Panel is 10 sq.mt for generating 1 KW of
electricity. |
[1] At least one Indian
style water closet shall be provided in each toilet. Assume 60 % males and 40%
females in any area. At least 50 % of female WCs may be Indian pan and 50% EWC.
[2] At least one Indian
style water closet shall be provided in each toilet. Assume 60 % males and 40%
females in any area. At least 50 % of female WCs may be Indian pan and 50% EWC.
[3] Enclose detailed
drawings drawn to scale for each floor
[4] In sites which abut
or affected by the alignments of the LT/HT electric over head power lines or
such underground cables, constructions can be permitted only with the no
objection certificate obtained by the applicant from the TNGEDCO for such
constructions.
[5] In sites which abut
or affected by the alignments of the LT/HT electric over head power lines or
such underground cables, constructions can be permitted only with the no
objection certificate obtained by the applicant from the TNGEDCO for such
constructions.
[6] Strike out the
portions, which are not applicable.
[7] Strike out the
portions, which are not applicable.